EPA
Water Environment
k  Federation9
  Preserving & Enhancing
  the Global Water Environment
The Pretreatment
 Training Course
          Sponsored by:

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
         Office of Water
             &
    Water Environment Federation
                   Omni Kansas City Hotel
                       1301 Wyandotte
                   Kansas City, MO 04105
                     July 16 & 17,1997

-------
 77>e Pretreatment Training Course
                                        Agenda
                           Agenda: The Pretreatment Training Course

        In October 1996, as part of the Metal Finishing Sector of the Common Sense Initiative (CSI), EPA published
Improving Industrial Pretreatment Success Factors, Challenges, and Project Ideas.' The report identified a need for more
training options related to the Pretreatment Program. To address this need, EPA and WEF have produced this course.

        The objective of this training course is to provide the basic regulatory framework and technical considerations that
support the development and implementation of pretreatment programs under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) Permitting Program and the Clean Water Act (CWA).

        This course is designed and recommended for environmental professionals responsible for implementing the
Pretreatment Program at the local level, industrial dischargers, consultants, and especially individuals that are new to the
program.
        DAY1

8:30    Welcome

8:40    Pretreatment Quiz

8:50    Overview of the National Pretreatment
        Program

10:00   Break

10:10   Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal
        Authority

11:20   Industrial User Identification and
        Classification

12:00   Lunch

1:15    Industrial User Permitting

2:15    Break

2:30    Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and
        Categorical Standards

3:45    Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits

4:30    Adjourn
        DAY 2

8:30    Permitting Exercise

8:50    Inspections and POTW Monitoring

10:30   Break

10:45   Reporting Requirements

11:30   Data Management and Compliance
        Evaluation

12:15   Lunch

1:30    Enforcement

2:20    Resources and Funding

2:45    Break

3:00    Pretreatment Program Quiz

3:15    Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment
        Program

3:45    Pretreatment Update

4:30    Adjourn
Student Manual
                                         Pagel

-------
 Table of Contents
The Pretreatment Training Course
       Module 7    Permitting Exercise
                        >    Exercise
       Module 8    Inspections and POTW Monitoring
                        *•    Slide Presentation
                        *•    Narrative
                        »    Appendix: Inspection Form (Muncie, IN)
                        »•    Appendix: Example Chain of Custody Record Form
                        +    Appendix: Example Field Measurement Record Form
       Module 9    Reporting Requirements
                        *•    Slide Presentation
                        »•    Narrative
                        »    Appendix: Example Lab Report Form for Periodic Compliance Reports
                        »•    Appendix: Example Certification Form for Periodic Compliance Reports
       Module 10   Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
                        >•    Slide Presentation
                        >•    Narrative
                        ••    Appendix: Exercise: Review of a Periodic Compliance Report
                        »    Appendix: 40 CFR Part 433, Metal Finishing Point Source Category
                        »•    Appendix: 40 CFR Part 136 (without Appendices)
       Module 11    Enforcement
                        •>    Slide Presentation
                        *•    Narrative
                        »•    Appendix: Enforcement Response Guide (Muncie, IN)
       Module 12   Resources and Funding
                        »•    Slide Presentation
                        *•    Narrative
       Module 13    Pretreatment Program Quiz
                        *•    Quiz
       Module 14    Pollution Prevention
                        »    Slide Presentation
                        »•    Narrative
       Module 15    Pretreatment Update
                        *•    Slide Presentation
                        »•   Appendix: List of Regional EPA and State Pretreatment Program Contacts
       Bibliography: Available Reference Materials
Page 2
              Student Manual

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                        Agenda
                           Agenda: The Pretreatment Training Course

        In October 1996, as part of the Metal Finishing Sector of the Common Sense Initiative (CSI), EPA published
Improving Industrial Pretreatment Success Factors, Challenges, and Project Ideas.' The report identified a need for more
training options related to the Pretreatment Program. To address this need, EPA and WEF have produced this course.

        The objective of this training course is to provide the basic regulatory framework and technical considerations that
support the development and implementation of pretreatment programs under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) Permitting Program and the Clean Water Act (CWA).

        This course is designed and recommended for environmental professionals responsible for implementing the
Pretreatment Program at the local level, industrial dischargers, consultants, and especially individuals that are new to the
program.
        DAY1

8:30    Welcome

8:40    Pretreatment Quiz

8:50    Overview of the National Pretreatment
        Program

10:00   Break

10:10   Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal
        Authority

11:20   Industrial User Identification and
        Classification

12:00   Lunch

1:15    Industrial User Permitting

2:15    Break

2:30    Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and
        Categorical Standards

3:45    Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits

4:30    Adjourn
        DAY 2

8:30    Permitting Exercise

8:50    Inspections and POTW Monitoring

10:30   Break

10:45   Reporting Requirements

11:30   Data Management and Compliance
        Evaluation

12:15   Lunch

1:30    Enforcement

2:20    Resources and Funding

2:45    Break

3:00    Pretreatment Program Quiz

3:15    Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment
        Program

3:45    Pretreatment Update

4:30    Adjourn
Student Manual
                                         Pagel

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	TTie Pretreatment Training Course


 PCS    Permit Compliance System
 PIRT   Pretreatment Implementation Review Task Force
 POTW  Publicly Owned Treatment Works
 PSES   Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources
 PSNS   Pretreatment Standards for New Sources
 QA/QC  Quality Assurance/Quality Control
 RBC    Rotating Biological Contactor
 RCRA   Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 SIC    Standard Industrial Classification
 SIU    Significant Industrial User
 SPCC   Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures
 SNC    Significant Noncompliance
 SSO    Sanitary Sewer Overflow
 SUO    Sewer Use Ordinance
 TCLP   Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
 TOMP   Toxic Organic Management Program
 TRE    Toxicity Reduction Evaluation
 TRI    Toxic Release Inventory
 TSS    Total Suspended Solids
 TTO    Total Toxic Organics
 USC    United States Code
 UST    Underground Storage Tank
 WET    Whole Effluent Toxicity
 WWTP  Wastewater Treatment Plant
Page 2                                                                                 Student Manual

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Glossary of Common Terminobgy


 Definitions

 Act or "the Act"

    The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 ef.seq.

 Approval Authority

    The Director in an NPDES State with an approved State Pretreatment Program and the appropriate EPA Regional
 Administrator in a State that has not received approval for their Pretreatment Program.

 Approved/Authorized Program or Approved State

    A State or interstate program which has been approved or authorized by EPA under Part 123.

 Baseline  Monitoring Report (BMR)

    A report submitted by categorical industrial users (ClUs) within 180 days after the effective date of an applicable
 categorical standard which indicates the compliance status of the user with the applicable categorical standard [40 CFR
 §403.12(b)].

 Best Available Technology (BAT)

    A level of technology based on the very best(state of the art) control and treatment  measures that have been
 developed or are capable of being developed and  that are economically achievable within the appropriate industrial
 category.

 Best Management Practices (BMPs)

    Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent
 or reduce the pollution of waters of the  U.S.  BMPs also include treatment requirements,  operating procedures and
 practices to control plant site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.

 Best Practicable Control Technology (BPT)

A level of technology represented by the average of the best existing wastewater treatment performance levels within the
 industrial category.

Best Professional Judgment (BPJ)

    The highest quality technical opinion developed by a permit writer after consideration of all reasonable available and
pertinent data or information which forms the basis for the terms and conditions of a permit

Slowdown

    The discharge of water with high concentrations of accumulated solids from boilers to prevent plugging of the boiler
tubes and/or steam lines. In cooling towers, blowdown is discharged to reduce the concentration of dissolved salts in the
recirculating cooling water.

Bypass

    The intentional diversion of wastestreams from any portion of a treatment (or pretreatment)  facility.

Student Manual                                                                                      Page 3

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	The Pretreatment Training Course


 Categorical Industrial User (CIU)

    An industrial user subject to National categorical pretreatment standards.

 Categorical Pretreatment Standards

    Limitations on pollutant discharges to POTWs promulgated by EPA in accordance with Section 307 of the Clean Water
 Act, that apply to specific process wastewater discharges of particular industrial categories [40 CFR § 403.6 and 40 CFR
 Parts 405-471].

 Chain of Custody(COC)

 A record of each person involved in the possession of a sample from the person who collects the sample to the person who
 receives it in the laboratory.

 Chronic

    A stimulus that lingers or continues for a relatively bng period of time, often one-tenth of the life span or more. Chronic
 should be considered a relative term depending on the life span of an organism. The measurement of chronic effect can
 be reduced growth, reduced reproduction, etc., in addition to lethality.

 Clean Water Act (CWA)

    Public law 92-500; 33  U.S.C. 1251 ej seq.: legislation which provides statutory authority for both NPDES and
 Pretreatment programs. Also known as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act

 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

    Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations published in a U.S. Government publication, the Federal Register, which
 contains environmental regulations.

 Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO)

    A discharge of untreated wastewater from a combined sewer system at a point prior to the headworks of a publicly
 owned treatment works. CSOs generally occur during wet weather (rainfall or snowfall). During periods of wet weather,
these systems become overloaded, bypass treatment works, and discharge directly to receiving waters.

 Combined Wastestream Formula (CWF)

    Procedure for calculating alternative discharge limits at industrial facilities where a regulated wastestream from a
categorical industrial user is combined with other wastestreams prior to treatment [40 CFR §403.6(e)].

 Compliance Schedule

    A schedule of remedial  measures included in a permit or an enforcement order, including a sequence of interim
 requirements (for example, actions, operations, or milestone events) that lead to compliance with the CWA and regulations.

Composite Sample

    Sample composed of two or more discrete samples. The aggregate sample will reflect the average water quality
covering the compositing or sample period.
Page 4                                                                                    Student Manual

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course    	Glossary of Common Terminology


 Concentration-based Limit

    A limit based upon the relative strength of a pollutant in a wastestream, usually expressed in mg/1.

 Continuous Discharge

    A discharge which occurs without interruption throughout the operating hours of the facility, except for infrequent
 shutdowns for maintenance, process changes or other similar activities.

 Control Authority

    A POTW with an approved pretreatment program or the approval authority in the absence of a POTW pretreatment
 program [40 CFR §403.12(a)].

 Conventional Pollutants

    BOD, TSS, fecal coliform, oil and grease, and pH

 Daily Maximum Limitations

    The maximum allowable discharge of pollutants during a 24 hour period.  Where daily maximum limitations are
 expressed in units of mass, the daily discharge is the total mass discharged over the course of the day.  Where daily
 maximum limitations are expressed in terms of a concentration, the daily discharge is the arithmetic average measurement
 of the pollutant concentration derived from all measurements taken that day.

 Detection Limit

    The minimum concentration of an analyte(substance) that can be measured and reported with a 99% confidence that
 the analyte concentration is greater than zero as determined by the procedure set forth in 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B.

 Development Document

    Detailed report of studies conducted by the U.S. EPA for the purpose of establishing effluent guidelines and categorical
 pretreatment standards.

 Dilute Wastestream

    For purposes of the combined wastestream formula, the average daily flow (at least a 30-day average) from: (a) boiler
 bbwdown streams, non-contact cooling streams, storm water streams, and demineralized backwash streams; provided,
 however, that where such streams contain a significant amount of a pollutant, and the combination of such streams, prior
to treatment, with an industrial user's regulated process wastestream(s) will result in a substantial reduction of that pollutant,
the Control  Authority, upon application of the industrial user, may exercise its discretion to determine whether such
stream(s) should be classified as diluted or unregulated.  In its application to the control authority, the industrial user must
provide engineering, production, sampling and analysis, and such other information so the control authority can make its
determination; or(b) sanitary wastestreams where such streams are not regulated by a categorical pretreatment standard;
or(c) from any process wastestreams which were, or could have been, entirely exempted from categorical pretreatment
standards pursuant to paragraph 8 of the NRDC v. Costle Consent Decree (12 ERC1833) for one more of the following
 reasons (see Appendix D of 40 CFR Part 403):
 a.  the pollutants of concern are not detectable in the effluent from the industrial  user (paragraph (8)(a)(iii));
 b.  the pollutants of concern are present only in trace amounts and are neither causing nor likely to cause toxic effects
(paragraph (8)(a)(iii));
Student Manual                                                                                       Page 5

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	TTie Pretreatment Training Course


  c.  the pollutants of concern are present in amounts too small to be effectively deduced by technologies known to the
 Administrator (paragraph (8)(a)(iii)); or
  d. the wastestream contains only pollutants which are compatible with the POTW (paragraph (8)(b)(i)).

 Discharge Monitoring Report

    The EPA uniform National form, including any subsequent additions, revisions or modifications for reporting of serf-
 monitoring results by permittees. The form must be used by approved States as well as by EPA.

 Effluent Limitation Guideline

    Regulations published to adopt or revise a national standard prescribing limits on specific pollutants (in Ibs/day or mg/l)
 from point sources in a particular industrial category (e.g., metal finishing, metal molding and casting, etc.)

 Enforcement Response Plan

    Step-by-step enforcement procedures followed by Control Authority staff to identify, document, and respond to
 violations.

 Existing Source

    Any source of discharge, the construction or operation of which commenced prior to the publication by the EPA of
 proposed  categorical pretreatment standards, which will be  applicable to such source if the standard is thereafter
 promulgated in  accordance with Section 307 of the Act

 Flow Weighted Average Formula (FWA)

    A procedure used to calculate alternative limits where wastestreams regulated by a categorical pretreatment standard
 and nonregulated wastestreams combine after treatment but prior to the monitoring point

 Flow Proportional Composite Sample

    Combination of individual samples proportional to the flow of the wastestream at the time of sampling.

 Fundamentally Different Factors

    Case-by-case variance fro/n categorical pretreatment standards based on the factors considered by EPA in developing
the applicable category/subcategory being fundamentally different than factors relating to a specific industrial user.

General Prohibitions

    No user shall introduce into a POTW any pollutant(s) which cause pass through or interference.[40 CFR § 403.5(a)]

Grab Sample

    A sample which is taken from a wastestream on a one-time basis with no regard to the flow of the wastestream and
without consideration of time.

Indirect Discharger

    A nondomestic discharger introducing pollutants to a publicly owned treatment works.
                                                                                            Student Manual

-------
 TTie Pietreatment Training Course	Glossary of Common Terminology


 Industrial User (IU) or User

    A source of nondomestic waste. Any nondomestic source discharging pollutants to a POTW.

 Industrial Waste Survey

    The process of identifying and locating of industrial users and characterizing their industrial discharge.

 Inhibition Concentration

    Point estimate of the toxicant concentration that would cause a given percent reduction (e.g., IC25) in a nonlethal
 biological measurement of the test organisms, such as reproduction or growth.

 Interference

    A discharge which, alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, both:  (1) inhibits or
 disrupts the POTW, its treatment processes or operations, or its sludge processes, use or disposal; and (2) therefore is a
 cause of a violation of any requirement of the POTW's NPDES permit (including an increase in the magnitude or duration
 of a violation) or of the prevention of sewage sludge use or disposal in compliance with... [applicable] statutory provisions
 and regulations or permits issued thereunder (or more stringent State  or local regulations)...

 Local Limits

    Conditional discharge limits imposed by municipalities upon industrial or commercial facilities that discharge to the
 municipal sewage treatment system.

 Monthly Average

    The arithmetic average value of all samples taken in a calendar  month for an individual pollutant parameter. The
 monthly average may be the average of all grab samples taken in a given calendar month, or the average of all composite
 samples taken in a given calendar month.

 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)

    The national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring and enforcing permits,
 and imposing and enforcing pretreatment requirements, under sections 307,402,318, and 405 of the CWA.  This includes
 an approved program.

 National Pretreatment Standard or Pretreatment Standard

    Limitations on pollutant discharges to POTWs promulgated by EPA in accordance with Section 307 of the Clean Water
Act, that apply to specific process wastewater discharges of particular industrial categories [40 CFR § 403.6 and 40 CFR
 Parts 405-471]. This term also includes the prohibited discharge standards under 40 CFR § 403.5, including local limits.

 New Source

    Any building, structure, facility or installation from which there is (or may be) a discharge of pollutants, the construction
of which commenced after the publication of proposed pretreatment standards under Section 307(c) of the Act which will
be applicable to such source if such standards are thereafter promulgated in accordance with that section provided that

    (a)  The building, structure, facility or installation is constructed at a site at which no other discharge source is located;
        or

Student Manual                 '.                                                                      Page?

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	The Pretreatment Training Course
     (b)  The building, structure, facility or installation totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the
         discharge of pollutants at an existing source; or

     (c)  The  production or wastewater generating processes of the building, structure, facility, or installation are
         substantially independent of an existing source at the same site. In determining whether these are substantially
         independent, factors such as the extent to which the new facility is integrated with the existing plant, and the
         extent to which the new facility is engaged in the same general type of activity as the existing source, should be
         considered.

90-Day Final Compliance Report

     A report submitted by categorical industrial users within  90 days following the date for final compliance with the
standards. This report must contain flow measurement (of regulated process streams and other streams), measurement
of pollutants, and a certification as to whether the categorical standards are being met

Nonconventional Pollutants

     Any pollutant that is neither a toxic pollutant nor a conventional pollutant (e.g., manganese, ammonia, etc.)

Non-Contact Cooling Water

     Water used for cooling which does not come into direct contact with any raw material, intermediate product, waste
product, or finished product  The only pollutant contributed from the discharge is heal

Non-Regulated Wastestream

     Unregulated and dilute wastestreams.

Pass Through

     A discharge which exits the POTW into waters of the United States in quantities or concentrations which, alone or in
conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, is a cause of a violation of any requirement of the POTW's
NPDES permit (including an increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation)

Periodic Compliance Report

     A report on compliance status submitted by the categorical user to the control authority at least semiannually [40 CFR
§403.12(e)].

Point Source

     Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to any  pipe,  ditch, channel,  tunnel,
conduit, well, discrete fixture, container, rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation vessel, or other floating craft
from which pollutants are or may be discharged.

Pollutant

     Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical
wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials (except those regulated under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 2011  et seq.)), heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial, municipal
and  agricultural waste discharged into water.
Page 8                                                                                        Student Manuel

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Glossary of Common Terminology


 Pretreatanent

    The reduction of the amount of pollutants, the elimination of pollutants, or the alteration of the nature of pollutant
 properties in wastewater prior to or in lieu of discharging or otherwise introducing such pollutants into a POTW.

 Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources (PSES)

    Categorical Standards and requirements applicable to industrial sources that began construction prior to the
 publication of the proposed pretreatment standards for that industrial category.(see individual standards at 40 CFR Parts
 405471.)

 Pretreatment Standards for New Sources (PSNS)

    Categorical Standards and requirements applicable to industrial sources that began construction after the publication
 of the proposed pretreatment standards for that industrial category, (see individual standards at 40 CFR Parts 405-471.)

 Priority Pollutant

    Pollutant listed by the Administrator of EPA under Clean Water Act 307(a).  The list of the current 126 Priority
 Pollutants can be found in 40 CFR Part 423 Appendix A.

 Process Wastewater

    Any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into contact with or results from the production or use
 of any raw material, intermediate product finished product, byproduct, or waste product

 Production-Based Standards

    A discharge standard expressed in terms of pollutant mass allowed in a discharge per unit of product manufactured.

 Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)

    Any device or system used in the treatment (including recycling and reclamation) of municipal sewage or industrial
wastes of a liquid nature which is owned by a State or municipality. This includes sewers, pipes or other conveyances only
if they convey wastewater to a POTW providing treatment

Regulated Wastestream

    A wastestream from an industrial process  that is regulated by a categorical standard.

Removal Credits

    Variance from a pollutant limit specified in a categorical pretreatment standard to reflect removal by the POTW of said
pollutant [40 CFR §403.7].

Representative Sample

    A sample from a wastestream that is as nearly identical in composition to that in the larger volume of wastewater being
discharged and typical of the discharge from the facility on a normal operating day.
Student Manual                                                                                     Page 9

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	The Pretreatment Training Course


 Sanitary Sewer Overflow (SSO)

     Untreated or partially treated sewage overflows from a sanitary sewer collection system.

 Self-Monitoring

     Sampling and analyses performed by a facility to ensure compliance with a permit or other regulatory requirements.

 Sewer Use Ordinance (SUO)

     A legal instrument implemented by a local government entity which sets out all the requirements for the discharge of
 pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.

 Significant Industrial User (S1U)

     EPA defines a significant industrial user to be a. Any user subject to a categorical pretreatment standard (national
 effluent guidelines);  b. Any user that discharges an average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater,
 or that contributes a process wastestream making up 5 percent or more of the average dry weather hydraulic or organic
 capacity of the POTW treatment plant; or c. Any other user designated by the control authority (POTW) to be a significant
 industrial user [40 CFR § 403.3(t)].

 Significant Noncompliance(SNC)

     [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(vii)] Industrial user violations meeting one or more of the following criteria:
     1)  Chronic violations of wastewater discharge limits, defined here as those in which sixty-six percent or more
    of all of the measurements taken during a six month period exceed (by any magnitude) the daily maximum limit
    or the average limit for the same pollutant parameter;
    2)  Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations, defined here as those in which thirty-three percent or more of
    all of the measurements for each pollutants parameter taken during a six-month period equal or exceed the
    product of the dairy maximum limit or the average limit multiplied by the applicable TRC (TRC=1.4 for BOD, TSS,
    fats, oil,  and grease, and 1.2 for all other pollutants except pH);
    3)  Any other violation of a pretreatment effluent limit (daily maximum or longer-term average) that the Control
    Authority determines has caused, alone or in combination with other dischargers, interference or pass through
    (including endangering the health of POTW personnel or the general public);
    4)  Any discharge of a pollutant that has caused imminent endangerment to human health, welfare or to the
    environment or has resulted in the POTW's exercise of its emergency authority under paragraph (f)(1)(vi)(B) of
    this section to halt or prevent such a discharge;
    5)  Failure to meet, within 90 days after the schedule date, a compliance schedule milestone contained in a local
    control mechanism or enforcement order for starting construction, completing construction, or attaining final
    compliance;
    6)  Failure to provide, within 30 days after the due date, required reports such as baseline monitoring reports,
    90-day  compliance reports, periodic self-monitoring reports, and  reports on compliance with compliance
    schedules;
    7)  Failure to accurately report noncompliance;
    8)  Any other violation or group of violations which the Control Authority determines will adversely  affect the
    operation or implementation  of the local pretreatment program.

Slug Discharge

    Any discharge of a non-routine, episodic nature, including but not limited to, an accidental spill or a noncustomary
batch discharge.


Page 10                                                                                    Student Manual

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Glossary of Common Terminology


 Specific Prohibitions

    No user shall introduce into a POTW:
    1)   Pollutants which create a fire or explosion hazard in the POTW, including but not limited to, wastestreams
    with a closed cup flashpoint of less than 140 degrees Fahrenheit or 60 degrees Centigrade using  the test
    methods specified in 40 CFR Part 261.21;
    2)   Pollutants which will cause corrosive structural damage to the POTW, but in no case discharges  with pH
    lower than 5.0, unless the works is specifically designed to accommodate such discharges;
    3)   Solid or viscous pollutants in amounts which will cause obstruction to the flow in the POTW resulting in
    interference;
    4)   Any pollutant, including oxygen demanding pollutants(BOD, etc.) Released in a discharge at a flow rate a-
    nd/or concentration which will cause interference with the POTW;
    5)   Heat in amounts which will inhibit biological activity in the POTW resulting  in interference, but in no case heat
    in such quantities that the temperature at the POTW treatment plant exceeds 40°C(104°F) unless the Approval
    Authority, upon request of the POTW, approves alternative temperature limits;
    6)   Petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in  amounts that will cause
    interference or pass through;
    7)   Pollutants which result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes within the POTW in a quantity that
    may cause acute worker health and safety problems;
    8)   Any trucked or hauled pollutants, except at discharge points designated by the POTW.

 Standard Industrial Classlfication(SIC)

    A system used to identify various types of industries.

 Storm Water

    Rain water, snow melt, and surface drainage.

 Time Proportional Composite Sample

    A sample consisting of a series of aliquots collected from a representative point in the discharge stream at equal times
 intervals over the entire discharge period on the sampling day.

 Toxic Pollutant

    Any pollutant listed as toxic under section 307(a)(1) of the CWA, or in the case of sludge use or disposal practices,
 any pollutant identified in regulations implementing section 405(d) of the CWA.

 Toxicity Reduction Evaluation

    A site-specific study conducted in a stepwise process designed to identify the causative agents of effluent toxicity,
 isolate the sources of toxicity, evaluate the effectiveness of toxicity control options, and then confirm the reduction in effluent
 toxicity.

Toxicity Identification Evaluation

    Set of procedures to identify the specific chemicals responsible for effluent toxicity.

 Unregulated Wastestream

    A wastestream not regulated by a categorical standard nor considered a dilute wastestream.

 Student Manual                                                                                     Page 11

-------
 Glossary of Common Terminology	The Preireatment Training Couree


 Upset

    An exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with permit limits because of
 factors beyond the reasonable control of the discharger. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused
 by  operational error, improperly designed  treatment facilities,  inadequate treatment facilities,  lack of preventative
 maintenance, or careless or improper operation.

 Water Quality Criteria

    Comprised of numeric and narrative criteria.  Numeric criteria are scientifically derived ambient concentrations
 devebped by EPA or States for various pollutants of concern to protect human health and aquatic life. Narrative criteria
 are statements that describe the desired water quality goal.

 Water Quality Standard

    A law or regulation that consists of the beneficial designated use or uses of a waterbody, the numeric and narrative
 water quality criteria that are necessary to protect the use or uses of that particular waterbody, and an antidegradation
 statement

 Whole Effluent Toxicity

    The total toxic effect of an effluent  measured directly with a toxicity test
Page 12                                                                                      Student Manual

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
          EPA's Pretreatment
            Training Course

               Sponsored by
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
              Office of Water
                  and
          Water Environment Federation
          "The National
     Pretreatment Program
              and You"
             Quiz Time
Module 1
     Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
       History of Water Protection

     1899 Rivers and Harbors Act
     1956 Federal Water Pollution Control Act
     1963 Rachel Carson's Silent Spring
     1963 Robert Zimmerman changed his name to?
     1965 Water Quality Act
   History of Water Protection, cont.

   1970 EPA established through an executive order
   1972 FWPCA Amendments create NPDES Program
   1977 Clean Water Act
   1987 Water Quality Act
   199? Clean Water Act Reauthorization
       How Acts Are Implemented

       Act passed/signed
       Federal Register notice
       Regulations into effect
       Appropriate Entities act out provisions
Module 1
     Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
             Statutory Basis

             Clean Water Act
            [33U.S.C. 1251,etseq.]
                 101    308
                 212    309
                 301    402
                 307    502
      National Pollutant Discharge
     Elimination System("NPDES")
              [40 CFR Part 122]
     NPDES applies to all "point sources discharging
     pollutants" into "waters of the United States"
     point sources must obtain an NPDES permit
     from EPA or their delegated State
     NPDES permits require development of
     Pretreatment Programs
   The connection: 40 CFR Part 122
Module 1
     Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
  Evolution  of Pretreatment Regulations
   1973-40 CFR Part 128 promulgated
   1978-40 CFR Part 403 promulgated
   1983 - POTW program approval deadline
   1985 - Pretreatment Implementation Review Task
         ForcefPIRV) report released
   1986 - Domestic Sewage Study(DSS) Report to Congress
   1988 - PIRT Rules promulgated
   1990 - DSS regulations promulgated
   1993 - Removal credit/pollutant eligibility revised
              40 CFR Part 403

   • U.S. Code of Federal Regulations(CFR)
     —Title 40 - Protection of the Environment
       •Chapter I - Environmental Protection Agency
         -Subchapter N - Effluent Guidelines and
           Standards
            • Part 403 - General Pretreatment
             Regulations for Existing and New Sources
             of Pollution
Module 1
      Slide Presentation • Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
       40 CFR Part 403 Objectives

    • To prevent the introduction of pollutants
      into POTWs which will:
       - interfere,
       - pass through, and/or
       - be incompatible.
    • To improve opportunities to recycle and
      reclaim wastewaters and sludges.
    • To protect POTW workers.
          Slide  Show
         Presentation
    Who Must Develop a Program?

    • POTWs with:
       - combined design flow > 5 MGD, and
       - receiving flow from ClUs, and/or
       - receiving pollutants which pass through
        or interfere.
    • Approval Authority may require program
      be developed, regardless.
    • NPDES State's may assume
      responsibility.
Module 1
     Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
         Approval Authority
                     vs.
          Control Authority
             Delegated States
  • Approval & Control Authority ||lj - Indutbtal Ut*r In approvtd program

  - Approval Authority   || - Control Authority  EH - Industrial User
          Non-Delegated States
  • Approval & Control Authority p| - IndintrUI Us«r In approvtd program

  • Control Authority  f§- Industrial Ustr  g - Non-Otleginid State*
Module 1
     Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
The National Pretreatment Program
       40 CFR§ 403.10(6), States
   -Approval Authority
   - Control Authority {§1 • Industrial U**r HU - no pretreatment program
Module 1
      Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
 The ftefreafrne/rf Training Course	The National Pretreatment Program


                                The National Pretreatment Program

               Overview of maior legislative, regulatory, and Judicial events affecting the Pretreatment Program.

     Congress's first step in protecting the national waters was the passage of the 1899 Rivers and Harbors Act, 33 United States
 Code (U.S.C.) Part 407 ej sea, (commonly known as the "Refuse Act").  The Refuse Act which was originally intended to protect
 navigation, prohibited the discharge from a ship or shore installation into navigable waters of the United States of "any refuse matter
 of any kind or description whatever other than that flowing from streets and sewers and passing therefrom in a liquid state without a
 permit" The frst direct consideration given by the legislature to the control of water pollution did not occur until 1948 with the passage
 of the Water Pollution Control Act (WPCA). Although the WPCA established no Federal goals or guidelines, it did provide limited funding
 for State and local governments to address their water pollution control problems. Controlling industrial water pollution was limited to
 proviolng fundng to study it The WPCA gave the U.S. Surgeon General the responsibility of developing a program to control interstate
 water pollution but provided minimal Federal enforcement authority.

     In 1956, the  passage of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) provided additional  funding to State and local
 governments and clarified some requirements through enforcement actions. The 1961 amendments to the  FWPCA allowed citizen
 suits but only through written consent of the Governor.  The Water Quality Act of 1965 required States to establish water quality
 standards for all interstate waters.  This Act also created the Federal Water Pollution Control Administration which was empowered to
 develop water quality standards for States who failed  to do so. Again, the Federal government's role was limited to assisting local
 governments address ther water pollution control problems. Insufficient data, lack of water quality standards, and the burden of proof
 of demonstrating a discharge had caused a violation of a standard impeded enforcement actions being taken.

     As a result of the lack of success in developing water quality standards programs and ineffective enforcement of the FWPCA,
the Refuse Act of 1899 was revived and from 1969-1971, the Army Corp of Engineers was empowered to issue discharge permits.
As a result of an apparent conflict with a requirement of the 1969 National Environmental Policy Act and that the Refuse Act had been
revived without congressional authorization, on October 18,1972, amendments to the FWPCA were enacted.

     The FWPCA Amendments of 1972 set up a comprehensive regulatory scheme for controlling water pollution discharges and
resolved the differences between the water quality standards approach of the 1965 Water Quality Act and the effluent standards
approach of the Refuse Act The 1972 amendments to the FWPCA set a National goal of eliminating the discharge of pollutants into
the navigable waters by 1985.  The amendments also  abandoned water quality as the primary regulatory approach in favor of EPA-
promulgated, industry-by-industry, technology-based effluent limitations and extended Federal jurisdiction to all waters of the United
States.

     The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program was also established (Section 402) under the 1972
amendments to implement these "technology-forcing" standards. This was to supersede the Refuse Act permitting program. Under
this scheme, a permit is required for any discharge into the waters of the United States.  The permit cannot be issued unless the
discharge meets Federal effluent guidelines or, where no guidelines exist the issuing Agency's best professional judgment on how to
meet statutory requirements. The Act further required more stringent permit limitations based on State water quality standards and
criteria.  It also requied EPA to promulgate pretreatment standards for pollutants not susceptible to treatment by POTWs and authorized
EPA to establish standards for toxic pollutants from existing and new sources.  In addition, the amendments provided EPA with
extensive enforcement authority, including issuance of Administrative Orders, and established civil penalties of up to $10,000 per day
of violation and criminal penalties of up to $25,000 per day of violation and 1 year in prison.


Module 1      ~                                                                                  Narrative - Page 1

-------
 The National Pretreatment Program	The Pretreatment Training Course
      EPA promulgated the initial regulations for State NPDES programs on December 22.1972. (37 PR 28391) and promulgated
 substantive NPDES permitting requirements on May 22.1973 (38 PR 13528). In the initial, or first-found,' permitting effort EPA and
 States with NPDES program authority issued over 65,000 NPDES permits.  EPA issued the vast majority of these permits prior to
 promulgation of Best Practicable Control Technology (BPT) effluent guidelines by relying on its authority under Section 402(a)(1) of
 the Act to issue permits with 'such conditions as the Administrator determines to be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Act'

      In response to the statutory amendments, EPA promulgated 40 CFR Part 128 Pretreatment Standards in late 1973.  This
 regulation contained general prohibitions against interference with treatment plant operation and pass through of pollutants b receiving
 waters. It also established pretreatment standards for the discharge of incompatible pollutants from specific categories of industries.
 EPA's development of BPT National effluent guidelines focused largely on conventional pollutants such as Biochemical Oxygen
 Demand (BOD), suspended solids, and acidity and alkalinity. In 1975. the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) and several
 other environmental groups filed suit against EPA challenging: (1) EPA's criteria for identifying toxic pollutants under Section 307(a)
 of the FWPCA, and EPA's failure to promulgate effluent standards under this section; and (2) EPA's failure to promulgate pretreatment
 standards under Section 307(b) of the Act for numerous industrial categories and pollutants.  In settling this litigation, EPA and NRDC
 entered into a consent agreement whereby EPA was to regulate toxic pollutants through effluent guidelines and standards. [NRDC
 vs. Train. 8 ERC 2120 (D. D.C. 1976)].

     The consent agreement required EPA to regulate the discharge of 65 categories of priority pollutants (which included 129
 chemical substances) from 21 industrial categories. The decree required adoption of Best Available Technology (BAT) effluent limitation
 guidefines in each category by June 30,1983, and set similar requirements for new sources and indirect dischargers. NPDES permits
 issued or renewed after January 1,1976, had to be modified to reflect these new effluent standards. (On March 9,1979, the consent
 agreement was modified (12 ERC 1833) to adopt the 1977 amendments to the Act This included adopting a BAT compliance deadline
 of June 30,1984 extending the deadline for developing technology-based effluent limitations for toxics, and regrouping the 21 primary
 industrial categories into 34 categories.)

     In February, 1977, EPA pubBshed proposed General Pretreatment Regulations (40  CFR Part 403). This package proposed four
 major options for creating the framework to deal with the problems of pollution from indirect dischargers. The 1977 proposal generated
 extensive public and congressional debate. EPA held numerous public meetings and hearings which produced testimony or written
 comments from 400 individuals or groups.

     In December, 1977, Congress developed amendments to the FWPCA.  Under these amendments, known formally as the Clean
 Water Act, Congress incorporated much of the NRDC consent agreement to:

          Adopt the list of priority pollutants as the list of toxic pollutants to be regulated by EPA

          Require establishment of BAT effluent limitation guidelines by July 1,1980

     •    Require compliance with BAT effluent limitations by July 1,1984

     •    Allow EPA to add to or delete from the Gst of toxic pollutants.

The amendments also added significant pretreatment provisions.

     •    EPA was given the authority to take enforcement actions in a State with NPDES program approval to prevent the
          introduction of pollutants into a POTW that is discharging pollutants in violation of its permits (EPA previously had this
          authority only in unapproved States).

 Page 2-Narrative                                                                                       Module 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	TTie National Pretreatment Program
      •     EPA was authorized to take a CM! action against an indirect discharger for violating any pretreafanent standard and against
           the receiving POTW if that POTW does not begin enforcement action within 30 days following notice from the Administrator.

      •     EPA was authorized to require POTWs to submit pretreatment programs for agency approval.

      •     States were required to include conditions in NPOES permits that ensure the identification of sources introducing pollutants
           to POTWs and to implement a program to ensure compliance with pretreatment standards by each such source.

      On June  26,1978, the Agency promulgated the General Pretreatment Regulations (40 CFR Part 403) which established
 mechanisms and procedures for applying National pretreatment standards and for establishing State and local programs.  The regula-
 tions complied with the new pretreatment mandates set forth in the Clean Water Act The General Pretreatment Regulations (40 CFR
 Part 403) replaced the previous pretreatment requirements contained in 40 CFR Part 128. In the subsequent fiscal year, EPA for the
 first time allocated significant Agency resources to implement the National Pretreatment Program.

      In August of 1978, the Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA), the U.S. Brewers Association, the Pacific Legal Foundation
 and the Natural Resources Defense Council brought actions challenging various aspects of the regulations. On May 31,1979, EPA
 entered into an  agreement with the industrial petitioners which sought to settle most of the issues raised by these parties during
 litigation. Accordingly, the Agency published proposed amendments to the General Pretreatment Regulations on October 29,1979.
 The parlies to the settlement agreed not to litigate the issues covered by the agreement if the language of the final amended regulations
 did not differ significantly from the October proposal.

      The proposed amendments to the General Pretreatment Regulations centered on simplifying and easing the requirements for
 a POTW to grant removal credits altering the categorical discharge limits applicable to its industrial users. In addition to changes
 proposed pursuant to the settlement agreement, the proposed amendments included changes initiated by EPA to resolve inconsis-
 tencies and to clarify ambiguous provisions of the June 1978 regulations.
                                                                                        •
      On January 28,1981, EPA promulgated amendments to the General Pretreatment Regulations (40 CFR Part 403) which were
 to take effect on March 13,1981. However, the President's regulation freeze issued on January 29,1981, delayed the effective date
 until March 30,1981. On April 2,1981, a notice in the Federal Register indefinitely postponed the effective date of the amendments
 pending a decision by the Presidents Task Force on Regulatory Relief of the Office of Management and Budget

      On July 8,1981, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit issued an opinion finding that the indefinite postponement
of the amendments to the General  Pretreatment Regulations contradicted the notice and comment provisions of the Administrative
Procedures Act To remedy this violation, the Court directed the Agency to retroactively reinstate all of the amendments,  effective March
30,1981.

      Various parties challenged the pretreatment regulations and the electroplating categorical pretreatment standards. All the cases
were oonsofidated in National Association of Metal Finishers (NAMF) et al. vs. EPA in the United States Court of Appeals for the Third
Circuit The pretreatment provisions challenged in the litigation included:

     •    Definitions of 'new source.' 'interference,' and 'pass through'

     •    Combined wastestream formula (CWF)

     •    Removal credits provision

          Fundamentally different factors .(PDF) variance provision.

Module 1                                                                                     ~   Narrative • Page 3

-------
 The National Prebaatment Program	The Pretreatment Training Course
      In its ruling issued on September 20,1983, the Third Circuit Court of Appeals upheld the electroplating standards, the CWF, and
 (he removal credits provision. However, the court remanded to EPA the challenged definitions and the PDF provision of the General
 Prefreatment Regulations. As a result of these decisions, on February 10,1984, EPA suspended the regulatory definitions of the terms
 ii question and modified the FDF provision so that an FDF variance was not available for toxic pollutants. However, in February 1985,
 the Supreme Courtreversed the judgment of the Third Circuit Court of Appeals with regards to the challenged FDF provisions. There-
 fere, EPA continues to have the authority to grant FDF variances from pretreatment standards for conventional, nonconventional, and
 toxic pollutants.

      On February^ 1984, the EPA Administrator established the Pretreatment Implementation Review Task Force (PIRT) to evaluate
 problems experienced by States, municipalities, and industries during the implementation of pretreatment program requirements.  PIRT
 reviewed program development, approval  and implementation regulations and procedures.   In a report titled  Pretreatment
 Implementation Review Task Force Final Report to the Administrator, dated January 30, 1985,  PIRT submitted its findings and
 recommendations. PIRT recommended that EPA:

      •     Develop guidance to simplify and clarify the pretreatment program requirements

           Expedite issuance of water quality standards

      •     Expeditiously develop sludge management and disposal requirements

      •     Publish guidance on regulation of research and development and Federal facilities

      •     Provide guidance on industrial monitoring frequencies

      •     Develop an Inspection Training Program for Control Authorities

      •     Develop a uniform data reporting format for the annual Control Authority report

      •     Step up enforcement actions against Control Authorities without program approval

      •     Step up enforcement actions against industrial  users not submitting  baseline monitoring  reports and those not in
           compliance with categorical standards

      •     Increase the resources available to implement the National Pretreatment Program by increasing manpower at EPA and
           increasing grant funding to States and Control Authorities

      •     Define roles and relationships between EPA, States and Control Authorities.

      PIRT also suggested a number of regulatory revisions which included changes to the definitions of 'interference,' 'pass through,'
and 'new source' and to various other provisions of the 40 CFR Part 403 regulations.

      On July 10,1984, in response to PIRTs recommendations, EPA promulgated a revised definition of "new source* to replace the
definition previously remanded as part of the Third Circuit Court of Appeals' decision in NAMF et al. vs. EPA. In addition, on January
14,1987, EPA promulgated revised definitions of 'interference* and 'pass through* to replace those also suspended pursuant to that
decision. (The definitions of pass through and interference are important for use during determinations of industrial user violations of
the general or specific prohibitions and during evaluations of a Control Authority's need to develop local limits.)
Page 4 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	77?e National Pretreatment Program
      In August, 1984, EPA promulgated revisions to the removal credit provision.  However, on April 30,1986, in the case of NRDC
 vs. EPA, 16 ELR 20693 (3rd Cir. 1986) the Court held that EPA could not grant removal credits authority to POTWs primarily due to
 the absence of technical sludge regulations (i.e., regulations outlining the specific criteria for sludge disposal).

      In an effort to clarify the General Pretreatment Regulations, to remove inconsistencies, and to correct errors, erroneous references
 and inadvertent omissions, EPA promulgated amendments to 40 CFR Part 403 on June 4, 1986.  In response to a PIRT
 recommendation, EPA promulgated updated versions of Appendices B and C in the June 4,1986 ruling. A revised Appendix D was
 promulgated on Octobers, 1986.

      In February, 1987, Congress passed the Water Quality Act of 1987. These amendments:

           Revised Section 301(h) to require POTWs serving populations greater than 50,000 and holding a waiver from secondary
           treatment requirements for discharge to marine waters to enforce pretreatment standards and requirements

      •     Revised Section 301 (n) to recognize that categorical industries may be eligible for PDF variances

      •     Revised Section 304(1) to require States to identify water bodies which remain impaired due to toxicity after imposition of
           BAT/BCT controls, and develop additional controls to eliminate the toxicity

      •     Revised Section 307(e) to extend categorical standard compliance deadlines for innovative technology

           Revised Section 309(c) to designate knowing and/or negligent violations of requirements as Federal criminal offenses

      •     Revised Section 402(m) to prohibit EPA from requiring additional pretreatment of conventional pollutants as a substitute
           for the POTWs inadequate treatment of such wastes

           In addition, Congress reaffirmed NRDC vs. EPA, 16 ELR 20693 (3rd Cir. 1986) which held that EPA could not approve
           POTW requests for removal credits due to, among other reasons, the lack of Federal technical sludge standards.

While these Amendments affected EPA resources, they did not require the Agency to make major revisions to existing regulations or
policies.

     EPA promulgated further significant revisions to the General Pretreatment Regulations on  October  17,1988 (53 FR 40562).
These revisions clarified existing regulations, addressed additional PIRT recommendations, and provided conformity with the NPDES
regulations.  In general, these revisions involved new or modified requirements regarding: (1) pretreatment standards and requirements
- local Emits, (2) Control Authority program requirements - enforcement remedies, (3) Control Authority and State program approvals,
and (4) industrial user and Control Authority compliance monitoring and reporting requirements.

     Another study impacting the Pretreatment Program was  the Domestic Sewage Study (DSS).  The study was submitted to
Congress by EPA in response to Section 3018(a) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). That provision directed
the Agency to report to Congress on wastes discharged to POTWs through sewer systems that are exempt from regulation under RCRA
as a result of the Domestic Sewage Exclusion.  On June 22,1987, EPA issued a Federal Register notice (52 FR 23477) which
summarized the principal public comments on the Agency's preliminary approaches to fulfilling the recommendations of the DSS.  This
notice also discussed the program and research activities which EPA had underway to aid in this effort  Changes to the General
Pretreatment Regulations to implement some DSS recommendations were proposed in the Federal Register on November 23,1988
(53 FR 47632). These regulations were subsequently promulgated in the Federal Register on July 24,1990 (55 FR 30082). The DSS
regulations generally included revisions regarding the following new or modified requirements: (1) whole effluent toxicity testing, (2)
Module 1                                                                                         Narrative - Page 5

-------
 The National fte treatment Program	The Pretreatment Traning Course
 specific discharge prohibitions. (3) local discharge Emits. (4) notification of hazardous waste discharges, (5) controls for spills and batch
 discharges. (6) industrial user control mechanisms, and (7) monitoring and enforcement

      In 1987, Section 405(d) of the Clean Water Act was amended b requ're EPA to establish standards that adequately protect public
 health and the environment from any reasonably anticipated adverse effects of pollutants in sewage sludge that is used or disposed.
 These amendments also requred that any NPDES permit include sewage sludge use or disposal standards unless these requirements
 are included in another permit In addition, the amendments expanded the regulated universe to include all "treatment works treating
 domestic sewage' (TWTDS), even those not needing an NPOES permit  TWTDS include all sewage sludge or wastewater treatment
 systems used to store, treat, recycle, and reclaim municipal or domestic sewage.

      In response b these sewage sludge statutory mandates, EPA has undertaken several rulemakings. On May 2,1989 (54 PR
 19716), EPA revised 40 CFR Parts 122 and 124 to establish procedures and requirements to integrate sewage sludge management
 into NPOES permits. At the same time, the Agency revised 40 CFR Part 123 governing the approval of State NPDES programs and
 promulgated a new part, 40 CFR Part 501 (State Management Program Regulations), that established program requirements and
 procedures for States to seek approval of non-NPDES sewage sludge management programs.  On February 19,1993, EPA published
 regulations at 40 CFR Part 503  (58 FR 9248), Standards for the Use  or Disposal of Sewage Sludge, that address the standards
 mentioned in Section 405(d). Part 503 contains requirements for the use/disposal of sewage sludge when it is:

      •     Applied to land for a beneficial purpose (land application)
      •     Placed on a surface disposal site (surface disposal)
      •     Fired in a sewage sludge incinerator (incineration)
      •     Placed in a municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF).

      For each of the first three use/disposal practices. Part 503 presents general requirements, specifies numeric limits on pollutant
concentrations in sewage sludge, describes management practices  and, in some cases, details operational requirements.  It also
includes monitoring, record keeping, and reporting requirements.
                                                                                                              •
      Specific requrements for sewage sludge disposed of in an MSWLF do not appear in Part 503. Rather, these requirements are
found h 40 CFR Part 258, which was jointly promulgated under the CWA and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Part 503
requires compliance with criteria in 40 CFR Part 258. If a municipal wastewater treatment worts uses a MSWLF to dispose of its
sewage sludge, the treatment works must ensure that the sludge is nonhazardous and passes the Paint Filter Liquid Test

      Part 503 also affected the National Pretreatment Program. Treatment works with sewage sludge not meeting the sludge quality
standards in 40 CFR Part 503 for a particular use/disposal practice must clean up the influent by establishing more stringent local limits
on industrial users. In addition, at the same time that it promulgated Part 503, EPA took the opportunity to publish revisions to 40 CFR
§ 403.7. the removal credits provision. This amendment to the General Pretreatment Regulations contains an appendix with two lists
of pollutants eligible for a removal credit with respect to the use or disposal of sewage sludge.
                      Pretreatment Program Objectives. Organizational Structure, and Responsibilities

     The National Pretreatment Program is designed to reduce the amount of pollutants discharged by industry and other non-
domestic wastewater sources into municipal sewer systems, and thereby, reduce the  amount of pollutants released into the
environment from wastewater treatment plants. The program is a cooperative effort of Federal, State, and local regulatory environmental

Page 6-Narrative                                                                                        Module1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course     	The National Pretreatment Program
 agencies established to protect water quality. The term 'pretreatment" refers to pollutant control requirements for non-domestic sources
 discharging wastewater b sewer systems that are connected to POTWs. Limits on the amount of pollutants allowed to be discharged
 are  established by EPA, the State, or  the local authority.  Pretreatment limits may be met by the industry through pollution
 prevention/waste minimization (e.g., production substitution, recycling and reuse of materials) or treatment of the wastewater.

      The requirement for development of a POTW pretreatment program is included as a condition of a POTW's NPDES permit
 POTWs required to develop programs to include those:

      •     with combined design flows of greater than five(5) million gallons per day ("MGD"), and

      •     receiving pollutants from categorical industrial users, and/or

      •     receiving pollutants which pass through the POTW treatment plant or interfere with POTW operations.

 POTWs with design flows less than or equal b five (5) MGD may be required to develop a program if necessary to prevent interference
 or pass through. States with approved pretreatment programs may choose to assume responsibility for a local program as provided
 for in 40 CFR Part 403.10(e).

      Industrial Users are regulated by the National Pretreatment Program through three types of regulatory entities: EPA, Approval
 Authorities, and Control Authorities. Approval Authorities oversee Control Authorities while Control Authorities regulate industrial users.
 An Approval Authority can denote the EPA or a delegated State while a Control Authority can denote EPA, a delegated State, or a
 POTW.  General responsibilities of each of these regulatory entities are as follows:
           Headquarters
                •     Oversee program implementation at all levels
                •     Develop and modify regulations for the pretreatment program
                •     Develop policies to clarify and further define the program
                •     Develop technical guidance for program implementation
                •     Initiate enforcement actions as appropriate

           Regions
                •     Fulfill Approval Authority responsibilities for States without program delegation
                •     Oversee State program implementation
                •     Initiate enforcement actions as appropriate.

     Approval Authorities
                •     Notify POTWs of their responsibilities
                                          x
                •     Review and approve POTW pretreatment programs
                •     Review modifications to categorical pretreatment standards
                •     Oversee POTW program implementation
                •     Provide technical guidance to POTWs
                     Regulate industries in POTWs without pretreatment programs
                •     Initiate enforcement actions, against noncompliant POTWs or industries.
Module 1                                                                                         Narrative - Page 7

-------
 The National Pretreatment Program	77>e Pretreatment Training Course
     Control Authorities
                •     Develop and maintain an approved pretreatment program
                     Evaluate compliance of regulated industrial users
                •     Initiate enforcement action against industries as appropriate
                •     Submit reports to approval authority
                •     Develop local limits (or demonstrate why they are not needed)
                •     Develop and implement an enforcement response plan.
Page 8 - Narrative                                                                                       Module 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	The National Pretreatment Program
                                Prefreafmenf Quiz
 1.    Where are the General Pretreatment Regulations found?  40 CFR Part
 2.    According to the General Pretreatment Regulations, what size POTWs (based on
      gallons per day design flow) must be evaluated to determine the need to develop and
      implement a pretreatment program?	
 3.    Define Interference and Pass Through:	,	
 4.    What year was EPA established?
 5.    List three criteria that are used to determine if an industrial user should be considered
      a significant industrial user?
      a.  	
      b.  	
      c.  	
 6.    Name all the EPA Administrators starting with the current Administrator.
7.   List the pollutants that EPA policy dictates must be evaluated for the need for local
     limits:	
8.   What is the Internet address for EPA's home page on the world wide web?
Module 1                                                      Appendix: Pretreatment Quiz • Page 1

-------
 TTie National Pretreatmerrt Program	    The Pretreatment Training Course
 9.    According to the General Pretreatment Regulations, how often (at a minimum) must a
      POTW inspect and sample each of their significant industrial users?	
 10.   Cross media transfers refer to: (circle all that apply)
      a.  irritable news reporters on assignment
      b.  a biological experiment on cloning
      c.  EPA's reorganization^ approach
      d.  none of the above, actually it means	,	
 11.   How many years must POTWs and industries retain their records and test results?
12.   True OR False  : Enforcement response plans are required for POTWs with approved
      programs.
13.   Name the  EPA region we are currently in, and the name of the Pretreatment
      Coordinator for this region.
      Region	Coordinator __	;	•
14.   An electroplating firm that discharges to the local POTW, owns 60% of the metal that
      it plates and has  been in business at the same location since 1980.  What categorical
      standard(s) apply? 40 CFR	and Category name	
15.   What is the Pollution Prevention Hierarchy as defined in The Pollution Prevention Act
      of 1990?	:	

16.   Who is Bob Zimmerman more commonly known as?	
                                         Name

Remember... Valuable prizes will be offered for both accuracy and creativity!

Appendix Pretreatment Quiz • Page 2                                                    Module 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
          Pretreatment
   Program Regulations

           [40 CFR Part 403]
     Local Pretreatment Programs

   § 403.8 • Requirements of a POTW developed
           pretreatment program

   § 403.9 • Contents/legal authority of a POTW
           pretreatment program

  §403.11 • POTW pretreatment program
           approval procedures

  § 403.18 • Modifications of POTW Pretreatment
           Programs
Program Requirements Affecting lUs

   § 403.5 • General & specific prohibitions

   § 403.6 • Categorical standards

   §403.7 • Removal credits

  § 403.13 • Variances for fundamentally different
           factors

  §403.15 • Net/Gross calculation
Module 2
               Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
T?7e Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
     POTW and IU Requirements
    § 403.12 • POTW & IU reporting
               requirements
          Specific IU Rights

      §403.16* Upset provisions
      §403.17* Bypass provisions
    Miscellaneous Requirements

       § 403.2 • Objectives of regulations
       § 403.3 • Definitions
       § 403.4 • State or local law
      § 403.14 • Confidentiality
Module 2
               Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
  What Minimum Procedures Make Up
        a Pretreatment Program?
              [40 CFR§ 403.8(f)(2)]
      • Industrial Users
        -identify, locate, and notify
        -receive, sample, and analyze
        -survey, investigate, and enforce
      • Public
        -allow participation
        -notify of violators
    Minimum Pretreatment Program
         Procedures, continued
             [40CFR§403.8(f)(2)J

        •Additional procedures:
          -Funding
          -Local limits
          -Enforcement Response Plan
          -SIU list
        Legal Authority, a Must

        • State law

        • Local regulations
         -Sewer Use Ordinance('SUO')
                  or
         -Rules and Regulations
Module 2
                Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
7?7e Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
        POTW Legal Authority
           [40CFR§403.8(f)(1)]

     • Deny or condition discharges
     • Require compliance
     • Control through permit or similar means
     • Require compliance schedules to comply
     • Inspect, survey, and monitor
     • Enforce
     • Comply with confidentiality requirements
        Local Regulations
           Sewer Use Ordinance
           Rules and Regulations
  Prohibitions and Limitations

         • General/Specific

         • Categorical Standards

         • Local Limits
Module 2
               Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
          Control Discharges

      • Deny/condition new or increased
        contributions
      • Issue control mechanisms/compliance
        schedules
      • Require development of slug/spill
        control plans
      • Require pretreatment facilities
           Reports & Notices
     • BMRs/90 day compliance reports
     • Compliance schedule progress reports
     • Periodic compliance reports
     • Notice of potential problems
     • Notice of limit violations and resampling
     • Notice of changed conditions/discharge
     • Notice of hazardous waste discharged
       Compliance Monitoring

      • Right of entry
      • Right to inspect
      • Right to sample
      • Right to require installation of
        monitoring/flow measuring equipment
      • Right to inspect and copy record
Module 2
                 Slide Presentation • Page 5

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
   Remedies for Noncompliance
              (Enforcement)

         • Non-emergency response
           -injunctive relief
           - civil/criminal penalties
         • Emergency response
        Other Requirements

       • Test procedures
       • Signatory
       • Record keeping
       • Confidentiality
       • Annual publishing of ILJs in SNC
       • Public participation/access to
         information
         Local Regulations-
         Approval Process
      • Submission to Approval Authority
      • Public notice
      • Approval Authority decision
      • Public access to information
Module 2
               Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
           Ancillary Issues

        • Chamber of Commerce
        • Big Business
        • Politics
        • Attorney familiarity with subject
        • Special interest groups
      Interjurisdictional Issues
   A POTWs program accepts discharges
     from I Us located outside the Control
         Authority's legal jurisdiction.
  Municipality With POTW Receiving
 Discharge From Another Municipality
            City A
                          CltyB
Module 2
                Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
 The Pretreatmerri Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
        Sewer District Covering
         Several Municipalities
      Interjurisdictional Control

        • Direct authority
        • Multijurisdictional agreements
        • Industrial user contracts
        • Coordination/cooperation
Module 2
                Slide Presentation - Page 8

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
                     Pretreatment Program Regulations:  Legal Authority


                             General Pretreatment Program Regulations [40 CFR Part 403)


      The preamble to the General Pretreatment Regulations explains the purpose of the regulations and how they were developed.
 Where regulations have been challenged, regulatory agencies and courts have looked to the preamble (among other sources) for the
 intent and interpretation of the regulations.  Consequently. State and POTW personnel implementing regulations should review
 applicable sections of the preamble to better interpret the regulations.  Preambles are published in the Federal Register for most
 regulations or regulation amendments.

      The General Pretreatment Program Regulations are found in 40 CFR(Code of Federal Regulations), Chapter I, Subchapter N,
 Part 403; commonly referred to as 40 CFR Part 403. These regulations are divided into 18 sections (§),  and 7 appendices (three of
 which are 'reserved').  These are listed below, along with brief explanations of the contents.


      §403.1   Purpose and Applicability
               Establishes responsibilities for Federal, State and local government industry, and the public.

      §403.2   Objectives of General Pretreatment Regulations
               •     to prevent the introduction of pollutants into POTWs which will interfere with the POTWs operation or its
                     municipal sludge use and/or disposal; pass through the POTW treatment plant; or be incompatible with the
                     POTW
               •     to improve opportunities to recycle and reclaim municipal and industrial wastewaters and sludges.

      § 403.3   Definitions
               The following are key terms which are defined under this section of the General Pretreatment Regulations. [An
               understanding of these terms is important to ensure adequate implementation and enforcement of a pretreatment
               program.]

                     Industrial user (IU)
                     Interference
                     National pretreatment standard
                     New source
                     Pass through
                     Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)
                     Significant industrial user (SIU)

     §403.4   State or Local Law
               The General Pretreatment Regulations are not meant to affect any State or local regulatory requirements as long
               as these  requirements are not less stringent than the Federal regulations. States with approved NPDES permit
               programs are required to develop an approved State pretreatment program.

     §403.5   National Pretreatment Standards: Prohibited Discharges
               General and specific prohibited discharge standards that Control Authorities must incorporate into their pretreatment
               programs are provided in this section. The general prohibitions specify that pollutants introduced into Publicly Owned
               Treatment Works (POTWs) by a nondomesSc source shall not pass through the POTW or interfere with the operation
               a performance of the treatmentworks. Control Authorities that are required to develop local pretreatment programs
               (and other POTWs where interference and pass through are likely to recur) must develop and enforce specific
               limitations (local limits) to implement the general prohibitions against interference,  pass through, and sludge
               contamination.  The specific prohibitions specify prevention of the discharge of pollutants that cause any of the
               following conditions to occur at the POTW:
Module 2
                           Narrative • Page 1

-------
 flrefreafrnenf Program Regulations: Legal Authority	The Pretreatment Training Course



                      Fire or explosion hazard (including discharges with a closed-cup flashpoint less than 140'F)

                      Corrosive structural damage (no pH < 5.0 S.U.)

                 •     Solid or viscous pollutants in amounts which will cause obstruction b the flow in the POTW resulting in
                      interference

                 •     Any pollutant released in a discharge at a flow rate and/or pollutant concentration causing interference

                 •     Heat in amounts causing inhibition of biological activity in the POTW resulting in interference or raising
                      temperatures at the POTW treatment plant greater than 40'C (104'F)

                 •     Petroleum oil. nonbiodegradable cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in quantities that will cause pass
                      through or interference

                 •     Pollutants resulting in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes within the POTW in a quantity that may
                      cause acute worker health and safety problems

                 •     Trucked or hauled wastes, except at discharge locations designated by the POTW.

                 Amendments to 40 CFR Part 403 on January 14,1987, provided industrial users with an affirmative defense (if
                 specified conditions are met) for actions brought against it for alleged violations of the general or specific prohibitions
                 contained in this section regarding interference, pass through, or worker health and safety problems.

      § 403.6     National Pretreatment Standards:  Categorical Pretreatment Standards
                 Development and implementation of categorical pretreatment standards, including compliance deadlines, con-
                 centration and mass limits,  equivalent limits, prohibition of dilution as a substitute for treatment, and use of the
                 combined wastestream formula to determine discharge limitations is discussed in this section.

      §403.7     Revision of Categorical Pretreatment Standards to Reflect Control Authority Removal of Pollutants
                 This provision on removal credits provides the criteria and procedures to be used by a Control Authority to grant a
                 categorical industrial user (CIU) variance from a pollutant limit specified in a categorical pretreatment standard to
                 reflect removal by the POTW treatment plant of said pollutant

      § 403.8     Control Authority Pretreatment Programs:  Development bv Control Authority
                 The requirements for pretreatment program development by a Control Authority are outlined in this section.  Included
                 are criteria for determining which POTWs must develop pretreatment programs; program approval deadlines;
                 incorporation of approved programs and compliance schedules in NPDES permits; and program and funding
                 requirements.

                 The Control Authority is required to have sufficient legal authority to enforce the approved pretreatment program.
                 At a minimum, this legal authority shall enable the Control Authority to:

                 •     Deny or condition new or increased contributions

                 •     Issue significant industrial users individual control mechanisms

                 •     Require compliance schedules for the installation of technology

                 •     Require self-monitoring and reporting by industrial users

                 •     Carry out all inspection, surveillance and monitoring procedures

                •     Obtain remedies for noncompliance.


Page 2 • Narrative                                                                                          Module 2

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
                It is also stated in this section that all Control Authorities with approved programs, or programs under development,
                must develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with the requirements of a pretreatment program.
                Such procedures shall enable the Control Authority to:

                •    Identify and locate appropriate industrial users

                •    Identify the character and volume of pollutants being discharged by those industrial users

                •    Notify those industrial users of applicable pretreatment standards and requirements

                •    Receive and analyze reports and notices

                •    Sample and analyze the effluent from industrial users and conduct surveillance activities

                •    Evaluate the need for each significant industrial user to develop a slug/spill plan

                •    Investigate instances of noncompliance and enforce

                •    Comply with public participation requirements (along with this procedure, the regulations define significant
                     noncompliance).

                Under this provision, the Control Authority also must have sufficient resources to implement the regulatory
                requirements, develop local limits (or demonstrate that they are not necessary), and develop an Enforcement
                Response Plan.

     §403.9    Control Authority Pretreatment Programs and/or Authorization to Revise Pretreatment Standards: Submission for
                Approval
                Requirements and procedures for submission and review of Control Authority pretreatment programs are discussed
                h this section. Included are discussions of conditional program approval; Approval Authority action; and notification
                where submissions are defective.

     § 403.10   Development and Submission of NPDES State Pretreatment Programs
                Requirements and procedures for submission and review of NPDES State pretreatment programs are provided in
                this section. Included are discussions of deadlines for approval of State programs; legal authority, procedural and
                funding requirements; and contents of program submissions.

     §403.11   Approval Procedures for POTW Pretreatment Programs and POTW Granting of Removal Credits
                Included in this section are procedures for accepting or denying Control Authority requests for program approval or
                for removal credits.

     § 403.12   Reporting Requirements for Control Authorities and Industrial Users
                Reports required from industrial users include the following:

                •     Baseline monitoring reports - Requred to be submitted to the Control Authority within 180 days of the effective
                     date of the categorical pretreatment standards. In addition, new source BMR reporting requirements are
                     discussed.

                •     Compliance  schedule (for meeting categorical pretreatment standards^ progress reports - Requred to be
                     submitted to the Control Authority within 14 days of completion of compliance schedule milestone or due dates.

                •     Report on compliance with categorical pretreatment standard deadline (final compliance report! - Required to
                     be submitted to the Control Authority within 90 days of the compliance date of the categoricalpretreatment
                     standards.
Module 2                                                                                         Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority	The Pretreatment Training Course
                 •     Periodic  reports on continued compliance - Required to be submitted by categorical and significant
                      noncategorical industrial users to the Control Authority at least semiannually, usually in June and December
                      after the compliance date.

                 •     Notice of potential problems including slug loadings  - Required to be submitted by all industrial users
                      'mmediately upon identification of discharges including slug loadings that could cause problems to the POTW.

                 •     Notice of chanced discharge - Required to be submitted to the Control Authority by all industrial users in
                      advance of any significant change in volume or character of pollutants discharged.

                 •     Notice of Violation/Resampling requirement- Required to be submitted to the Control Authority by an industrial
                      users  within 24 hours of becoming aware of a violation. Resampling must be conducted and the results
                      submitted to the Control Authority within 30 days.

                 •     Notice of Discharge of Hazardous Waste - Required to be submitted to the POTW. EPA, and the State by all
                      industrial users whose discharge would be considered a hazardous waste, if disposed of in a different manner.

                 Reports required from POTWs include the following:

                 •     Compliance schedule progress reports (for development of pretreatment programs)

                 •     Annual reports to Approval Authority

                 Signatory certification and record keeping and analytical testing requirements for POTW/Control Authorities and
                 industrial users are also specified in this section.

      § 403.13    Variances from Categorical Pretreatment Standards for Fundamentally Different Factors
                This provision allows an industrial user or any interested person  to request a variance from categorical pretreatment
                standards based on the factors considered by EPA in developing the applicable category/subcategory being
                fundamentally different than factors relating to a specific industrial user.

      §403.14    Confidentiality
                The confidentiality requirements and prohibitions for EPA,  States, and POTWs are covered in this section.  This
                section expressly states that effluent data is available to the public without restriction.

      § 403.15   NeVGross Calculation
                This provision allows for adjustment of categorical pretreatment standards to reflect the presence of pollutants in the
                industrial user's intake water if said water draws from the same body of water as that which the POTW discharges.

      § 403.16   Unset Provision
                This provision allows an upset (which meets the conditions of an upset as specified in this provision) to be  an
                affirmative defense against an action brought for noncompliance  with categorical pretreatment standards.  The
                industrial user shall have the burden of proof for such a defense.

      § 403.17   Bypass
                Requires industrial users to operate their treatment systems at all times.  Defines criteria for allowing a bypass to
                occur and notification procedures for both anticipated an unanticipated bypasses.

      § 403.18   Modification of POTW Pretreatment Programs
                This provision specifies procedures and criteria for 'minor* and 'substantial' modifications to approved POTW
                pretreatment programs and incorporation of substantial modifications into the POTWs NPDES permit
Page 4 • Narrative                                                                                          Module 2

-------
 The Pretreetment Training Course
Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
  Appendix A:    Program Guidance Memorandum
                 Addresses EPA policy on grants for treatment and control of combined sewer overflows (CSO) and stormwater
                 discharges.

  Appendix B:    [Reserved]

  Appendix C:    [Reserved)

  Appendix D:    Selected Industrial Subcateoories Considered Dilute for Purposes of the Combined Wastestream Formula
                 The Appendix D published on January 21,1981, provided a list of industrial subcategories that had been exempted
                 (pursuant to Paragraph 8 of the NRDC, Inc. et al. vs. Costle Consent Decree) from regulation by categorical pre-
                 treatment standards. Appendix  D was revised on October 9, 1986, to update the list of exempted industrial
                 categories and to correct previous errors by either adding or removing various subcategories or by changing the
                 names of some categories or subcategories.  Each of the subcategories, as indicated by the Appendix D tide,
                 contains wastestreams that are classified as dilute for purposes of applying categorical pretreatment standards to
                 other wastestreams and for using the combined wastestream formula to adjust these standards.

  Appendix E:    Sampling Procedures
                 This appendix discusses the composite and grab sampling methods for the collection of influent and effluent samples
                 at a POTW treatment plant

  Appendix F:    fReservedl

  Appendix G:    Pollutants Eligible for a Removal Credit
                 This appendix identifies regulated pollutants in 40 CFR Part 503 as well as additional pollutants eligible for a removal
                 credit
                                               POTW Legal Authority
[Note-untess specified otherwise, for the purposes of this section, Control Authority means an approved POTW pretreatment program.]

Overview
      The Control Authority's ability to implement and enforce its pretreatment program is determined by its legal authority. Control
Authorities must have the legal authority to impose and enforce the National categorical pretreatment standards in 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Chapter I, Subchapter N, Parts 405-471 and the requirements found in the General Pretreatment Regulations (40
CFR Part 403). Federal regulations do not provide Control Authorities with the legal authority to carry out local pretreatment programs;
Federal regulations [40 CFR § 403.8(f)] merely set forth the legal authority requirements which POTWs seeking to obtain (and maintain)
pretreatment program approval must possess.

      Regardless of whether the Control Authority is a single municipality or a regional sewerage authority composed of several
jurisdictions, its legal authority derives from State law.  Most Control Authorities have broad regulatory powers. For example, many
State laws authorize Control Authorities  to enforce •pretreatment requirements* against users discharging wastes to their sewer
systems.  This broad legal authority allows the local pretreatment program to be tailored to individual circumstances while, at the same
time, satisfying minimum Federal program  requirements. When the Control Authority is a municipality, the basic implementation and
enforcement requirements of its pretreatment program are detailed in a sewer use ordinance. Typically, this ordinance is part of city
or county code. Regional Control Authorities frequently adopt similar provisions in the form of regulations. Likewise, State agencies
implementing a State-wide program under 40 CFR § 403.10(e) set out  pretreatment requirements as agency regulations, rather than
as a sewer use ordinance. If State law does not confer adequate authority on the Control Authority to comply with minimum Federal
Module 2
                            Narrative • Page 5

-------
 Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority	The Pretreatment Training Course
retirements, the Control Authority must request the State to enact or amend statutory provisions granting such authority [40 CFR §
403.8(f)(1)].

      Sewer use ordinances and regulations 'implement* the legal authority which State law confers on the Control Authority. The
sewer use ordinance cannot give the Control Authority greater enforcement powers (such as higher penalty authority) than are allowed
under State laws which created or empowered the Control Authority. Therefore, once the ordinance is adopted, it defines the Control
Authority's legal authority. If an industry believes that the Control Authority has acted beyond or contrary to its ordinance when enforcing
against that user, the user may challenge the action in court If, in turn, the reviewing court finds that the Control Authority has indeed
acted beyond its authority or in an arbitrary or capricious manner, the court may prevent or overturn the enforcement action. Thus, the
Control Authority must ensure that its legal authority is both specific and comprehensive, particularly with regard to its enforcement
provisions.

      Control Authorities should enact sewer use ordinances which fulfill the legal authority requirements of 40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1).
Although Federal regulations authorize Control Authorities to operate pursuant to legal authority conferred through State statutes, most
statutes are not sufficiently detailed to be 'self-implementing,* and the broad grants of regulatory authority which statutes confer to
Control Authorities must be detailed in specific ordinance provisions to be legally enforceable.  For example, a State statute which
provides that Control Authorities may enforce pretreatment program requirements through "Administrative Orders' does not set forth
the specific types of Administrative Orders which a Control Authority may issue to its industrial users, or whether administrative fines
may be assessed through the Administrative Orders. While Control Authorities may also operate pursuant to legal authority provided
by contracts (with industries or with neighboring jurisdictions), or joint powers agreements (with the neighboring jurisdictions), these
sources of legal authority are most effective in multijurisdictional situations (i.e., when a Control Authority must regulate industries
located beyond its territorial jurisdiction).

      A review of the sewer use ordinance should be performed to ensure it grants the Control Authority legal authority to implement
the Federal requirements detailed below.

Definitions
      Although (he Federal pretreatment regulations do not require local sewer use ordinances or regulations to include a 'definitions'
section, EPA believes that definitions clarify and strengthen the substantive pretreatment provisions.  Furthermore, to the extent that
Control Authorities choose to use terms  which are defined in the Federal regulations [40 CFR §§-403.3 and 403.8(f)(2)(vii)], the
definitions may not be less stringent or less inclusive than EPA's definitions.

Prohibited Discharges
           Discharges which cause interference [40 CFR § 403.5(a)(1)]

           Discharges which cause pass through [40 CFR § 403.5(a)(1)]

      •     Discharges which violate the specific prohibitions [40 CFR § 403.5(b)(1 )-(8)]

           Discharges which violate local limits adopted by the Control Authority [40 CFR § 403.5(c) and (d)]

      •     Discharges which use dilution as a partial or complete substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with a
           pretreatment standard or requirement [40 CFR § 403.6(d)]

           Discharges which violate National categorical pretreatment standards [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(ii)]
Page 6'Narrative                                                                                           Module 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
 Control Discharges to POTW Treatment Rant and Collection System
           Deny or condition new or increased.contributions of pollutants or changes in the nature of pollutants to the POTW by
           industrial users where such contributions do not meet applicable pretreatment standards and requirements or where such
           contributions would cause the Control Authority to violate its National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPOES)
           permit [40 CFR§403.8(f)(1)(i)]

      •    Require industrial users to notify the Control Authority in advance of any substantial change in volume or characteristics
           of their discharge [40 CFR § 403.120)]

      •    Requre compliance with applicable pretreatment standards (including National categorical pretreatment standards, local
           limits, and prohibited discharge standards) and requirements by industrial users [40 § 403.8(f)(1)(ii)]

      •    Control through permit, order, or similar means, the contribution to the POTW by each industrial user to ensure compliance
           with applicable pretreatment standards and requirements.  Control significant industrial user discharges through an
           individual control mechanism that contains five minimum conditions [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(iii)J.

 Require Development of Compliance Schedules. Plans, and Reports
      •    Require each industrial user to develop a compliance schedule to install necessary pretreatment technology [40 CFR §
           403.8(f)(1)(iv)]

      •    Require industrial users to submit to the Control Authority plans to control slug discharges which contain 4 minimum
           elements [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(v)]

      •    Requre each industrial user to submit all notices and self-monitoring reports necessary to assess and ensure compliance
           with prelreatment standards and requirements, including reports and applicable signatories and certifications required in
           40 CFR § 403.12 [40 CFR § 403.8{f)(1)(iv)].

 Inspection and Monitoring Procedures
      •    Authority to carry out all inspections, surveillance, and monitoring procedures necessary to determine (independent of
           information supplied by industrial users) compliance or noncompliance with applicable prelreatment  standards and
           requirements at least once a year [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(v)] including:

                Right to enter at reasonable times
                Right to inspect generally for compliance
                Right to take independent samples
                Right to require installation of monitoring equipment
                Right to inspect and copy records [40 CFR § 403.12(o)(2)]
                Requre the use of 40 CFR Part 136 methods for self-monitoring and analysis [40 CFR § 403.12(b)(5)(vi), (g)(4), and
                (h)].

Enforcement
      •     Nonemeroencv Response - Authority to seek injunctive relief for noncompliance by industrial users with pretreatment
           standards and requirements, and authority to seek or assess civil or criminal penalties in at least the amount of $1,000 a
           day for each violation by industrial users of pretreatment standards and requirements [40 CFR 403.8(f)(vi)(A)]

      •     Emergency Response - Authority to immediately and effectively halt or prevent any discharge of pollutants to the POTW
           which threatens human health, the environment, or the POTW [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(vi)(B)].

Confidentiality
           Authority to ensure that effluent date are made available to the public [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(vii) and 40 CFR § 403.14].
Module 2                                                                                           Narrative - Page 7

-------
 Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority	The Pretreatment Training Course


                                 Assessing Authority to Impose Pretreatment Requirements

      The Control Authority should use the following five questions as a basis for its review of the sewer use ordinance:

      •    Are all industrial users discharging to the sewer collection system subject to regulation?
      •    Does the ordinance authorize it to implement program requirements under 40 CFR 403?
      •    Does the ordinance authorize it to enforce local limits to prevent pass through and interference?
      •    Does the ordinance incorporate all enforcement authorities allowable under State law?
      •    Does the ordinance contain any obstacles to effective enforcement?

 These questions are discussed in greater detail in the following subsections.

 Authority Over All Industrial Users
      The Control Authority's sewer use ordinance must be applicable to all nondomestic (industrial) users of the Control Authority.
 The "Scope* or 'Applicability" section of the ordinance should specify that all users are subject to regulation. The definitions of "person"
 and "user* should also be reviewed to see whether they encompass all dischargers.  For example, definitions of these terms in a
 number of ordinances fafl to include "government facilities" (that is, Federal, State, or local government facilities) as part of the regulated
 community. Since such governmental entities are subject to the pretreatment program, they must not be excluded from consideration
 as regulated dischargers.  If the ordinance contains similar exclusions or does not explicitly address all industrial dischargers, the
 Control Authority must revise it  Many Control Authorities treat wastewater from  industrial users located outside their political
 boundaries. These 'multijurisdictional* arrangements require special legal/contractual mechanisms to ensure adequate authority to
 enforce program requirements. EPA has published guidance to assist Control Authorities in addressing multijurisdictional issues (1994
 Multijurisdictional Pretreatment Programs • Guidance Manual).

 Implementation of Federal Program Requirements
      The General Pretreatment Regulations establish minimum Federal requirements for industrial users. While these requirements
 are Federally enforceable (which means that U.S. Attorneys can enforce them in Federal court), a Control Authority has the primary
 responsibility for implementing and enforcing pretreatment requirements. However, the Control Authority will not be able to fulfill its
 obligations unless these Federal retirements are specifically applied by its ordinance. In order for the Control Authority to successfully
 impose and enforce Federal pretreatment requirements in local courts, its ordinance must either include these requirements verbatim
 or incorporate them by reference. The Control Authority should examine its ordinance to determine whether Federal requirements are
 satisfied and in which manner they are satisfied. EPA recommends that incorporation by reference be used to require compliance with
 categorical pretreatment standards since reiteration of these standards could be cumbersome. Of course,  the Control Authority should
 make sure that it follows proper State legal procedure when it incorporates Federal requirements by reference.

      Generally, a proper incorporation by reference includes specific language evidencing the intent to incorporate the standards and
 includes a citation to where the standards are found (i.e., "the National categorical pretreatment standards, located in 40 CFR Chapter
 I, Subchapter N. Parts 405-471, are hereby incorporated"). However, State law may contain additional content and format requirements
with which the Control Authority must comply.

      The Control Authority should be  aware that incorporation of future (as yet unpromulgated) Federal rules is usually considered
invalid by reviewing courts. Generally, only regulations which are in existence on the date that the ordinance is adopted may be
 incorporated into the ordinance. For instance, an ordinance  provision adopted in 1983, incorporating  the Federal categorical pre-
treatment standards and requirements, will only effectively incorporate Federal regulations promulgated as of 1983. Therefore, the

 Page 8 - Narrative                                                                'Module 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
 Control Authority must periodical)/ reincorporate new or revised Federal regulations in order to ensure its own authority to impose and
 enforce these requirements against local industrial users.  It is recommended that the Control Authority evaluate the need to
 reincorporate Federal and State requirements within 6 to 9 months of the effective date of new or revised categorical standards or
 revisions to the General Pretreatment Regulations.

 Local Limits
      In addition to including Federal requirements, the Control Authority should examine its ordinance to make sure that it clearly
 authorizes enforcement of more stringent discharge requrements (local limits) adopted to prevent pass through and interference. Local
 [mils become Federal pretreatment standards if property adopted pursuant to 40 CFR § 403.5. These limits may be narrative discharge
 prohibitions, a set of pollutant-specific numeric limits, or a combination of both. EPA has published guidance to assist Control Authorities
 in establishing local limits (1987 Guidance Manual for the Development and Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations).

 Identifying Obstacles To Enforcement
      The Control Authority must be confident that its choice and implementation of enforcement responses are free from procedural
 obstacles which could delay their swift and effective use. The Control Authority should, therefore, closely scrutinize its sewer use
 ordinance to identify and eliminate requrements which restrict the selection and use of particular enforcement responses. In reviewing
 sewer use ordinances nationwide, EPA has identified numerous procedural obstacles to enforcement common to local programs. Too
 often, ordinances vest enforcement authority in a single public official, such as the Mayor or the Director of Utilities, which results in
 extensive delays in initiating enforcement actions.  While city officials should be informed of enforcement activities, experience has
 shown that enforcement is most expeditious if it is taken by officials who fully understand the pretreatment program's goals and
 requirements.  Therefore, it is suggested that the Control Authority make sure that its sewer use ordinance assigns enforcement
 authority to the 'POTW Superintendent or his/her designee.'  In turn, the Superintendent should delegate the use of particular
 enforcement responses as appropriate.

      Another common obstacle is defining the use of particular enforcement responses in too narrow a manner. For example, the
 ordinance should not require the use of a Notice of violation (NOV) prior to initiation of a more stringent response. The Control Authority
 must be free to use whatever action it deems appropriate as an initial action. Similarly, it should not establish a show cause hearing
 as a precondition to the issuance of an Administrative Order. The Control Authority must be able to respond to emergency situations
 quickly and be authorized to issue a cease and desist order or to seek a court order without delaying to schedule a hearing for the
 industrial user. However, the Control Authority may build in an "appeals process* after the immediate danger has passed.

     Other common obstacles include making the maximum duration of a compliance schedule so brief (e.g., no more than 10 days)
 that it is an unrealistic mechanism for effecting remedial action. The ordinance should not specify an automatic grace period between
 identification of the violation and issuance of the enforcement response (that is, language such as the following: 'if the violation is not
 corrected within 15 days of being notified of the noncompliance by the Control Authority, the Control Authority may seek appropriate
 legal action*). Any violation by the industrial user should trigger immediate  liability, and each day that a violation continues must count
 as a separate instance of noncompliance.

     Sometimes a sewer use ordinance is written so that it restricts the Control Authority's access to information about the industrial
 user. For instance, it may limit the right of entry and inspection to only the pretreatment facility or monitoring areas. Control Authority
personnel need access to all areas which are potentially relevant to the wastewater discharge, including areas where chemicals and
raw materials are stored. Consequently, the sewer use ordinance (and discharge permit) should specify that original or duplicate
monitoring records be kept by the industry and that the Control Authority may examine and copy those records.
Module 2                                                                                           Narrative - Page 9

-------
 Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority	The Pretreatment Training Course
      A final obstacle commonly encountered involves provisions which operate to undermine the program or which are contrary to
Federal or State law. Some examples are:


      •     Incorrectly designating analytical procedures to be conducted in accordance with Standard Methods, rather than 40 CFR
           Part 136 or equivalent method approved by EPA.                                                 .

      •     Authorizing special agreements that waive ordinance (pretreatment) requirements. For example, this waiver should not
           be available for Federal standards and requirements or any local limits or other requirements designed to protect the
           POTW and its receiving stream from pass through or interference. Any waiver provision must also be in accordance with
           expGcit procedures outlined in the ordinance.

      •     Failing to require significant industrial users to immediately report any noncompliance and repeat sampling for those
           parameters found to be in violation as required in 40 CFR § 403.12(g).

      •     Failing to specify authorized signatures for reports and applications submitted by industrial users.  This omission may allow
           someone without proper authority to respond on behalf of the company and submit permit applications and reports to the
           Control Authority. The industry would then be allowed to disavow responsibility for violations or misrepresentations in these
           documents.

      •     Failing to require a certification statement as contained in 40 CFR 403.6(a)(2)(ii) for compliance reports submitted by
           industrial users.

      •     Authorizing enforcement actions for "wfflfur and 'negligent* violations only (all violations must be actionable; under Federal
           law, 'knowing* and/or 'negligent* violations are criminal offenses).

      •     Excusing or absolving any noncompliance (e.g., accidental spills) from enforcement or limiting the enforcement response
           to a recovery of actual damages.

      The Control Authority should identify any obstacles to enforcement which it uncovers while evaluating its ordinance. It should
then eliminate these obstacles by adding, redrafting, or deleting ordinance provisions.
                                               POTW Program Approval

      Federal regulations at 40 CFR § 403.9 outline procedures for a POTW to obtain approval of their pretreatment program. A POTW
requesting approval must submit a POTW pretreatment program to the Approval Authority for review and comment Contents of the
submission must include:

      •     a statement from the City Solicitor (or the Eke) that the POTW has adequate authority to carry out the program requirements
           described in 40 CFR §403.8

      •     a copy of statutes, ordinances, regulations, agreements, or other authorities the POTW relies upon to administer the
           pretreatment program and a statement from the local board/body responsible for supervising and/or funding the POTW
           pretreatment program is approved

      •     a description of the program organization

      •     a description of funding levels and manpower available.
Page 10 - Narrative                                                                                          Module 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Program Regulations: Legal Authority
 Upon receipt, the Approval Authority had 60 days to make a preliminary determination of whether the submission meets the
 requirements of 40 CFR § 403.9.  Based on the Approval Authority review, the POTW may have to revise its submission, or the
 Approval Authority may commence the public notice process and (after addressing any comments) formally approve the program.
Module 2                                                                                      Narrative - Page 11

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
  Industrial  User
  Identification
  and Classification
   Industrial User Identification
   [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(i)]

   + Identify and locate all possible
     Industrial Users which might be
     subject to your POTWs
     Pretreatment Program.
    Industrial User
    [40 CFR § 403.3(h)]

    + A source of indirect
     discharge.
Module 3
           Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
      Indirect Discharge
      [40 CFR § 403.3(g)]

      + The introduction of pollutants
        into a POTW from any non-
        domestic source regulated
        under section 307(b), (c), or
        (d) of the Act.
   Significant Industrial User
   [40 CFR § 403.3(t)]

   + Subject to Federal categorical standards
   + Discharges 25,000 GPD or more of process
     wastewater
   + Contributes 5 % or more of hydraulic or organic
     capacity of the POTW treatment plant
   + Has a reasonable potential for adversely
     affecting the POTW or for violating any
     standard or requirements
     Where to Start...

     •» Water billing records
     + Applications for sewer service
     «• Local business directories
     * Wastewater collection personnel
     + POTW treatment plant operator(s)
     + Telephone directories
     + Property tax records/business license records
     • Chamber of commerce records
     * Internet
     * Drive around
Module 3
              Slide Presentation • Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
     What to Search For...
     + High water use
     •f Standard Industrial ClassificationCSIC')
       codes that may be of concern
     •» Compare to IDs listed in 40 CFR Parts
       405-471
     •» Types of business that may have an
       impact on POTW
     Initial Industrial Waste Survey

     •f Basic facility information
     + General business operations
     + Water use
     + Sewer service
     + Wastewater discharge flow and nature
     •f Pretreatment
     Suggestions

     + Notify indirectly affected persons prior
       to sending out surveys
     •f Provide a cover letter with the survey
     «• SEND SURVEYS CERTIFIED/
       RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED
Module 3
             Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
     Track Surveys


     + Returned surveys - eliminate those
       that:
       - are not industrial users
       - appear to have little to no impact
       - currently do not discharge to the
         POTW
     Track Surveys, cont
     + Those eliminated should be notified
       of such

     •f Keep those that may meet criteria of
       anSIU

     + Perform site visits to clarify
       determinations
     40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(iii)


    + Notify Industrial Users of
      applicable  pretreatment
      standards and requirements
Module 3
            Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
      Categorical Determinations

      •f Production processes/products

      + Raw materials

      + Production volume

      + Determine applicable category

      + Determine applicable subcategory

      + Contact Approval Authority for
       assistance
     What Next?

     + If CIU, commence permitting process
       (including federal reporting
       requirements).

     + If definitely an SIU, commence
       permitting  process.

     + If potentially an SIU, perform
       additional monitoring and evaluation
       prior to making final determination.
     Identify Waste Haulers

     + Business license records

     + Telephone directory

     + Inspection of lUs that have wastes
       hauled offsite

     + Observations in the field
Module 3
             Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
   SIU Master List Update
   •*•  Update regularly
   +  Submit annually
   +  Burden on lUs to notify(SUO)
   •*•  Proactive approach
     — plumbing, building and/or occupancy permits
     - water billing records
     - local business journals
     - field observations
     - sewer connection applications
     - 'utility connect questionnaires*
      Summary

      +  POTWs responsibility to seek out
         all possible (Us subject to
         pretreatment program.

      +  Ideally, survey all lUs initially then
         institute a "maintenance plan".

      +  Non-SIUs do not require permits.
      Problem 1

     + Bradley & Faulk Steel Corporation
        - manufacturer of steel pipe
        -40 CFR Part 464, Metal Molding
         and Casting
        - reporting during initial survey that
         they operate under a "non-
         discharge permit"
        — no sewer service in their area
Module 3
             Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Industrial User Identification and Classification
     Problem 2

     + User reporting the discharge
       of only domestic and non-
       contact cooling water at
       50,000 GPD day.
   Problem 3

   Initial survey:
   + metal finisher
   «• 40 CFR Part 433
   •f uses 10,000 GPD
   + states no waste hauled off
   •f states no environmental permits held
   + states no process discharge to the sewer
Module 3
             Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Identification and Classification
                         Industrial User Identification and Classification
                                                     Overview

      A complete and up to date Industrial Waste Survey (IWS) provides the backbone of a local pretreatment program.  It allows the
Control Authority to determine which users need to be regulated by the program and therefore affects the resources dedicated to the
program. It provides the basis for determining which users are subject to categorical pretreatment standards. It also informs the Control
Authority of the character of the wastes being discharged to the Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW), thereby providing the basis
for the Control Authority's local limits for specific pollutants.

      Federal regulations [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(i)] require Control Authorities to identify and locate all possible Industrial Users (ILJs)
which might be subject to the Control Authority pretreatment program. An IU is defined as a source of indirect discharge. Indirect
discharge is defined as the introduction of pollutants into a POTW from any non-domestic source regulated under Section 307(b), (c),
or (d) of the Act [40 CFR § 403.3(g)]. The definition [40 CFR § 403.3(1)] of what classifies an IU as a Significant Industrial User (SIU)
is:

      •     any user subject to categorical pretreatment standards;

      •     any user that discharges an average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater (excludes sanitary,
           noncontact cooling, and boiler blowdown wastewater);

      •     any user that contributes a process wastestream making up 5 percent or more of the average dry weather hydraulic or
           organic capacity of the POTW treatment plant; or

      •     any other user designated by the control authority (POTW) to be a significant industrial user because of its reasonable
           potential to adversely affect the POTW's operation or violate any pretreatment standard or requirement

In addition (as part of their annual report), 40 CFR § 403.12(i)(1) requires a POTW to update their list of lUs annually and requires a
POTW to detail standards that apply to each IU(induding SlUs).  To comply with these requirements, the Control Authority must develop
and implement sound procedures to conduct industrial waste surveys.
                                         Conducting Industrial Waste Surveys

User Identification
     The first step in maintaining a comprehensive industrial waste survey is to develop a system to identify a]| industrial and
commercial users that potentially discharge to the POTW. Suggested sources which may be used in creating an initial master list
include:

     •     Water and sewer billing records

     •     Applications for sewer service

     •     Local telephone directories

     •     Chamber of Commerce records

     •     Local business directories

Module 3                                                                             ~            Narrative • Page 1

-------
 Industrial User Identification and Classification	The Pretreatment Training Course
      •    Business license records

      •    Wastewater collection personnel

      •    Reid observations

      •    POTW treatment plant operators

      •    Business associations

      •    Internet

 For existing programs, surveying current permittees about known competitors may facilitate identification of SIDs. Contributions to the
 POTW may also come from connections outside of City limits. Although local regulations may require all IDs b apply for a permit, it
 is still the responsibility of the Control Authority to identify and locate all SlUs.

 Data Collection to Help in the Evaluation of All Identified Users.
      To facilitate classifying users, the Control Authority should distribute an industrial waste questionnaire. The questionnaire should
 request general and specific information of potential industrial and commercial users. A two-part questionnaire may be preferred by
 Control Authorities: a basic questionnaire sent to all lUs initially identified, followed by a more specific questionnaire for IDs that may
 be subject to the pretreatment program. The basic questionnaire should, at minimum, request the following information:

      •    Industry name, mailing address, location of facility, and contact person's name and phone number

      •    Type of business, processes performed and products manufactured

      •    SIC code

      •    Business hours

      •    Number of employees

      •    Sewer service

      •    Water source(s) and average usage

      •    Type of wastewater discharged (i.e.. sanitary, process, noncontact cooling, boiler blowdown) and discharge tocation(s).

     A more detailed questionnaire should be distributed to those users which are likely to be subject to the pretreatment program.
This form should request information regarding,  at least the following:

      •    Detailed description of processes performed, where water is used and where waste is generated

      •    Process chemicals used and chemicals located onsite

     •    Applicable categorical standards

      •    Schematic including process area, pretreatment system, floor drains, and connections to sewer


Page 2-Narrative                                                                                          Modules

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Identification and Classification
      •     Number of sewer connections, location of discharge fines conveying industrial waste (including access for monitoring), type
           ofpretreatment

      •     Pollutants present in waste discharged to the POTW (including sampling data where possible)

      •     Nature of waste hauled offsite and identification of waste hauler(s)

      •     P2 measures

Tracking and Data Verification
      A Control Authority wffl not know if a questionnare was lost in the mail or was not delivered to the intended recipient unless it was
sent in a manner confirming receipt (e.g., certified mail - return receipt requested, hand delivery), tracking information as such is
necessary in the event that enforcement actions must be taken against a user who refuses to respond.

      A cover letter should accompany the questionnaire explaining why the user is required to complete it, who they should call if they
have  questions, where it should be returned to and when, who should sign the questionnaire, etc.. The Control Authority also may
choose to outline the penalties that can be assessed for failing to respond and advise the user to make a copy of the complete
questionnare for their records prior to returning the original. It is recommended that 30 days be allowed for the user to respond. This
allows them sufficient time to gather the required information but not too much time that they forget to respond.

      Confirmation of when the questionnaire was delivered and returned should be tracked.  For those questionnaires that were
returned  as 'undeliverable', the Control Authority may follow-up by attempting to contact the user by phone or in person. For those
users who failed to respond, a phone call and/or follow-up in person with a letter notifying them of the noncompliance, is advisable.
[Remember, that occasionally mail may be lost so never assume that the user failed to respond.  Merely indicate that the completed
questionnare was never received making it necessary for the Control Authority to follow-up. If the user followed the instructions detailed
in the cover letter, they should have a copy of the  completed questionnaire on file making it possible to provide the information
immediately. Providing a blank questionnaire with a requirement to return the survey within a short period of time (e.g., five days) may
be necessary for users who admit they did not respond or have no proof that they responded.]  Closure for each user must be brought
about, even if the Control Authority determines they initially identified a user that does not exist

      Once the questionnaires have been received they should be reviewed and information verified where possible.  In particular, field
verification should be performed in the following situations:

      •     When the questionnaire states that no process wastewater is discharged, but the reported  wastewater flow is not
           accounted for by number of employees, noncontact cooling water, etc.

      •     When the questionnaire indicates categorical (or potentially categorical) operations but no sewer service, zero discharge
           to the POTW, and/or no waste hauled off site.

      •     Whenever the information reported appears unreliable.

Verification of information provided from the user may require a site visit to the facility to determine whether all processes were
described and all discharges correctly reported.  This verification process may also require the Control Authority to collect samples.

      Users identified not to be SlUs, will need to be notified of such and what standards and requirements apply to their discharge.
It is suggested that a letter be provided detailing their status (user or industrial user) and the basis for the determination (i.e., information
provided in the questionnaire and/or walkthrough performed). The letter should also provide them with a copy of the focal regulations

Module 3                                                                                          Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Industrial User Identification and C/ass/fcaffo/i	The Pretreatment Training Course
 or the section(s) outlining standards and requirements applying to their discharge. The Control Authority may also choose to define
 SIU and list who the ID may call in the event they believe they were classified incorrectly.

      The Control Authority shall briefly describe when and why a user was 'dropped* from the survey process. This can be included
 in the tracking system used for questionnaire delivery and return dates.

      Potential SlUs can be inspected or automatically supplied a more lengthy questionnaire.  For SlUs with potential categorical
 operations, the Control Authority win also need b pay specific attention b processes performed and the products produced b determine
 applicable category(iesysubcategory(ies), if any.  If at any point in the process, an IU is determined not b be an SIU, the same process
 describe above (i.e., notification and tracking) should be performed. Collection of flow and sampling data may be necessary prior b
 making a final determination.  Once an IU is determined b be an SIU, they should be notified of such and the permitting process
 commenced.

      One method of ensuring all potential SlUs are identified, is b compare the pollutants reported  in the survey with influent samples
 collected torn the POTW treatment plant receiving the IUs' wasb. If pollutants are present in the influent which are not accounted for
 in the survey (and current permittees), the Control Authority should look further for the sources  of those pollutants, such as wasb
 haulers. Waste haulers can be identified by examining local telephone directories, patrolling the discharge locations, questioning the
 agency licensing hauled waste operations, etc.. Periodic sampling of the hauled wasbs discharged  and requiring the haulers manifest
 the waste discharged b the POTW is recommended.

 Updating the Master List
      The industrial waste survey information must be kept up b date to continue b provide accurate program data. The on-going task
of maintaining a complete list of all users requires the Control Authority b implement a viable system b track both existing users as
they change and new users prior b connection b the POTW. Maintaining an accurate and up-to-date industrial waste survey is a key
component of a wefl operated pretreatment program. The system used b achieve this may include the most successful methods used
b create the initial master list or the Control Authority may use other techniques such as:

      •     Inspections

      •     Review of local business journals

      •     Newspaper advertisements

      •     Periodic review of plumbing, building, and occupancy licenses

      •     Use of'utility connect questionnaires".

Utility connect questionnaires, or the like, are questionnaires required to be completed when applying for a new service, e.g., water,
sewer, electric, etc..  The questionnaire asks basic information about the operations b be performed and potentially, the wastes
generated. This questionnaire can be shared with local agencies for them to contact the applicant and provide them with any relevant
information for compliance with  (potentially) applicable regulations.
Page 4-Narrative                                                                                           Module 3

-------
The Presentment Training Course
                                                       Industrial User Identification and Classification
                                    Classifying Industrial Users • Exercise
EPA defines a significant industrial user (SID) to be:

    a.   all users subject to a categorical pretreatrnent standard (national effluent guidelines);
    b.   any user that discharges an average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater to the POTW;
    c.   any user who contributes a process wastestream making up 5 percent or more of the average dry weather hydraulic
         or organic capacity of the POTW treatment plant; or
    d.   any other user designated by the Control Authority (POTW) based on the user having a reasonable potential for
         adversely affecting the POTW's operation or for violating any pretreatment standard or requirement

Industrial Waste Surveys are performed to identify, locate, and classify industrial users (IDs). Those classified as SlUs must be issued
a control mechanism (e.g., permit). As part of an initial survey, the following IDs provided basic information regarding their process
discharge and operations performed. Review the information below and determine for each 111 whether they meet the Federal definition
of an SIU. If you believe insufficient information is available to accurately make a determination, detail what questions you would ask
the IU. Assume an average dry weather flow of 10 MGD and an organic capacity of 15,000 Ibs.
 IU Name
 Acme Car Wash
      Process Flow
4,000 batch
discharge/twice a week
 Randy's Radiator   1,000 gpd and a 600 gal.
 Repair Service      batch discharge/month

 The Bumper Palace 4,000 gpd
 •We clean it all*     24.000 gpd
 Laundry Services

 Jiffy Quick Plating   42,000 gpd
 Company
 Vanity
 Photofinishing

 Riche Hospital
 Pin Publishing
 Company

 Biological
 Associates
45,000 gpd


65,000 gpd total flow


26,000 gpd


8,000 gpd
 Generic            18,000 gpd
 Pharmaceuticals

 Bubba's Septic     6,000 gpd
 Service
        Facility Operations
Automatic car wash facility servicing
50 cars per day

Service and repair of radiator cores
Repair and replating of chrome
bumpers

Industrial laundry of uniforms, shop
and printer towels, floor mats

Commercial and industrial zinc,
cadmium, copper, nickel and
chromium plating
Photoprocessing laboratory for 100
retail outlets

250 bed, complete medical care
facility

Printing of two daily newspapers, six
monthly magazines and several
periodic journals
Biomedical research and laboratory
services

Drug (legal) manufacturing
                       Waste hauler
                                                     Comments
( la
r i /%
I 1°
[ Jno
]a
1 r-
1°
]no
]a
]„
c
]no
]a
1-
c
]no
]a
]-
c
]no
]a
]-,
c
Jno
]a
]-
c
]no
]a
]_
c
]no
]a
i /%
]°
]no
]a
]_
c
]no
]a
1 —
c
]no
]b
1 rl
Jd
]b
1 H
JO
]b
1 rl
Ja
]b
1 rl
Jd
]b
1 rl
Jo
]b
1 J
]d
]b
1 rl
]d
]b
1 H
Jo
]b
1 rl
|d
Jb
1 rl
Jd
]b
[1 J
]d
Modules
                                              Appendix: Classifying Industrial Users Exercise - Page 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
            Permitting
      Industrial Users
       40CFR§403.8(f)(1)(iii)



     • Control through permit or
      equivalent individual control
      mechanism, the contribution from
      each significant industrial user.
            Permitting SI Us

         [40 CFR § 403.(8)(f)(1)0ii)l

     * Minimum permit requirements:
      -statement of duration
      -effluent limitations
      -self-monitoring, sampling, reporting,
        notification and record keeping
        requirements
      -statement of non-transferability
      -statement of applicable civil and criminal
        penalties
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
                 rfock  v?H AUBtricfi
                 >«>>'-'->v>>\-v. s^. ^,^^%>>>%-L-.^ s%% j--v> \% >,  >i. , -.%
                  Cover Page
       • Applicable legal authority
       • Facility name and location
       • Authorizes discharge of industrial waste
         through pretreatment(if any) to POTW
       • Receiving POTW
       • Statement of duration
       • Signature of authorized Control Authority
         representative
       • Pretreatment facilities/devices(if any)
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
              Effluent Limitations

        • Discharge/monitoring point locations
        • Description of discharges
        • Pollutant parameters
        • Effluent limitations
        • Specific prohibitions
        • Rule of stringency
         Monitoring Requirements

       • Specifies:
         -location
         -parameters
         -frequency
         -sample type
       • Requires:
         -conformance with 40 CFR Part 136
  Final Discharge Limitations
  8: Categorical Regulated Process
   In accordance Win 40 CFR §467.35 the fctaMng irritations and
  monitoring is required.

  Parameter   Max Dairy  Max Average    Measurement '    Sample
                     Monthly       Frequency       Type

  Chromium     2.45       1.09      six limes per year   composite
  Zinc         ****       ****      six times per year   composite
  Cyanide      1.72       0.72      ax times per year   composite
  Oil&Grease   *•**       ****      six times per year     grab

  Sampled fcnmedately downstream of pretreatment fadites or the regulated
  process, whichever exist
  —• Higher than local limit so total limit applies
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
    Example of Clearly Defined Discharge
     Description and Monitoring Location

    Pipe Description
    001  Pretreated: equipment/facility wash down from
        the processing areas, potato and com processing
        wastewater, and storm water falling on uncovered,
        outside pretreatment units.  Pipe 001 Is designated
        as the entrance of or outfall from the 5" Parshall
        (Montana) Flume located In the middle of the open
        air structure on the south by southwest side of the
        Permittee's property. Note-Sanitary wastewater flows
        through the Montana flume closest to the structure's
        outside wall.
            *•!»•• m «irn«> »Y?*!****'
         Reporting Requirements


       • Monitoring reports

       •Additional monitoring

       • Notice of violation and resampling
         procedures

       • Where reports are to be sent
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
  Other Required Permit Conditions
          •Record keeping

          • Non-transferability

          •Applicable penalties
      Additional Monitoring and
   Record Keeping Considerations

         • Representative Sampling
         • Monitoring Location
         • Flow Measurement
         • Inspection and Entry
         • Record Contents
         Additional Reporting
            Considerations
       • Accidental discharges
       • Facility changes
       • Anticipated noncompliance
       • Application for permit renewal
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
           Special Conditions

      • Compliance schedules
      • Special monitoring required
      • Compliance reports/plans required
      • Reopener clauses
          Standard Conditions


      • Definitions
      • Rights, duties and responsibilities
      • Consistency with local regulations
              Fact Sheet

       Rationale for
         -categorical determination
         -values used for calculations
         -limitations imposed
         -special conditions
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Industrial User Permitting
        Permit Transmittal Letter
     • Should:
        -detail the certified mail number
        -be sent to the Industry official or
         contact
        -specify any comment period and where
         comments should be sent
        -indicate whom at the Control Authority
         can be contacted regarding questions
           Waste Haulers
         Waste Hauler Permits
         • Right of Refusal
         • Nondomestic Loads
         • Prohibited Discharges
         • Discharge Limits
         • Waste Tracking
         • Designated Discharge Point
Module 4
Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Permitting
                                       Industrial User Permitting

                                                     Overview

      The General Pretreatment Regulations [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(iii)] require Control Authorities with approved pretreatment programs
to control industrial users through a permit or similar means to ensure compliance with pretreatment standards and requirements. In
cases where an industrial user is significant, an individual control mechanism must be issued to that user.

      These control mechanisms must be enforceable and contain the minimal contents specified in 40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(iii)(A-E).
This includes a statement of duration; a statement of non-transferability; applicable effluent limits; monitoring, reporting and record
keeping requirements; and a statement of applicable penalties and compliance schedules (where applicable).

      A permit program is the most effective mechanism for controlling wastewater discharges and has been used successfully
Nationally through the NPDES program and in many pretreatment programs. Permits are site-specific and tailored to the individual
users. Furthermore, the ability to revoke or modify a permit enables the Control Authority to accommodate changes in State, Federal,
and local requirements as well as changes in the user's own discharge. Moreover, the permit, once effective, is easily enforced (i.e.,
the Control Authority must only show that a violation occurred). On the other hand, the  permit mechanism requires a dedication of both
manpower and resources in order to succeed. Permits must be weO documented in order to ensure their defensibility and enforceability.
Furthermore, permit conditions must establish dear and explicit requirements on the user or they will prove to be of little regulatory
value. When  drafting permit  requirements, permit writers must use commands such  as "shall", "will" and "must* rather than
"recommend" a "may." finally, the procedures for permit development and issuance must be easily understood by both the applicant
and the permit writer in order to be truly effective. To this end, written permitting procedures are recommended to avoid an appearance
of arbitrary or capricious behavior on the part of the Control Authority.

      In order to assist Control Authorities in the development of strong and comprehensive permits, EPA has prepared an Industrial
User Permitting Guidance Manual (September, 1989).  This manual discusses in detail the permit writing process including permit
appGcations, fact sheets, permit components, and special situations such as waste hauler permits. In addition, the legal authority issues
pertinent to the permitting process are presented. Excerpts from this manual are provided in the following pages and address contents
of an industrial user permit
Module 4                                                                                          Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	The Pretreatmerit Training Course
 Example TransmittaJ Letter
                           (Control Authority letterhead with address should be used)
Certified Mail No.:
Return Receipt Requested

Name of Responsible Official at Industry
Title
Name of Industrial User
Mailing Address


RE:  Issuance of Industrial User Permit to [name of the Industrial User] by the [name of Control Authority].
      Permit No.  [cite permit number].

Dear  [name of Responsible Official at Industry]:

Your application for an industrial user pretreatment permit has been reviewed and processed in accordance with [cite specific
section of ordinance].

The enclosed [cite permit number] covers the wastewater discharged from the facility located at [Location Address] into
the [name of Control Authority] sewer system. All discharges from this facility and actions and reports relating thereto shall
be in  accordance with the terms and conditions of this permit

If you  wish to appeal or challenge any conditions imposed in this permit a petition shall be filed for modification or reissuance
of this permit in accordance with the requirements of [cite specific section of ordinance], within 30 days of your receipt of
this correspondence. Pursuant to [cite specific section of ordinance], failure to petition for reconsideration of the permit
within the allotted time is deemed a waiver by the permittee of his right to challenge the terms of this permit


[Official  Seal of  Control Authority]

By:   [Signature]
     [Name and Title]

Issued this Pate] day of [Month], [Year].
Page 2-Narrative                                                                                      Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Permitting
                                                                               Contents of an Industrial User Permit


                                                  COVER PAGE
                                            INDUSTRIAL USER PERMIT
                                        PERMIT No. [cite permit number]
 In accordance with the provisions of [cite specific section of ordinance]

      Industrial User's Name
      Location address
      Mailing address (optional)

 is hereby authorized to discharge industrial wastewater from the above identified facility and through the outfalls identified
 herein into the [name of Control Authority] sewer system in accordance with the conditions set forth in this permit
 Compliance with this permit does not relieve the permittee of its obligation to comply with any or all applicable pretreatment
 regulations, standards or requirements under local, State, and Federal laws, including any such regulations, standards,
 requirements, or laws that may become effective during the term of this permit

 Noncompliance with any term or condition of this permit shall constitute a violation of the [name of Control Authority] sewer
 use ordinance.

 This permit shall become effective on [Date] and shall expire at midnight on pate].

 If the permittee wishes to continue to discharge after the expiration date of this permit, an application must be filed for a
 renewed permit in accordance with the requirements of [cite specific section of ordinance], a minimum of 90 days prior to
 the expiration date.


 [Official Seal of Control Authority]

 By:  [Signature]
     [Name and Title]

Issued this Pate] day of [Month], [Year].
Module 4                                                                                       Narrative • Page 3

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	The Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of an Industrial User Permit
 PART 1- EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
 A.    During the period of [effective date of permit] to [expiration date of permit] the permittee is authorized to discharge
      process wastewater to the [name of Control Authority] sewer system from the outfalls listed below.

      Description of outfalls:

          Outfall               Descriptions

          001                  [The permit writer must clearly identify the outfalls
                               using brief detailed narrative descriptions and diagrams
          002                  as necessary]


 B.    During the period of Pate] to Pate] the discharge from outfall 001 shall not exceed the following effluent limitations.
      Effluent from this outfall consists of [the permit writer should provide a description of the discharges which are
      combined at this sampling location].

                                                                 EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS

             Parameter                           Daily maximum (mo/l)              Monthly average (mq/l)

                                                          -(god)                          -(god)
[The permit writer must determine the applicable local, State, and Federal standards that apply to the permittee and
specify the most stringent applicable effluent limits for each regulated pollutant]

C.     During the period of pate] to pate] the effluent from outfall 002 shall be of domestic or nonprocess wastewater only
       and shall comply with [cite specific section of ordinance containing prohibited discharges and local limits].

D.     All discharges shall comply with all other applicable laws, regulations, standards, and requirements contained in [cite
       specific section of ordinance] and any applicable State and Federal pretreatment laws, regulations, standards, and
       requirements including any such laws, regulations, standards, or requirements that may become effective during the
       term of this permit [Specific discharge prohibitions may appear in the Effluent Limits section or in the Standard
       Conditions section of the permit]
PART 2 - MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

A.     From the period beginning on the effective date of the permit until pate], the permittee shall monitor outfall [cite outfall
       number] for the following parameters, at the indicated frequency:
       [The following parameters are an example of what might be included in this section of the permit The permit
       writer must include all parameters Identified in Part 1. B.]
Page 4-Narrative                                                                                     Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                      Industrial User Permitting
                                                                              Contents of an Industrial User Permit
       Sample Parameter
       (mg/l unless
       specified otherwise)

       Flow (gpd)
       BODS
       TSS
       Arsenic, Toy
       Cadmium, Total
       Chromium, Total
       Copper, Total
       Lead, Total
       Mercury, Total
       Nickel, Total
       Znc, Total
       Trichlorophenol4
       Pentachlorophenol4
       PH
Measurement
Location

See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
See note1
Frequency

Continuous
1/Year
1/Year
1/Year
1/Month
1/Month
1/Week
1/Month
1/Year
1/Month
1/Week
1/Quarter5
1/Quarter5
Continuous
Sample Type

Meter2
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
24-hr Composite3
Meter*
 B.'- All handling and preservation of collected samples and laboratory analyses of samples shall be performed in accordance
    with 40 CFR Part 136 and amendments thereto unless specified otherwise in the monitoring conditions of this permit  [As
    an alternative, this requirement may be put in the standard conditions section.]


 PART 3 - REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 A.  Monitoring Reports
    Monitoring results obtained shall be summarized and reported on an Industrial User Monitoring Report Form once per
    month. The reports are due on the [specify date] day of each month. The first report is due on [Date].  The report shall
    indicate the nature and concentration of all pollutants in the effluent for which sampling and analyses were performed
    during the calendar month preceding the submission of each report including measured maximum and average daily flows.

 B.  If the permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit, using test procedures prescribed in
    40 CFR Part 136 or amendments thereto, or otherwise approved by EPA or as specified in this permit the results of such
    monitoring shall be included in any calculations of actual dairy maximum or monthly average pollutant discharge and results
    shall be  reported in the monthly report submitted to the [name of Control  Authority].   Such increased monitoring
   frequency shall also be indicated in the monthly report  [As an alternative, this requirement may be put in the standard
    conditions section.]

 C. Automatic Resampling
    If the results of the permittee's wastewater analysis indicate that a violation of this permit has occurred,  the permittee must
1  [The permit writer needs to include a diagram or narrative description of sample locations.]
2  Daily flows are to be recorded from the permittee's flow meter.
3  Definitions of sample types. [The permit writer must determine the type of composite sample (time or flow proportioned) and
the sampling duration (Le., 8-hour, 12-hour, 24-hour) that is most appropriate for the industrial user, and define it either here
or in the standard conditions.]
4  The permittee may choose b submit a certification statement annually due by [Date] stating that chlorophenolic containing biocides
and sfimiddes are not used at the facility rather than monitoring for trichlorophenol and pentachlorophenol. [This provision applies
only if the user is subject to the pulp and paper categorical standards].
9  Quarterly samples are to be analyzed once every three (3) months and shall consist of three (3) samples collected in a (2) week
period.
8  pH will be monitored and recorded continuously on the permittee's pH meter.
Module 4
                                                            Narrative - Page 5

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	TTie Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of en Industrial User Permit
    1.    Inform the [name of Control Authority] of the violation within 24 hours; and

    2.    Repeat the sampling and pollutant analysis and submit, in writing, the results of this repeat analysis within 30 days
         of the first violation.

 D.  Accidental Discharge Report
    1.    The permittee shall notify the [name of Control Authority] immediately upon the occurrence of an accidental
         discharge of substances prohibited by [cite specific section of ordinance] or any slug loads or spills that may enter
         the public sewer. During normal business hours the [name of Control Authority] should be notified by telephone
         at [telephone number]. At all other times, the [name of Control Authority] should be notified by telephone at either
         [telephone number] or [telephone number] after 5 p.m.  Monday  - Friday  or weekends and holidays.  The
         notification shall include location of discharge, date and time thereof,  type of waste, including concentration, and
         volume, and corrective actions taken. The permittee's notification of  accidental releases in accordance with this
         section does not relieve it of other reporting requirements that arise under local, State, or Federal laws.

         Within five days following an accidental discharge, the permittee shall  submit to the [name of Control Authority]
         a detailed written report. The report shall specify:

         a.   Description and cause of the upset, slug load or accidental discharge, the cause thereof, and the impact on the
              permittee's compliance status. The description should also include location of discharge, type, concentration
              and volume of waste.

         b.   Duration of noncompliance, including exact dates and times of noncompliance and, if the noncompliance is
              continuing, the time by which compliance is reasonably expected to occur.

         c.    All steps taken or to be taken to reduce, eliminate, and/or prevent recurrence of such an upset slug load,
              accidental discharge, or other conditions of noncompliance.

         [As an alternative, this requirement may be put in the standard conditions section.]

E.  All reports required by this permit shall be submitted to the [name of Control Authority] at the following address:
    [name of Control Authority]
    Attn: [name of Pretreatment Coordinator]
    Address
PART 4 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SECTION A - ADDITIONAL/SPECIAL MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
[The permit writer needs to include any additional or special monitoring requirements that are applicable to the
permittee. Examples are provided below.]

Examples:
1.  One time monitoring for specific pollutants to verify absence (e.g., The permittee shall submit by [Date] sampling data for
   pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol).

2.  Biomonitoring or other toxitity to determine the toxicity of the discharge.

3.  Development of sludge disposal plan, slug loading control plan, or industrial user management practices.

4.  Additional monitoring of pollutants that are limited in the permit in response to noncompliance.

SECTION B - REOPENER CLAUSE


Page 6 • Narrative                                                                                     Module 4

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Permitting
                                                                             Contents of en Industrial User Permit


 [The permit writer should describe here any causes for modifying the permit arising out of facts that are not common
 to all industrial users which will or are likely to occur during its effective period. Examples are set out below. (The
 more general reasons for modifying a permit may be stated in the standard conditions section.)]

 Examples:
 1.  This permit may be reopened and modified to incorporate any new or revised requirements contained in  a National
    categorical pretreatment standard promulgated for the pesticide chemicals category (40 CFR Part 455).

 2.  This permit may be reopened and modified to incorporate any new or revised requirements resulting from the [name of
    Control Authority] reevaluation of its local limit for copper.

 3.  This permit may be reopened and modified to incorporate any new or revised requirements developed by [name of Control
    Authority] as are necessary to ensure POTW compliance with applicable sludge management requirements promulgated
    by EPA (40 CFR Part 503).

 SECTION C - COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE
 [Sample Compliance Schedule]

 1.  The permittee shall accomplish the following tasks in the designated time period:

             Activity                                                                           No Later Than

    a.   Prepare and deliver to the Control Authority by the specified deadline design
        plans for a pretreatment facility.                                                             Pate]
    b.   Commence construction of the pretreatment facility.                                            [Date]
    c.   Develop, and submit to the [name of Control Authority] a slug control plan to
        eliminate or minimize accidental spills or slug discharges to the sewer system.                     [Date]
    d.   Implement the slug loading control plan.                                                      Pate]
    e.   Complete installation of the pretreatment facility.                                               Pate]
    f.    Obtain full operational status of the pretreatment facility and achieve full compliance.               pate]

2.  Compliance Schedule Reporting
    No later than 14 days following each date in the above schedule, the permittee shall submit to the [name of Control
    Authority] a report including, at a  minimum, whether or not it complied with the increment of progress to be met on such
    date and, if not the date on which it expects to comply with the increment of progress, the reasons for delay, and the steps
    being taken to return the project to the schedule established.


PART 5 - STANDARD CONDITIONS
[The following standard conditions may be placed in industrial user permits.  The Control Authority should select (and
modify if necessary) the standard conditions  listed here which best suit its needs.]
SECTION A. - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DEFINITIONS
1.  Severability
    The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit, or the application of any provision of this
    permit to any circumstance, is held  invalid, the  application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of
    this permit, shall not be affected thereby.

2.  Duty to Comply
    The permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit Failure to comply with the requirements of this permit may
    be grounds for administrative action, or enforcement proceedings including civil or criminal penalties, injunctive  relief, and
    summary abatements.
Module 4                                                                                    Narrative • Page 7

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	The Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of an Industrial User Permit
3.  Duty to Mitioate
    The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or correct any adverse impact to the public treatment plant or
    the environment resulting from noncompliance with this permit, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as
    necessary to determine the nature and impact of the noncomplying discharge.

4.  Permit Modification
    This permit may be modified for good causes including, but not limited to, the following:

    a.    To incorporate any new or revised Federal, State, or local pretreatment standards or requirements
    b.    Material or substantial alterations or additions to the discharger's operation processes, or discharge volume or
         character which were not considered in drafting the effective permit
    c.    A change in any condition in either the industrial user or the POTW that requires either a temporary or permanent
         reduction or elimination of the authorized discharge
    d.    Information indicating that the permitted discharge poses  a threat to the Control Authority's collection and treatment
         systems, POTW personnel or the receiving waters
    e.    Violation of any terms or conditions of the permit
    f.    Misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully all relevant facts in the permit application or in any required report
    g.    Revision of or a grant of variance from such categorical  standards pursuant to 40 CFR § 403.13
    h.    To correct typographical or other errors in the permit
    i.    To reflect transfer of the facility ownership and/or operation to a new owner/operator
    j.    Upon request of the permittee, provided such request does not create a violation of any applicable requirements,
         standards, laws, or rules and regulations.

    The filing of a request by the permittee for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance,  or termination, or a notification
    of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance, does not stay any permit condition.

5.  Permit Termination
    This permit may be terminated for the following reasons:

    a.    Falsifying self-monitoring reports
    b.    Tampering with monitoring equipment
    c.    Refusing to allow timely access to the facility premises and records
    d.    Failure to meet effluent limitations
    e.    Failure to pay fines
    f.    Failure to pay sewer charges
    g.    Failure to meet compliance schedules.

6.  Permit Appeals
    The permittee may petition to appeal the terms of this permit within thirty (30)  days of the notice.

    This petition must be in writing; failure to submit a petition for review shall be deemed to be a waiver of the appeal. In its
    petition, the permittee must indicate the permit provisions objected to, the reasons for this objection, and the alternative
    condition, if any, it seeks to be placed in the permit

    The effectiveness of this permit shall not be stayed pending a reconsideration by the Board.  If, after considering the
    petition and any arguments put forth by the Superintendent, the Board determines that reconsideration is proper, it shall
    remand the permit back to  the Superintendent for reissuance.  Those permit provisions being reconsidered by the
    Superintendent shall be  stayed pending reissuance.

    A Board of Directors' decision not to reconsider a final permit shall be considered final administrative action for purposes
    of judicial review. The permittee seeking judicial review of the Board's final action must do so by filing a complaint with the
    [name of court] for [name of County] within [insert appropriate State  Statute of Limitations].
Page 8 - Nanative                                                                                      Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Permitting
                                                                                Contents of an Industrial User Permit


 7.  Property Rights
    The issuance of this permit does not convey any property rights of any sort or any exclusive privileges, nor does it
    authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any violation of Federal, State, or local laws
    or regulations.

 8.  Limitation on Permit Transfer
    Permits may be reassigned or transferred to a new owner and/or operator with prior approval of the Superintendent

    a.   The permittee must give at least thirty (30) days advance notice to the Superintendent
    b.   The notice must include a written certification by the new owner which:
         1.   States that the new owner has no immediate intent to change the facility's operations and processes
         2.   Identifies the specific date on which the transfer is to occur
         3.   Acknowledges full responsibility for complying with the existing permit.

 9.  Duty to Reapplv
    If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit, the permittee
    must submit an application for a new permit at least 90 days before the expiration date of this permit  [Alternatively, this
    requirement may appear on the Cover Page.]

 10. Continuation of Expired Permits
    An expired permit will continue to be effective and enforceable until the permit is reissued if:

    a.   The permittee has submitted a complete permit application at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration date of the
        user's existing permit
    b.   The failure to reissue the permit, prior to expiration of the previous permit, is not due to any act or failure to act on
        the part of the permittee.

 11. Dilution
    The permittee shall not increase the use of potable or process water or, in any way, attempt to dilute an effluent as a partial
    or complete substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with the limitations contained in this permit

 12. Definitions
    a.   Daily Maximum - The maximum allowable discharge of pollutant during a calendar day.  Where daily maximum
        limitations are expressed in units of mass, the daily discharge is the total mass discharged over the course of the day.
        Where daily maximum limitations are expressed in terms of a concentration, the daily discharge is the arithmetic
        average measurement of the pollutant concentration derived from all measurements taken that day.
    b.   Composite Sample - A sample that is collected over time, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing discrete
        samples. The sample may be composited either as a time composite sample: composed of discrete sample aliquots
        collected in one container at constant time intervals providing representative samples irrespective of stream flow;  or
        as a flow proportional composite sample: collected either as a constant sample volume at time intervals proportional
        to stream flow, or collected by increasing the volume of each aliquot as the flow increases while maintaining a
        constant time interval between the aliquots. [The permit writer should determine the most appropriate composite
        sampling method to be used by the permittee.]
    c.   Grab Sample • An individual sample collected in less than 15 minutes, without regard for flow or time.
    d.   Instantaneous Maximum Concentration - The maximum concentration allowed in any single grab sample.
    e.   Cooling Water -
        1.   Uncontaminated: Water used for cooling purposes only which has no direct contact with any raw material, inter-
             mediate, or final product and which does not contain a level of contaminants detectably higher than that of the
             intake water.
        2.   Contaminated: Water used for cooling purposes only which may become contaminated either through the use
             of water treatment chemicals used for corrosion inhibitors or biocides,  or by direct contact with process
             materials and/or wastewater.
Module 4                                                                                       Narrative - Page 9

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	.	77?e Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of an Industrial User Remit
    f.    Monthly Average • The arithmetic mean of the values for effluent samples collected during a calendar month or
         specified 30 day period (as opposed to a rolling 30 day window).
    g.    Weekly Average  - The  arithmetic  mean of the values for effluent samples collected over a period of seven
         consecutive days.
    h.    Bi-Weekly - Once  every other week.
    i.    Bi-Monthly - Once every other month.
    j.    Upset • Means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology-
         based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee, excluding such
         factors as operational error, improperly designed  or inadequate treatment facilities, or improper operation and
         maintenance or lack thereof.
    k.    Bypass - Means the intentional diversion of wastes from any portion of a treatment facility.

13. General Prohibitive Standards
    The  permittee shall comply with all the general prohibitive discharge standards in [reference specific section  of
    ordinance].  Namely, the industrial user shall not discharge wastewater to the sewer system:

    a.    Having a temperature higher than 104°F (40°C);
    b.    Containing more than 100 ppm by weight of fats, oils, and grease;
    c.    Containing any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil or other flammable or explosive liquids,  solids or gases; and in
         no case pollutants with a closed cup flashpoint of less than one hundred forty (140)°F (60°C), or pollutants which
         cause an exceedance of 10 percent of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) at any point within the POTW.
    d.    Containing any garbage that has not been ground by household type or other suitable garbage grinders;
    e.    Containing any ashes, cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar, plastics, wood, paunch,
         manure, or any other solids or viscous substances capable of causing obstructions or other interferences with proper
         operation of the sewer system;
    f.    Having a pH lower than 5.0 or higher than 11.0, or having any other corrosive property capable of causing damage
         or hazards to structures, equipment or personnel of the sewer system;
    g.    Containing toxic or poisonous substances in sufficient quantity to injure or interfere with any wastewater treatment
         process, to constitute hazards to humans or animals, or to create any hazard in waters which receive treated effluent
         from the sewer system treatment plant Toxic wastes shall include, but are not limited to wastes containing cyanide,
         chromium, cadmium, mercury, copper, and nickel ions;
    h.    Containing  noxious or malodorous gases or substances capable of creating a public nuisance; including pollutants
         which result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes;
    i.    Containing solids of such character and quantity that special and unusual attention is required for their handling;
   j.    Containing  any substance which may affect the treatment plant's effluent and cause violation of the NPDES permit
         requirements;
    k.    Containing any substance which would cause the treatment plant to be in noncompliance with sludge use, recycle
         or disposal criteria pursuant to guidelines or regulations developed under section 405 of the Clean Water Act, the
         Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act or other regulations or criteria for
         sludge management and disposal  as required by the State;
    I.    Containing color which is not removed in the treatment processes;
    m.    Containing any medical or infectious wastes;
    n.    Containing any radioactive wastes or isotopes; or
    o.    Containing  any pollutant including BOD pollutants, released at a flow rate and/or pollutant concentration which would
         cause interference with the treatment plant

14. Compliance with Applicable Pretreatment Standards and Requirements
    Compliance with this permit does not relieve the  permittee from its obligations regarding compliance with any and  all
    applicable local, State and Federal pretreatment standards and requirements including any such standards or requirements
    that may become effective during the  term of this permit
Page 10 - Narrative                                                                                     Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Permitting
                                                                               Contents of an Industrial User Permit


 SECTION B. - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROLS
 1.  Proper Operation and Maintenance
    The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related
    appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit
    Proper operation and maintenance includes but is not limited to:  effective performance, adequate funding, adequate
    operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance
    procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only when necessary
    to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit

 2.  Duty to Halt or Reduce Activity
    Upon reduction of efficiency of operation, or loss or failure of all or part of the treatment facility, the permittee shall, to the
    extent necessary to maintain compliance with its permit, control its production or discharges (or both) until operation of the
    treatment facility is restored or an alternative method of treatment is provided. This requirement applies, for example, when
    the primary  source of power of the treatment facility fails or is reduced. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an
    enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain
    compliance with the conditions of this permit

 3.  Bypass of Treatment Facilities
    a.   Bypass is prohibited unless it is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage or
         no feasible alternatives exist
    b.   The permittee may allow bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded, but only if it is
         also for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation.
    c.   Notification of bypass:
         1.    Anticipated bypass.  If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, it shall submit prior written
              notice, at least ten days before the date of the bypass, to the [name of Control Authority].
         2.    Unanticipated bypass. The permittee shall immediately notify the [name of Control Authority] and submit a
              written notice to the POTW within 5 days. This report shall specify:
              (!)  A description of the bypass, and its cause, including its duration;
              (ii)  Whether the bypass has been corrected; and
              (iii)  The steps being taken or to be taken to reduce, eliminate and prevent a reoccurrence of the bypass.

 4.  Removed Substances
    Solids, sludges, filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of wastewaters shall be
    disposed of in accordance with section 405 of the Clean Water Act and Subtitles C and D of the Resource Conservation
    and Recovery Act  [The Control Authority should add citations to local or State regulations that may apply]

 SECTION C. -  MONITORING AND RECORDS
 1.  Representative Sampling
    Samples and measurements taken as required herein shall be representative of the volume and nature of the monitored
    discharge.  All samples  shall be taken at the monitoring points specified in this permit and, unless otherwise specified,
    before the  effluent joins or is diluted by any other wastestream, body of water or substance.  All equipment used for
    sampling and  analysis must be routinely calibrated, inspected and maintained to ensure their accuracy. Monitoring points
    shall not be changed without notification to and the approval of the [name of Control Authority].

2.  Flow Measurements
    If flow measurement is required by this permit, the appropriate flow measurement devices  and methods consistent with
    approved scientific practices shall be selected and used to ensure the accuracy and reliability of measurements of the
    volume of monitored discharges. The devices shall be installed, calibrated, and maintained to ensure that the accuracy
    of the measurements are consistent with the accepted capability of that type of device. Devices selected shall be capable
    of measuring flows with a maximum deviation of less than 10 percent from true discharge rates throughout the range of
    expected discharge volumes.
Module 4                                                                                     Narrative - Page 11

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	TTie Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of an Industrial User Permit
3.  Analytical Methods to Demonstrate Continued Compliance
    All sampling and analysis required by this permit shall be performed in accordance with the techniques prescribed in 40
    CFR Part 136 and amendments thereto, otherwise approved by EPA, or as specified in this permit

4.  Additional Monitoring by the Permittee
    If the permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit, using test procedures identified in
    Section C. 3., the results of this monitoring shall be included in the permittee's self-monitoring reports.

5.  Inspection and Entry
    The permittee shall allow the [name of Control Authority], or an authorized representative, upon the presentation of
    credentials and other documents as may be required by law, to:

    a.    Enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records
         must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
    b.    Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
    c.    Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, or
         operations regulated or required under this permit;
    d.    Sample or monitor, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance, any substances or parameters at any location;
         and
   ' e.    Inspect any production, manufacturing, fabricating, or storage area where pollutants, regulated under the permit,
         could originate, be stored, or be discharged to the sewer system.

6.  Retention of Records
    a.    The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and
         all  original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this
         permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit, for a period of at least three years from
         the date of the sample, measurement, report or application. This period may be extended by request of the [name
         of Control Authority] at any time.
    b.    All records that pertain to matters that are the subject of special orders or any other enforcement or litigation activities
         brought by the [name of Control Authority] shall be retained and preserved by the permittee until all enforcement
         activities have concluded and all periods of limitation with respect to any and all appeals have expired.

7.  Record Contents
    Records of sampling and analyses shall include:

    a.    The date, exact place, time, and methods of sampling or measurements, and sample preservation techniques or
         procedures;
    b.    Who performed the sampling or measurements;
    c.    The date(s) analyses were performed;
    d.    Who performed the analyses;
    e.    The analytical techniques or methods used; and
    f.     The results of such analyses.

8.  Falsifying Information
    Knowingly making any false statement on any report or other document required by this permit or knowingly rendering any
    monitoring device  or method inaccurate, is a crime and  may result in the imposition of criminal sanctions and/or civil
    penalties.

SECTION D. - ADDITIONAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1.  Planned Changes
    The permittee shall give notice to the [name of Control Authority] 90 days prior to any facility expansion, production
    increase, or process modifications which  results in new or substantially increased discharges or a change in the nature
    of the discharge. [Alternatively, this requirement may appear in Part 3, Reporting Requirements, of the permit]

Page 12 - Narrative                                                                                    Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Industrial User Pennitting
                                                                                Contents of an Industrial User Permit


 2.  Anticipated Noncompliance
    The permittee shall give advance notice to the [name of Control Authority] of any planned changes in the permitted
    facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit requirements.

 3.  Automatic Resampling
    If the results of the permittee's wastewater analysis indicates a violation has occurred, the permittee must notify the [name
    of Control Authority] within 24 hours of becoming aware of the violation and repeat the sampling and pollutant analysis
    and submit, in writing, the results of this repeat analysis within 30 days after becoming aware of the violation.

 4.  Duty to Provide Information
    The permittee shall furnish to the  [name of Control Authority], within [specify time] any information which the [name
    of Control Authority] may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating
    this permit, or to determine compliance with this permit  The permittee shall also, upon request, furnish to the [name of
    Control Authority] within [specify time] copies of any records required to be kept by this permit

 5.  Signatory Requirements [use whichever alternative best applies]
    All applications, reports, or information submitted to  the [name of Control Authority] must contain the following
    certification statement and be signed as required in Sections (a), (b), (c) or (d) below:

         'I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
         supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and
         evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,
         or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of
         my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete.  I am aware that there are significant penalties for
         submitting false information,  including the possibility of fines and imprisonment for knowing violations.'

    a.    By a responsible corporate officer, if the Industrial  User submitting the reports is a corporation. For the purpose of
        this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means:
         1.    a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function,
              or any other person who performs similar policy- or decision-making functions for the corporation, on
        2.    the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operation facilities employing more than 250 persons
              or having gross annual  sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars),  if
              authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate
              procedures.
    b.   By a general partner or proprietor if the Industrial User submitting the reports is a partnership or sole proprietorship
        respectively.
    c.   The principal executive officer or director having responsibility for the overall operation of the discharging facility if
        the Industrial User submitting the reports is a Federal, State, or local governmental entity,  or their agents.
    d.   By a duly authorized representative if:
        1.    the authorization  is made in writing by the individual described in paragraph (a), (b),  or (c);
        2.    the authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the
              facility from which the industrial discharge originates, such as the position of plant manager, operator of a well,
              or a well field superintendent, or a position of equivalent responsibility, or having overall responsibility for
              environmental matters for the company; and
        3.    the written authorization is submitted to the City.
    e.   If an authorization under paragraph (d) of this section is no longer accurate because a different individual or position
        has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, or overall responsibility for the environmental matters for the
        company, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section must be submitted to the
        City prior to or together with any reports to be signed by an authorized representative.

6.   Operating Upsets
    a.   Any  permittee  that experiences an  upset in operations that places the permittee in a  temporary  state of
        noncompliance with the provisions of either this permit or with [reference specified section of ordinance] shall

Module 4                                                            '                          Narrative-Page 13

-------
 Industrial User Permitting   	The Pretreatment Training Course
 Contents of an Industrial User Permit
         inform the [name of Control Authority] within 24 hours of becoming aware of the upset at [daytime telephone
         number] or [nighttime and weekend telephone number] after 5 p.m. Monday - Friday or weekends and holidays.
    b.    A written follow-up report of the upset shall be filed by the permittee with the [name of Control Authority] within five
         days. The report shall specify:
         1.    Description of the upset, the cause(s) thereof and the upset's impact on the permittee's compliance status;
         2.    Duration of noncompliance, including exact dates and times  of noncompliance, and if not corrected, the
              anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue; and
         3.    All steps taken or to be taken to reduce, eliminate and prevent  recurrence of such an upset
    c.    The  report must also demonstrate that the treatment facility was being operated in a prudent and workmanlike
         manner.
    d.    A documented and verified operating upset shall be an affirmative defense to any enforcement action brought against
         the permittee for violations attributable to the upset event

7.  Annual Publication
    A list of all  industrial users which were subject to enforcement proceedings during the twelve (12) previous months shall
    be annually published by the [name of Control Authority]  in the largest  daily newspaper within its service area.
    Accordingly, the permittee is apprised that noncompliance with this permit may lead  to an enforcement action and may
    result in  publication of its name in an appropriate newspaper in accordance with this  section.

8.  Civil and Criminal Liability
    Nothing  in this permit shall be construed to relieve the permittee from civil and/or criminal penalties for noncompliance
    under [reference specific section of ordinance] or State or Federal laws or regulations.

9.  Penalties for Violations of Permit Conditions
    The [cite specific section of ordinance] provides that any person who violates a permit condition is subject to a civil
    penalty of at least [cite dollar amount] per day of such violation. Any person  who willfully or negligently violates permit
    conditions is subject to criminal penalties of a fine of up to [cite dollar amount] per day of violation, or by imprisonment
    for [number] of year(s), or both. The permittee may also be subject to sanctions under State and/or Federal law.

10. Recovery of Costs Incurred
    In addition  to civil and criminal liability, the permittee violating any of the provisions of this permit or [reference specific
    section of ordinance] or causing damage to or otherwise inhibiting the [name of Control Authority] wastewater disposal
    system shall be liable to the [name of Control Authority] for any expense, loss, or damage caused by such violation or
    discharge. The {name of Control Authority] shall bill the  permittee for  the costs  incurred by the [name of Control
    Authority] for any cleaning, repair, or replacement work caused by the violation or discharge.  Refusal to pay the assessed
    costs shall  constitute a separate violation of [reference specific section of ordinance].
Page 14 - Narrative                                                                                     Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	'	Industrial User Permitting
 Fact Sheets
    In addition b ensuring an industrial user permit communicates all requirements to a Permittee, the Control Authority should
 document all rationale for determining standards and specific requirements imposed.  EPA recommends that this information be
 contained in a fact sheet which is made part of the permit At a minimum, fact sheets should explicitly detail the following:

    ForCIUs:
    •    the basis for the categorical determination(s) (i.e., what processes and wastestreams are present and are subject to
         categorical regulation(s))

    •    the identity and flow volume of all wastestreams generated and discharged to the POTW, and classified accordingly (i.e.,
         regulated process, unregulated process, or dilution)

    •    data used and/or justification for estimates used to determine categorical limitations

    •    basis for limits imposed for categorical parameters (i.e., limited by categorical standards or local limits).

    ForSIUs/CIUs:
    •    basis for limits imposed for non-categorical parameters

    •    rationale for compliance schedules, special plans required, special conditions, etc.

    •    basis for monitoring and reporting frequencies.

 Approval Authorities may require additional information or that the information be contained in a specific document  Regardless,
 information contained in a fact sheet is vital to ensuring Control Authority actions are just and consistent

 Waste Haulers
    Although industrial users permits are the most common control mechanism issued by Control Authorities, it is recommended that
 a permit system be developed for regulating hauled waste. Prior to developing such a system, local regulations should be evaluated
 and modified if necessary, to ensure a Control Authority has the legal authority to  permit such discharges.  At a minimum, local
 regulations should contain the following:

    •    requirements that hauled discharges must comply with all applicable Federal, State and local standards and requirements

    •    requirement for waste haulers to obtain a permit

    •    requirement for hauled waste to be discharged only at specified locations

    •    authority for the Control Authority to collect samples from each load of hauled waste

    •     the prohibition of a discharge without prior consent of the Control Authority

    •     authority to require analysis of a hauled waste load prior to discharge

    •     requirements for waste haulers to utilize a manifest system.

The permitting system developed for waste haulers will depend upon the location and number of discharge points (i.e., located
throughout the collection system or at the POTW treatment plants)), and manpower available for surveillance activities. However, at
a minimum, it is recommended that the permits issued contain the following conditions:
Module 4                                                                                          Narrative • Page 15

-------
 Industrial User Permitting	                          The Pretreatmerrt Training Course
    •    the right to refuse any toad of hauled waste (a.k.a. Right of Refusal)

    •    prohibition of the discharge of all nondomestic waste loads, unless:
               the Control Authority identifies the types of nondomestic wastes a POTW treatment plant can treat
               the hauler maintains a list of customers which includes the type and volume of waste hauled from each customer

    •    the requirement to comply with all prohibited discharge standards and established local limits

    •    the requirement for a hauler to provide the nature, origin, and volume of waste hauled

    •    specifying where (and when) hauled waste shall be discharged.


The Control Authority may also choose to forbid the discharge of RCRA hauled waste, or to accept it and require compliance with the
•permit-by-rule' regulations [40 CFR § 270.60(c)J. It is recommended that EPA's Guidance for Implementing RCRA Pemit-by-Rule
Requirements at POTWs be reviewed for further information on this topic.
Conclusion
    Permits are the most effective mechanism for controlling discharges to a POTW. Therefore, it is absolutely vital for a Control
Authority to establish written permitting procedures which result in well documented permits that are both defensible and enforceable.
Page 16 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
      Pretreatment Standards

       General & specific prohibitions

       Categorical standards

       Local limits
        General Prohibitions
          [40CFR§403.5(a)(1)]

       No user shall introduce into a
        POTW any pollutants which
          cause Pass Through or
               Interference.
     Specific Prohibitions
      [40 CFR § 403.5(b)]

     <*Pollutant(s) creating  a fire or explosion
       hazard
     * Pollutants causing corrosive structural
       damage
     * Solid/viscous pollutants causing
       obstruction
     * Pollutants released at a flow rate or
       concentration causing Interference
Module 5
                         Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
     Specific Prohibitions, cont
      [40 CFR § 403.5(b)]
     * Heat in amounts causing interference
     * Certain oils in amounts causing
       interference or pass through
     « Pollutants resulting in the presence of
       toxic gases, vapors or fumes above
       acute worker exposure levels
     * Trucked or hauled pollutants
    Categorical Standards
    • Applicable to specific industry categories
    • Arose from 1976 EPA/NRDC agreement.
    • Currently at 51 categories.
    » Found in 40 CFR Parts 405-471.
    • Applicable to direct & indirect dischargers.
    Part 405 - Dairy Products Procmslng
    Part 406 •Grain Mills
    Part 407 • Canned and Preserved Fruits and Vegetables Practising
    Part 408 > Canned and Preserved Seafood Processing
    Part 409 - Sugar Processing
    Part 410-Textile Mills
    Part 411 - Cement Manufacturing
    Part 412-Feedlots
    Part 413 • Electroplating
    Part 414 - Organic Chemicals, Plastics and Synthetic Fiber*
    Part 415 - Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing
    Part 417 - Soap and Detergent Manufacturing
    Part 418 - Fertilizer Manufacturing
Module 5
                              Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 7?7e Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
         Part 41» - Petroleum Refining
         Part 420 • Iran «nd StMl Manufacturing
         Put 421 - Nonftrrous Metals Manufacturing
         Put 422 - Phosphate Manufacturing
         Part 423 - Steam Btctric Powtr Generating
         Part 424 - Ferroalloy Manufacturing
         Part 425 - Leather Tanning and Finishing
         Part 42t • Glass Manufacturing
         Part 427 • Asbestos Manufacturing
         Part 42S - Rubber Manufacturing
         Part 429 - Timber Products Processing
         Part430-Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
         Part 431 - The Builders- Paper and Boardmllls
         Part 432 - Meat Product*
         Part 433 - Metal Finishing
         Part 4M-Coal Mining
         Part435-Oiland Oas Extraction
         Part 4M - Mineral and Mining Processing
         Part 438 - Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
         Part 440 • Ore Mining and Dressing
         Part 443 - Paving and Roofing Materials(Tars and Asphalt)
         Part 446 - Paint Formulating
         Part 447 • Ink Formulating
         Part 454 - Oum and Wood Chemicals Manufacturing
         Part 455 - Pesticide Chemicals
         Part 457 • Explosives Manufacturing
         Part 45f > Carbon Black Manufacturing
         Part 459 - Photographic Processing
         Part 480- Hospital
         Part 461 - Battery Manufacturing
         Part 463 - Plastics Molding and Forming
         Part 464 - Metal Molding and Casting
         Part465-Coll Coating
         Part 466 - Porcelain Enameling
         Part 467 •Aluminum Forming
         Part 468 - Copper Forming
         Part 469 - Electrical and Electronic Components
         Part 471 • Nonftrrous Metals Forming and Metal Powder

        The CWA(304(m))  requires that every
        two years EPA  develop and publish
        plans for effluent guidelines, review,
        revision, development, and adoption.
Module 5
                                   Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
     October 7,1996
     Effluent Guideline Plan
     • Continue development of 10 rules.
     • Begin development of revised iron and
       steel guidelines.
     • Initiate three preliminary studies.
     • Complete two preliminary studies.
     • Plan for development of seven
       additional guidelines, new or revised.
  Flow Chart of Development Process
    Categorical Standards
    • National standards
       • technology available
       • economic impacts
       • processes performed
    • Apply to regulated process flow only
    • Concentration or mass based limits
    • Daily maximum and long term averages
    • Developed for new and existing sources
Module 5
                           Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
     Why is Existing/New Source
     Determination So Important?
     • New source standards most times
       are more stringent
     • New sources required to be in
       compliance upon commencement of
       discharge
     • Existing sources can have up to three
       years after the effective date of the
       standard to achieve compliance
   Production Based Standards

     Equivalents
       •mass based limitations
       •concentration based limitation
   CbfyMsdnun	0.004 kg Cuton of product
   taMnun Mxtfy A/eraga.— 0.002 kg Cuton of product
 Condtions
   Aoraga Produ*on(1996).	SCO tons of productfrfey
   Aoraga Row<1996)	200,000 (3=0(02 MGQ
 Equivalent Mass Unit* Calculations
   DeO/NMrnm    0.004kgCUtonXSCOtors/day -
               aOOZkgOA^XSDOtons/dty -
Module 5
                           Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                 Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
  •Undvds

   MV Maknum ........ . ....... ... 0.004 kg Cu*en of product

   Muhmim MentMy Aw«p»._ 0.002 kg CuAon of product

  Conation*

   Aw«g« Pradudlon(ime) ..... 500 ten* of product/day

   Awrag* Ftov(1996) .......... _ 200.000 CPD(0.2 MGD)

  Equivalent Concentration Uroll. OlcuUllora

              0.004 kg CuAon X

                     0.2 MGD
DalV Uulmum
                                X 0.264* • 2JLmoJ
  Maximum
  Avwaga
                     0.2 MGD
                              — X 0.264* »
     Wastestream Types


     • Regulated process wastestreams

     • Unregulated process wastestreams

     • Dilute wastestreams
     Wastestreams and Calculations

       Combined Wastestream Formula(CWF)
       is used where regulated, unregulated
       and/or dilution wastestreams are
       combined prior to pretreatment

       Flow Weighted Average(FWA) formula is
       used when regulated, and unregulated
       and/or dilution wastestreams combine
       after pretreatment, but prior to the
       specified monitoring location.
Module 5
                                                                              Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                     Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
              CWF vs. FWA
                                      Dilution
  Cttegoiy
 SBrttayWbste   Qiiion
 Off In* CTtateHcnt
VtatuOnam ttmga  WlyMn.   Mix MmtHy
  iyp«   How(MSO) ailirit^mg
          Q02D     261       1.43
          QOffl     MA       MA
                            XQCBMSO
                       (QQ2 + Q003) MGD
                       1.48 rrBTIXQQ2 MOD
                           Q003)MGO
                                    : 977 rrpH
                         '• 1 9Q rrjjfl
     Application of Categorical
       Pretreatment Standards
Module 5
                                                                Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
   Total Toxic Organics("TTOs")


    • Defined in categorical regulation

    • Toxic Organic Management Plan(TOMP")
      •toxic organic compounds used
      • method of disposal
      • spill prevention/control

    • Certification in lieu of self-monitoring

    • Oil and grease
       Other Things to Consider...


               Dilution prohibition
               [40CFR§403.6(d)J

                Removal credits
                [40 CFR § 403.7]

          Fundamentally different factors
                [40 CFR §403.13]

              Net/Gross calculation
                [40 CFR §403.15]
     Question


     •A plating shop has been in business
      since 1980.  In 1990, it was bought
      out by Such  N Such  Metal Finishing.
      Is Such N Such Metal Finishing, a
      new source?
Module 5
                          Slide Presentation - Page 8

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards



                                         Pretreatment Standards


                                                    Introduction


      The National Pretreatment Program as implemented under the Clean Water Act (CWA) and General Pretreatment Regulations
 [40 CFR Part 403] is designed to control the discharges of nondomestic wastes to POTWs. The objectives of the Program are to
 prevent pass through and interference, to protect the receiving waters, and to improve opportunities for the reuse and reclamation of
 municipal and industrial wastewaters and sludges. To accomplish these objectives, the National Pretreatment Program relies on three
 types of standards:


      General and specific prohibitions
           established at the Federal level
           found in 40 CFR § 403.5(a) & (b)
           apply to all users of a POTW
           provide generally for protection of POTWs

      Categorical standards
           developed and established at the Federal level
           found in 40 CFR Parts 405-471
           apply to specific industrial categories
           based on available treatment technology

      Local limits
           developed and established by Control Authorities
           requirements for development are found in 40 CFR §§ 403.5(c) and 403.8(f)(4)
           apply to all nondomestic discharges
           provide site specific protection for a POTW, including the health and safety of POTW workers.

These standards are complimentary and are not intended to conflict One of a POTW's responsibilities is to identify and implement
applicable standards, applying the most stringent requirements where multiple provisions exist Compliance with imposed standards
can be achieved through implementation of best management practices, development of a pollution prevention program, and/or
installation of pretreafrnent The following narrative and module describe in detail, the three types of standards noted above and how
these different standards interact


                                          General and Specific Prohibitions


     All industrial users, whether or not subject to National categorical pretreatment standards, are subject to 40  CFR Part 403
requrements, including the prohibitions identified in 40 CFR § 403.5(a) and (b). These requirements include both general and specific
prohibitions and forbid the following:


     •     discharges causing pass through*
1 A discharge which exits the POTW into waters of the United States in quantities or concentrations which, alone or in conjunction with
a discharge or discharges from other sources, is a cause of a violation of any requirement of the POTWs NPOES permit (including an
increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation).

Module 5                                                                                         Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	The Pretreatment Training Course




      •    discharges causing interference2

      •    discharges creating a fire or explosion hazard in the POTW3

      •    discharges causing corrosive structural damage to the POTW4

      •    discharges causing obstruction to the flow in the POTW resulting in interference

      •    discharges of any pollutants at a flow rate and/or concentration which will cause interference with the POTW

      •    discharges of heat in amounts which will inhibit biological activity in the POTW resulting in interference9

      •    discharges of petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable  cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in amounts that will cause
           interference or pass through

      •    discharges which result in the presence of toxic  gases, vapors, or fumes within the POTW in a quantity that may cause
           acute worker health and safety problems

      •    discharges of trucked or hauled pollutants, except at discharge points designated by the Control Authority.


 Excluding discharges creating a fire or explosion hazard, discharges causing corrosive structural damage, and discharges of trucked
 or hauled pollutants, 40 CFR § 403.5(a)(2) provides when a user shall have an affirmative defense for violating a prohibition. Otherwise,
 compliance with these prohibited  standards is mandatory.


                                                 Categorical Standards


 Introduction
      Local administration of National categorical pretreatment standards has become a major focus for municipalities in the
 implementation and enforcement of their pretreatment programs. This section provides a short history of the development by EPA of
 effluent guidelines and categorical pretreatment standards to regulate direct8 and indirect7 dischargers, respectively, and introduces
 several special considerations in implementing categorical pretreatment standards.


      Categorical pretreatment standards are national, uniform, technology-based standards that apply to industrial users in specific
 industrial categories and that limit the discharge of specific pollutants. They are designed to prevent the discharge of pollutants that
could pass through, interfere with, or otherwise be incompatible with POTW operations. They are based upon the capability of available
2 A discharge which, alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, both: (1) inhibits or disrupts the POTW,
its treatment processes or operations, or its sludge processes, use or disposal; and (2) therefore is a cause of a violation of any
requirement of the POTWs NPDES permit (including an increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation) or of the prevention of
sewage sludge use or disposal in compliance with... [applicable] statutory provisions and regulations or permits issued thereunder (or
more stringent State or local regulations).

3 Includes, but is not limited to, wastestreams with a closed cup flashpoint of less than 140°F(60°C) using the test methods specified
in 40 CFR Part 261.21.

4 In no case discharges with pH lower than 5.0, unless the works is specifically designed to accommodate such discharges

9 In no case heat in such quantities that the temperature at the POTW treatment plant exceeds 40°C(104°F) unless the Approval
Authority, upon request of the Control Authority, approves alternative temperature limits.

8 Direct dischargers are industries that discharge treated wastewaters directly to waters of the U.S. and are regulated by a National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit

7 Indirect dischargers are industries that discharge treated or untreated wastewaters to Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs).

Page 2 - Narrative                                                                                            Module 5

-------
 The Pititreabnent Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
 freatment technologies to reduce pollutant discharges and. as such, they constitute minimum standards. They may be superseded by
 more stringent local limitations developed to protect POTW operations; water quality standards of specific lakes, streams, and other
 natural water; and sludge disposal practices. Economic impacts on affected industries are taken into consideration in the development
 of categorical standards, which assume industry-wide usage of the level of pollution control technology considered economically
 achievable and appropriate for the type of facility being regulated. Categorical standards are promulgated by EPA pursuant to Section
 307(b) and (c) of the Clean Water Act (CWA).

      Pollutant discharge standards applicable to specific categories of industries were promulgated as early as the mid-1970s and
 included industries such as:  processors of dairy products, fruits and vegetables, seafood, and sugar, as well as manufacturers of
 chemicals, plastics, fertilizer, soap, paint, and other products. Although the regulations were primarily concerned with setting standards
 for industries that discharge  directly into rivers, lakes, and other natural water bodies, many of them also contained pretreatment
 standards for industries that discharge to POTWs.

      Most of the pretreatment standards in the early regulations limited only conventional pollutants such as pH, oil and grease,
 biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), and total suspended soidsfTSS). In some industrial categories, the pretreatment standards section
 simply referred to 40 CFR Part 128, which has since been deleted and substantively replaced by 40 CFR Part 403.

 Background of Categorical Standard Categories
      The initial fist of 27 categorical industries was established by Congress under Section 306 of the CWA of 1972. Several changes
 have occurred in the list since 1972 as a result of court decrees, of settlement agreements resulting from litigation, and from EPA's
 internal work plan development process. The most significant change grew from the  1976 Settlement Agreement between  EPA and
 the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC). This Agreement identified 21 industrial categories by Standard Industrial Classification
 (SIC) code and required EPA to establish toxic pollutant regulations for those categories. In 1979, as a result of the court-ordered
 modification to the 1976 NRDC Settlement Agreement, the categorization scheme was changed to include 34 categories. Court
 challenges have continued to refine the number of categories to be evaluated and regulated by effluent guidelines. To date,  EPA has
 developed guidelines and standards for 51 industrial categories and is currently in the process of expanding the list

 Development of Categorical Pretreatment Standards
     As a result of the suit brought by NRDC and others in 1976, EPA broadened its focus from the control of conventional pollutants
 to the control of both conventional and toxic pollutants. As part of the settlement of this suit EPA agreed to develop technology-based
 standards to control 65 toxic substances and classes of toxic substances produced in the original 21 categories of industries. EPA later
refined its effort to include a more detailed Gst of 129 pollutants representative of the broader list of 65 toxic pollutants. In developing
the  pretreatment standards for these pollutants and these industries, EPA needed to know what level of each pollutant would cause
 interference with wastewater  treatment processes.  It  also had to determine what amount of each pollutant is removed by typical
fceatment processes and, therefore, does not pass through into the receiving waters. Various studies were conducted to provide the
technical data needed to establish specific pretreatment standards. As a result of these efforts, categorical pretreatment standards have
been, and continue to be, promulgated for pollutants discharged from industries identified as being the primary sources of toxic
pollutants.

     EPA has issued categorical pretreatment standards that are:  (1) concentration-based, (2) production-based, or  (3) both.
Concentration-based standards are expressed as milligrams of pollutant allowed per liter of wastewater discharged. Production-based
standards are generally expressed on a mass basis (e.g., milligrams per kilogram, pounds per million pounds, etc.).
Module 5                                                                                          Narrative - Page 3

-------
Pretieatment Standards: flrpfaMons and Categorical Standards	The Pretreatment Training Course
      Categorical pretreatment standards for a given industrial category are based on the capability of wastewater treatment
technology(ies) to reduce pollutant discharges to a POTWs collection system. In some industries, one of the major treatment
technology options available to reduce pollutant discharges relies on the reduction of an industry's wastewater flow. In these cases,
EPA has issued production-based pretreatment standards because concentration-based standards would not ensure an equivalent
reduction in volume of pollutant discharged. For categories where reducing a facility's flow volume does not provide a significant
difference in the pollutant load discharged, EPA has established both production- and concentration-based standards. Finally, where
production rates do not correlate with pollutant discharges, EPA has issued only concentration-based standards. A production-based
standard is based on a facility's level of production (e.g., so many pounds of pollutant per 1000 pounds of product) and, therefore, is
a particularly equitable type of standard since industries that conserve process waters are  not penalized by a production-based
standard as they would be with a concentration-based standard. Moreover, production-based  standards discourage the substitution
of dilution for treatment and often encourage flow reduction. However, application of these standards requires a Control Authority to
have reliable data concerning industrial production rates and discharge flow rates.

      EPA generally establishes two categorical standards for every pollutant regulated: a daily maximum and a long-term average.
The daily maximum for a mass-based Omit is defined as the total pollutant discharge by weight during any day. The daily maximum for
a concentration-based limit is defined as the average concentration of the pollutant during a day. The long-term average is defined as
the arithmetic mean of the daily values for samples collected during a calendar month.

      EPA has and continues to prepare guidance manuals for implementing categorical standards for specific industry categories.
These manuals are designed for use by Control Authorities and industrial users.

Exclusions from Regulation
      A number of industries identified as primary sources of toxic pollutants have been excluded from regulation for various reasons
allowed in the 1976 NRDC v. SPA Settlement Agreement EPA may exclude a point source category or subcategory or specific toxic
pollutants from specific technology-based effluent regulations under Paragraph 8 of the Settlement Agreement The reasons for
exclusion provided within Paragraph 8 are as follows:

      •     sufficient protection is already provided by the Agency's guidelines and standards under the Act [paragraph 8(a)(Q]

      •     except for pretreatment standards, a specific pollutant is present in the effluent solely as a result of its presence in the
           intake water [paragraph 8(a)(ii)]

      •     for pretreatment standards, the specific pollutant is present in the effluent which is introduced into a POTW solely as a result
           of its presence in the point sources's intake waters [paragraph 8(a)(iQ]

           a pollutant is not detectable with the use of analytical methods approved pursuant to Section 304(h) of the Act, or where
           approved methods do not exist, with the use of state-of-the-art methods [paragraph 8(a)(iii)]

     •     a pollutant is detectable from only a small number of sources within a subcategory and the pollutant is uniquely related to
           those sources [paragraph 8(a)(iii)J

           a pollutant is present only in trace amounts and is neither causing nor likely to cause toxic effects [paragraph 8(a)(fli)]

     •     the pollutant is present in amounts too small to be effectively reduced by technologies known  to the Administrator
           [paragraph 8(a)(iii)]

      •     the pollutant wi be effectively controlled by the technologies upon which other effluent limitations and guidelines, standards
           of performance, or pretreatment standards are based [paragraph 8(a)(fii)]

Page 4 - Narrative                                                                                          Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	       Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
           the amount and toxicity of each pollutant in the discharge does not justify developing National regulations in accordance
           with the NRDC Settlement Agreement schedule [paragraph 8(a)i
           for pretreatment standards. 95 percent of the dischargers in the industrial category or subcategory do not discharge
           pollutants to a POTW which meet the Section 307(a) criteria [paragraph 8(b)(i)]

           for pretreatment standards, the amount and toxicity of incompatible pollutants discharged to POTWs is so insignificant that
           it does not justify developing pretreatment standards in accordance with the schedules in the Agreement [paragraph
      Paragraph 8(c) requres EPA b prepare an affidavit for the parties involved in the Settlement Agreement explaining the reasons
 for each exclusion from regulation. This provision also requires EPA to solicit public comments on the exclusion via any Federal Register
 preamble announcing proposed regulations. Finally. Paragraph 8(d) requires EPA to submit paragraph 8(c) statements any time the
 Agency has decided to curtail or not initiate studies covered by the Settlement Agreement


      Industrial categories thus far deferred under Paragraph 8 of the Settlement Agreement include:

                         Industrial Category                             40 CFR Part Number
                         Adhesh/es and Sealant                                 456
                         Auto and Other Laundries                               444
                         Carbon Black Manufacturing                             458
                         Explosives Manufacturing                               457
                         Gum and Wood Chemicals Manufacturing                 454
                         Ink Formulating                                        447
                         Paint Formulating                                      446
                         Paving and Roofing Materials                            443
                         Photographic Processing                              459
                         Printing and Publishing                                 448
                         Rubber Manufacturing8                                 428
                         Soaps and Detergents Manufacturing*                   417

A partial fist of additional subcategories excluded in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 8 is shown in Appendix D of the 40
CFR Part 403.


Pre-Consent Decree Standards
      In response to confusion about the status of categorical pretreatment standards promulgated prior to the 1976 NRDC Consent
Decree. EPA issued memorandums dated August 24,1988, and February 16,1989, clarifying the status of those standards. While
recent efforts have concentrated on implementation and enforcement of standards for the industrial categories established as a result
of the Consent Decree, regulations issued prior to the 1976 Consent Decree remain in effect and POTWs need to address them as
well. Control Authorities should be aware that they are responsible for implementing and enforcing the toxic, nonconventional, and
conventional pollutant categorical standards and the requirements for no discharge of process wastewater promulgated for the 13 Pre-
Consent Decree industrial categories identified below.
8 The affidavit excludes only the 'reclaimer* portions of this category.

9 The affidavit excludes only the SICs addressed by the Settlement Agreement
Module 5                                                                                          Narrative - Page 5

-------
 Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	    TTie Pretreatment Training Course
                    Industrial Category                                         Subparts Affected
                    40 CFR Part 406 - Grain Mills                                      C, E
                    40 CFR Part 409 - Sugar Processing                                 A
                    40CFRPart412-Feedlots                                       A,B
                    40 CFR Part 417 - Soap and Detergent Manufacturing                 0-R
                    40 CFR Part 418 -Fertilizer Manufacturing    .                       A-G
                    40 CFR Part 424 - Ferroalloy Manufacturing                          A-C
                    40 CFR Part 426 - Glass Manufacturing                            A-H,  K-M
                    40 CFR Part 427 - Asbestos Manufacturing                          A-G
                    40 CFR Part 428 -Rubber Manufacturing                            D-K
                    40 CFR Part 443 • Paving and Roofing Materials                      A-D
                    40 CFR Part 446 - Paint Formulating                                 A
                    40 CFR Part 447-Ink Formulating                                   A
                    40 CFR Part 458 - Carbon Black Manufacturing                       A-D

      Pre-Consent Decree pretreatment standards for these categories apply only to new source facilities and have been established
only for selected subparts as indicated above. To  determine whether an industrial user is subject to pretreatment standards for new
sources10 (PSNS) for these categories. Control Authorities should obtain the date a facility commenced construction and compare it
to the proposed date of the appropriate regulation. Control Authorities are responsible for informing industries subject to such
regulations of their requirement to comply and should establish expeditious compliance schedules with (Us, where necessary, for the
acquisition of pollution control techniques needed  to obtain ID compliance.

      In addition, the EPA guidance clarifies that Pre-Consent Decree industries whose regulations  do not set out specific numerical
standards or no discharge requirements, but instead only require compliance with the General Pretreatment Regulations in 40 CFR
Parts 128 or 403 are not considered categorical industrial users. However, these users are still subject to the general and specific
prohibitions h Federal regulations and to any State and local requirements imposed (e.g., local limits). If warranted and at the discretion
of the Control Authority, such users may be classified as SlUs thus imposing additional permitting, monitoring and  reporting
requirements. A fist of additional subcategories excluded in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 8 is shown in Appendix D of
40 CFR Part 403.

NRDC Consent Decree and Current EPA Activities
      In 1989, NRDC and Public Citizen, Inc.  filed suit against EPA alleging ft had failed to comply with its obligations under Section
304(m) of the CWA. The complaint, amended in January 1990, charged that EPA had failed to list in its 1990 effluent guidelines plan
aO industrial categories discharging toxic or nonconventional pollutants and that it failed to commit to publishing new regulations by a
February 1991 deadline. Under the terms of a January 31,1992, Consent Decree {NRDC etalv. Browner (D.D.C. 89-2980)), EPA
committed to proposing and finalizing effluent guidelines for seven of the nine categories under development at that time and to a total
of 12 other effluent guidelines by December 31,2003. In addition, EPA was required under conditions of the Consent Decree to conduct
preliminary studies of an additional 11 industries to determine whether effluent guidelines development would be appropriate. Finally,
the Consent Decree requ'red EPA to establish a special task force composed of representatives from  EPA Regional offices, State and
local governments, industry, citizen groups and the scientific community to advise EPA on ways to improve the process for selecting
10 A new source is defined as any building, structure, facility or installation from which there is (or may be) a discharge of pollutants, the
construction of which commenced after the publication of proposed pretreatment standards under Section 307(c) of the Act which will
be applicable to such source if such standards are thereafter promulgated in accordance with that section provided that the building,
structure, facility or installation is constructed at a site at which no other discharge source is located; or the building, structure, facility
or instaDafion totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source; or the
production or wastewater generating processes of the building, structure, facility,  or installation are substantially independent of an
existing source at the same site.

Page 6 - Narrative                                                                                          Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
 industries to be regulated and for devebping guidelines and standards.  EPA has completed 4 regulations and 7 studies, and published
 3 other proposed rules required by the decree.

      On October 7,1996 EPA published its third biennial effluent guidelines plan. This plan provided for continued development of
 10 rules11, commencement of the development of revised effluent guidelines for the Iron and Steel Manufacturing category, initiating
 three preliminary studies to assist in determining whether new or revised rules should be developed for particular categories, completing
 preliminary studies on the Photographic Processing and Chemical Formulating and Packaging industries, and planning for development
 of seven additional new or revised effluent guidelines. On February 4,1997, EPA obtained approval to modify the Consent Decree.
 This resulted in the following modifications to the effluent guidelines  plan:

      •    merging the development of phases I & II of the Metal Products and Machinery regulations into a single project

      •    revising and extending final action for 6 categories12

      •    modifying preliminary study deadlines for 4 categories.

 One of EPA's current effluent guideline and pretreatment standard  development initiatives is the incorporation, where possible, of
 pollution prevention and source control analyses and techniques. EPA recognizes the need to control the  generation of pollution
 through process changes by regulating  in-process activities in addition to calling for end-of-pipe treatment EPA is also studying
 multimedia impacts and the opportunity for joint media rulings during guidelines development efforts.13

 Development Process
     EPA's first step in the development of categorical regulations is to evaluate the likelihood of an industrial category needing
 standardized limitations.  If it is determined that limitations are necessary, EPA investigates affected industrial users and gathers
 information  regarding  their  operations,  treatment and
 management practices. From there, it is determined whether
 subcategorization within an industrial category is necessary
 based on variability in manufacturing processes employed,
 raw materials used, types of items produced, characteristics
 of typical wastes generated, facility size, age of facilities and
 equipment, wastewater characteristics and availability and
 cost of control technology,  non-water quality environmental
 impacts, available pollution prevention technology, etc. EPA
 then compiles  their findings  in proposed  development
 documents and publishes notice of the proposed regulations
 in the Federal Register.  Regulations are then either modified
 in response to comments received or published as final.                 Development Process of Effluent Guidelines
Data
•CatteBtfcft


Regalaboiy
Taste
11 Pulp, Paper and Paperboard; Pesticide Chemicals (Formulating, Packaging and Repackaging); Coastal Oil and Gas Extraction;
Centralized Waste Treatment (CWT); Pharmaceutical Manufacturing; Metal Products and Machinery (Phase  I); Landfills and
Incinerators; Industrial Laundries; Transportation Equipment Cleaning; and Metal products and Machinery (Phase II).
"CWT, Pharmaceutical Manufacturing, Industrial Laundries, Transportation and Equipment Cleaning, Landfills and Incinerators, and
Metal Products and Machinery (Phases I & II).
13 Extension of the deadline for final action of the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing regulations will allow EPA to simultaneously complete
final action on a National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) rule for the industry, as required by the Clean
Air Act
Modules
                                       Narrative - Page 7

-------
 Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	The Pretreatment Training Course
Existing and New Source Standards
      Most categorical pretreatment standards have separate pollutant limits for 'existing source* and 'new source* dischargers, with
the standards for new sources being either the same or more stringent than those for existing sources. Industrial users are classified
as either existing or new sources based on whether their facilities or operations meet the definition of 'new source* set out in 40 CFR
§ 403.3(k) of tie General Pretreatment Regulations. As defined, a new source is a facility that began construction after the publication
of proposed pretreatment standards if such standards are thereafter promulgated. The definition of new source was revised on October
17, 1988. (53 FR 40562) to clarify the criteria for distinguishing between existing and new sources, particularly where changes in
operations or facilities are made at an existing source. According to the revisions, a discharger is classified as a new source:

      •    if the building, structures, facility, or installation is constructed at a site at which no other source is located;

      •    the new construction totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an
           existing source; or

      •    the production or wastewater generating processes of the new building, structure, facility or installation are substantially
           independent of an existing source at the same site.

Construction at an existing source which does not meet the above criteria, but instead alters, replaces, or adds to existing process or
production equipment is considered a modification to an existing source, and the  user is thus not classified as a new source. For
regulatory purposes,  construction has commenced if the owner or operator has:

      •    begun placement, assembly or installation of facilities or equipment

      •    initiated significant site preparation work, or

      •    entered into a binding contractual obligation for the purchase of facilities or equipment which cannot be terminated.

      The definition of new source has significance to the regulation of categorical industrial users because it is used to determine the
standards to which a user is subject, the date by which it must comply with those standards, and the user's reporting requirements. First,
Control Authorities must establish whether a user is subject to Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources (PSES) or to Pretreatment
Standards for New Sources (PSNS). As mentioned previously, standards for new  sources are often more stringent than those for
existing sources based on the opportunity of new sources to install the best and most efficient production processes and wastewater
treatment technologies during construction of their facilities.

      The classification of a user as an existing or new source determines the required date for compliance with the  appropriate
standards. Users subject to PSES are required to achieve compliance with those standards by a specified date, usually three years
after the effective date of the categorical standards. Users subject to PSNS, however, are required to achieve compliance within the
shortest feasible time, not to exceed 90 days from commencement of discharge from an operation meeting the definition of 'new
source." The difference in compliance deadlines is based on the requirement of new source dischargers to install, have in operating
condition, and start up all necessary pollution control equipment before commencing discharge from a regulated process.

      Finally, the designation of a user as either an existing or new source determines the due dates for three reports required under
40 CFR § 403.12 and the specific information required to  be contained in those reports. In  some cases, Control Authorities may need
to coordinate their efforts to categorize an industrial user as either an existing or new source with EPA Regional or NPDES State
Pretreatment Coordinators to ensure the correct classification of the discharger.
Page 8 • Narrative                                                                                          Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
 Applicability of Categorical Pretreatment Standards
      Categorical pretreatment standards apply only to regulated wastewaters. A regulated process wastewater is defined as
 wastewater from an industrial process that is regulated for a particular pollutant by a categorical pretreatment standard. Compliance
 with categorical pretreatment standards is intended to be based on measurements of wastestreams containing only the regulated
 process wastewater. Other wastewaters14 potentially generated by a categorical industrial user (CIU) are classified as either dilute or
 unregulated wastestreams. Dilute wastestreams, include:

      •    boiler blowdown streams, non-contact cooling streams, storm water streams, and demineralized backwash streams'5

      •    sanitary wastestreams where such streams are not regulated by a categorical pretreatment standard

      •    any process wastestreams which were, or could have been, entirely exempted from categorical pretreatment standards
           pursuant to paragraph 8 of the NRDC v. CosHe Consent Decree (12 ERC1833) for one more of the following reasons (see
           Appendix D of 40 CFR Part 403):

                 the pollutants of concern are not detectable in the effluent from the industrial user (paragraph (8)(a)(iii))
                 the pollutants of concern are present only in trace amounts and are neither causing nor likely to cause toxic effects
                 (paragraph (8){a)(iii))
                 the pollutants of concern are present in amounts too small to be effectively deduced by technologies known to the
                 Administrator (paragraph (8}(a)(iii))
                 the wastestream contains only pollutants which are compatible with the POTW (paragraph (8)(b)(i)).

 Unregulated wastestreams are simply defined as neither regulated process wastestreams nor dilute wastestreams. Further discussion
 of the importance of identifying and classifying a ClU's wastestreams is discussed in the Combined Wastestream Formula/Flow-
 Weighted Average section.

 Special Considerations in Implementation of Categorical Pretreatment Standards
     Various provisions exist in the General Pretreatment Regulations and in certain categorical standards that allow for modification
 of the standards. These modification provisions include:

     •     Combined wastestream formula/now-weighted average
     •     Removal credits
     •     Fundamentally different factors variance
     •     Net/gross adjustment
     •     Innovative treatment
     •     Total Toxic Organic (TTO) compliance.

These modification provisions and the conditions which must be met to obtain these modifications are discussed in the following
sections. Control Authorities reviewing requests for any of these modifications should also consult applicable EPA guidance.
14 Nonregulated wastestreams.
19 Provided, however, that where such streams contain a significant amount of a pollutant, and the combination of such streams, prior
to treatment, with an industrial user's regulated process wastestream(s) will result in a substantial reduction of that pollutant, the Control
Authority, upon application of the industrial user, may exercise its discretion to determine whether such stream(s) should be classified
as diluted or unregulated. In its application to the Control Authority, the industrial user must provide engineering, production, sampling
and analysis, and such other information so the Control Authority can make its determination.

Modules                                                                                            Narrative - Page 9

-------
 Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categories/ Standards	    The Pretreatment Training Course
 Combined Wastestream Formula/Flow-Weiohted Average
      In implementing its pretreatment program, a Control Authority is required to enforce the 'applicable pretreatment standards' (i.e.
 local/State/Federal). However, the determination of which limits are more stringent may be a complicated task. One of the complicating
 factors is that local limits and categorical pretreatment standards are applied at different points-local Emits at the end-of-pipe (i.e., the
 industry's connection to a municipal sewer) and categorical standards at the end-of-process.

      In the situation where an industrial user's sewer connection to the POTWs sewer line contains only wastewater from a process
 regulated under a particular categorical pretreatment standard, then the end-of-process is the same as the end-of-pipe and the
 determination of which limits apply, local or Federal, is simply the limit which are numerically more stringent on an individual pollutant
 basis.

      More commonly, the industry's discharge at the point of connection contains other regulated process wastestreams, unregulated
 process wastestreams, and dilute wastestreams (e.g., sanitary wastes). In these cases, the Control Authority may use the Combined
 Wastestream Formula (CWF) or Flow-Weighted Average (FWA) formula to adjust the categorical pretreatment standards to end-of-pipe
 limits. Alternatively, the Control Authority could require an industry to sample at separate locations to determine compliance with both
 types of standards.

      The CWF is applicable pursuant to 40 CFR § 403.6(e) where a regulated Wastestream combines with one or more regulated,
 unregulated or dilute wastestreams prior to treatment Where a regulated Wastestream combines with an unregulated or dilute
 Wastestream after treatment the  flow-weighted average  formula generally applies. However, in  situations  where a regulated
 wastestream combines with an unregulated Wastestream after treatment, either the combined Wastestream formula or the flow-weighted
 average formula may be used so tona as the unregulated wastestream(s) added after treatment contain(s) the regulated pollutant being
 adjusted in at least the amount regulated in the applicable categorical pretreatment standards. If it does not the flow-weighted average
 formula must be used.

      When applying the CWF, Control Authorities should ensure that they are familiar with the difference between regulated,
 unregulated, and dilute wastestreams. Note, when determining whether a wastestream is regulated, dilute, or unregulated, the Control
 Authority should refer to a category's regulations or the development document for more information on the different wastestreams since
 some wastestreams commonly identified as unregulated wastestreams may be considered regulated process wastestreams under
 a particular category.

      Dilute  wastestreams are those which have no more than trace or non-detectable amounts of the regulated pollutant Dilute
wastestreams  are  defined in 40 CFR §403.6(e)(1) of the General Pretreatment Regulations to include sanitary wastestreams,
 demoralized backwash streams, boiler blowdown, noncontact cooling water, storm water, and process wastestreams from certain
 standards  based on the findings that these wastewaters contained none of the regulated pollutant or only trace amounts of it  Dilute
waters are often difficult to identify and measure in industrial facilities. However, it is essential that a reasonably accurate estimate of
their contribution be made because the CWF and FWA require that the categorical pretreatment standards be reduced in direct
 proportion to the amount of dilution water in the wastestream. It should also be noted that this reduction cannot be so large as to cause
the resulting limits to be below detection level, consequently making it impossible to determine or demonstrate compliance. In such
cases, an  alternate monitoring location must be selected to avoid this problem.

      Unregulated wastestreams are those wastestreams from an industrial process that are not regulated for a particular pollutant by
 a categorical pretreatment standard and are not defined as a dilute wastestream. Examples of unregulated wastestreams are:
Page 10 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
      •     an industrial process wastestream for which categorical standards have been promulgated but for which the deadline for
           compliance has not yet been reached

      •     an industrial process wastestream that currently is not subject to categorical pretreatment standards

      •     an industrial process wastestream that is not regulated for the pollutant in question but is regulated for other pollutants.

      In certain circumstances, boiler blowdown, noncontact cooling water, storm water, and demineralized wastestreams may be
 considered 'unregulated* process wastestreams. Where any of these wastestreams contain a significant amount of a regulated
 pollutant and the treatment of these wastewaters with the regulated process wastestream results in substantial reduction of the
 regulated pollutant the Control Authority can classify the wastestream as unregulated rather than as a dilute wastestream. The
 categorical pretreatment standard is not reduced to reflect the amount of unregulated flow contributed to the regulated wastestream.

      EPA's intent in establishing the CWF was two-fold. First the CWF was designed to account for the dilution of a regulated
 wastestream by other wastestreams. Second, EPA did not want to force industrial users to segregate their process wastestreams (either
 regulated or unregulated), particularly when there could be some benefit in the treatment of the combined wastestreams. Concurrent
 pretreatment of the combination of the unregulated and the regulated wastestream could result in an overall decrease in the pollutant
 loading; whereas, no pretreatment of the unregulated wastestream may allow a net increase of the pollutant load in the final discharge
 tothePOTW.

      The application of the CWF is a regulatory requirement If unregulated, dilute, or other regulated wastestreams are combined
 with a regulated process wastestream prior to treatment then the CWF must be used. To ensure the proper application of the CWF,
 the following conditions must be met

      •     alternative limits must be established for each regulated pollutant in each of the regulated processes

      •     both daily maximum and long-term average (i.e., 4-day, 30-day, or monthly) alternative limits must be calculated for each
           regulated pollutant
                                                                                                               «
      •     if  two or more categorical pretreatment standards apply to the facility and one of the processes is regulated by the
           Electroplating Standards where a 4-day average Emit is the long-term limit and the other process(es) are regulated by other
           standards with a monthly average long-term limit then the Electroplating 4-day average limit must be adjusted to the
           appropriate equivalent monthly average

      •     a calculated alternative Emit may not be used if it is below the analytical detection limit for that pollutant If a calculated limits
           is below the detection limit the industrial user must either.
                not combine the dilute streams with the regulated streams prior to the combined treatment facility, or
                segregate all wastestreams entirely.

      Where regulated process wastestreams are combined with either an unregulated or dilute wastestream after treatment but before
the monitoring point the categorical pretreatment standards must be adjusted to reflect the amount of regulated pollutants) added and
to ensure thatcompGance is not achieved through dilution. As explained in the preambles to EPA's June 12,1986, proposed rule (51
FR 21454) and  to its October 17,1988, final rule (53 FR 40562), use of the CWF is allowed in  situations where an unregulated
wastestream added after treatment contains at least the level of the regulated pollutant as limited in the applicable categorical standard.
However, where the unregulated or dilute wastestream(s) added does not contain such levels of a regulated pollutant use of the CWF
is not appropriate. Instead, a flow-weighted average formula must be applied. Concentration-based and mass-per-day standards can
be adjusted using the formulas presented in the June 12,1986, proposed rule (see 51 FR 21462). In the event an adjusted standard
Module 5                                                                                        Narrative - Page 11

-------
 Piebtsutment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	   	        The Pretreatment Training Course
 is below detectable Emits, monitoring of the regulated wastestreams for compliance with the categorical standards must be performed
 prior b the point where the treated regulated wastestreams combine with other nonregulated streams.

 Removal Credits
      EPA regulations governing removal credits have a long and complex history. EPA has promulgated five sets of removal credits
 regulafions-in 1973,1978,1981,1984, and 1993. The central objective of all versions of these regulations has been to lay down the
 conditions by which POTWs may demonstrate consistent removal of pollutants regulated by categorical standards, and in so doing,
 may extend removal credits to industries on a pollutant-specific basis to prevent redundant treatment

      The 1984 removal credits regulations (49  PR 31212) were  challenged  by the NRDC, by industry, and by a POTW in a
 consolidated petition before the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit (NRDC v. EPA No. 84-3530, No. 85-3012, April 30,
 1986). In addition, the Chemical Manufacturers Association, the Chicago Association of Commerce and Industry, Illinois Manufacturers
 Association, and Mid-America Legal Foundation intervened in this lawsuit

      The Third Circuit Court of Appeals ruled in favor of NRDC, concluding that EPA's 1984 removal credit rule fails to meet the
 requirements mandated by Section 307 of the CWA. The following four points served as the rationale for this decision:

      •     EPA's method of calculating waste removal by POTWs violates the statutory requirement that direct and indirect
           dischargers be held to the same standard

      •     similarly, EPA's decision to delete requirements concerning combined sewer overflow events in calculating POTW waste
           removal violates the mandate of the  Clean Water Act and was administratively improper

      •     EPA's actions in modifying the test for determining when a credit must be withdrawn due to noncompliance violates the
           Administrative Procedures Act.

      •    without regulations providing for a comprehensive framework to regulate the disposal and utilization of sludge, EPA cannot
           authorize the issuance of removal credits as permitted in the 1984 rules.

      On Novembers, 1987, EPA replaced those portions of the 1984 regulatory revision which had been  invalidated by the U.S. Third
Ocuit Court of Appeals with language from the previously upheld 1981 version of the regulations and also made other minor revisions
(see 52 PR 42434). On October 9,1991, EPA promulgated revisions to the 'Solid Waste Disposal  Facility Criteria" under 40 CFR Parts
257 and 258 (see 56 FR 50978). On February 19,1993, EPA promulgated 'Standards for the Use or Disposal Sewage Sludge* under
40 CFR Part 503 (see 58 FR 9248). These regulations provide (he comprehensive framework to regulate the use or disposal of sewage
sludge and provide the opportunity for application by POTWs for removal credit authority.

      On February 19,1993, revisions to 40 CFR Part 403 were made to complete the regulatory effort The amendments to 40 CFR
§ 403.7 clarified that removal credits are only available for a pollutant if the pollutant is regulated for the sewage sludge use or disposal
option employed by the POTW applying. The amendment lists three categories of pollutants (found in Appendix G) removal credits
may be made available:  (1) those regulated by Part 503 standards, (2) those not regulated by Part 503 but for which EPA has
established threshold levels (as identified in that amendment); and (3) those pollutants regulated by siting and management practice
requirements stipulated in 40 CFR Part 258 for disposal in non-hazardous solid waste landfills. Appendix G was last modified on
October 25,1995 to move chromium from the list of regulated "land applied sewage sludge* pollutants eligible for removal credit to the
list of unregulated pollutants eligible for removal credit This was the result of EPA amending 40 CFR Part 503 as a result of their
reconsideration of certain issues remanded by the U.S. Court of Appeals for additional justification or modification.
Page 12 - Narrative                                                                                        Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
 Fundamentally Different Factors Variance
      Section 301(n) of the CWA authorizes adjustments of the categorical pretreatment standards for existing sources for those
 facilities demonstrated to have factors which are fundamentally different from the factors EPA considered during standards development
 (also see 40 CFR § 403.13). This provision allows an industrial user or any interested person to request a variance for the establishment
 of limits different from  those required  by a categorical pretreatment standard. The primary criterion  required for approval  of a
 Fundamentally Different Factor (FDF) variance is that the facility is fundamentally different with respect to the six factors considered
 by the EPA in establishing the National categorical pretreatment standards:

      •    the nature or quality of pollutants contained in the raw waste load of the user's process wastewater

      •    the volume of the user's process wastewater and effluent discharged

      •    nonwater quality environmental impact of control and treatment of the user's raw wasteload

      •    energy requirements of the  application of control and treatment technology

      •    age, size, land availability,  and configuration as they relate to the user's equipment or facilities, processes employed,
           process changes, and engineering aspects of the application of control technology

      •    cost of compliance with required control technology.

 In addition to these fundamental factors, the statute designates other rules for eligibility:

      •     the variance request is based solely on information and data submitted during the development of the categorical standards
           which raised the facility's fundamentally difference with the above factors or new information since promulgation of the
           standard

      •     the adjusted effluent limitation is not more or less stringent than justified by the fundamental difference

      •     the adjusted effluent limitation will not result in a nonwater quality environmental impact which is markedly more adverse
           than the impact considered  by EPA when developing the categorical standard.

In February 1985, the Supreme Court held that EPA has authority to grant FOF variances from pretreatment standards for toxic
pollutants. Subsequently, Section 301(1) of the CWA was amended to allow for FDF variances from toxics.

      Prior EPA decisions regarding FDF applications dearly establish that it interprets the term fundamentally different* in its literal
sense. A factor must be weD outside the range considered by EPA in establishing the standard and not merely away from the average.
Moreover,  differences must not be  similar to a  significant number of other facilities in the category. Industries must raise these
fundamental differences during the development of categorical standards. If an affected facility believes EPA did not sufficiently consider
the issue, the appropriate action is to seek review of the standard in the U.S. Court of Appeals under Section  509 of the Act as well as
to apply for an FDF variance.

Net/Gross Adjustment
     A net/gross credit allows the subtraction of the initial concentration level of pollutants in the intake water to the industrial user from
fiie concentration level in the effluent of the industrial user. To obtain this credit, the industrial user must submit a formal written request
that demonstrates the following:
Module 5                                                                                           Narrative - Page 13

-------
 Pretreatmerrt Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	The Pretreatment Training Course


      •     its intake water is drawn from the same body of water that the POTW discharges into<6

      •     the pollutants present in the intake water will not be entirely removed by the treatment system operated by the user;

      •     the pollutants in the intake water do not vary chemically or biologically from the pollutants limited by the applicable standard;
           and

      •     the user does not significantly increase the concentrations of pollutants in the intake water, even if the total amount of
           pollutants remains the same.

 Inherent in this provision is the requirement that the industrial user employ a treatment technology capable of meeting the categorical
 pretreatment standard(s). Net/gross adjustments should not be granted to industrial users without treatment Further, credits shall only
 be granted to the extent necessary to meet the applicable standard(s), up to a maximum value equal to the influent value.

 Innovative Treatment
      Control Authorities may grant up to a 2-year extension of the otherwise applicable compliance deadline for existing industrial users
 which install an innovative treatment system. Section 307(e) of the CWA establishes the following three factors which must be used
 in evaluating a request for such an extension:

      •     the innovative treatment must have a reasonable potential to result in significantly greater pollutant removal or equivalent
           removal at a substantially lower cost than the technologies considered by EPA when developing the categorical standard

      •     the innovative technique must also have the potential for industry-wide application

      •     the proposed compliance extension will not cause or contribute to the violation of the POTW's NPDES permit

Total Toxic Organic (TTO) Compliance
      Categorical pretreatment standards for seven industrial categories (as listed below) regulate the  discharge of toxic organic
pollutants by setting a limit on the TTO pollutant concentration or mass that can be discharged to a POTW.

      •     Electroplating
      •     Metal Finishing
      •     Electrical and Electronic Components (phase I and II)
      •     Copper Forming
           Aluminum Forming
      •     Metal Molding and Casting
      •     Coil Coating

For each of the standards, TTO refers to the sum of the masses or concentrations of certain toxic organic pollutants found in the
process discharge at a concentration greater than 0.01 milligrams per liter (mg/l). The toxic organic pollutants regulated by a TTO limit
in the categorical standards differ for each industrial category in which TTO is limited. Each standard should be consulted, as
appropriate, to determine the regulated toxic organic pollutants.

      Only the electroplating and metal finishing categories allow the exercise of judgment in determining which  toxic organic
compounds listed in the categorical standards must be sampled and analyzed. This judgment must demonstrate which toxics can
16 The Control Authority may waive the requirement if it finds that no environmental degradation will result

Page 14 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 5

-------
 The Pietioatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
 reasonably be expected b be present in the regulated wastestreams. Appropriate documentation of this judgment should be required
 by the Control Authority. Additional TTO guidance related to the electroplating and metal finishing categories can be found in the EPA's
 1984 Guidance Manual for Electroplating and Metal Finishing Pretreatment Standards. For the other industrial categories regulating
 TTO, all the toxic organic compounds listed must be sampled and analyzed unless the available alternative option, described below,
 is exercised. It should Denoted that regulations for the electrical and electronic components category do not allow discretion in choosing
 which toxic organics to regulate. As stated in EPA's 1985 Guidance Manual for Implementing Total Toxic Organics (TTO) Pretreatment
 Standards, EPA has aieady determined that aO of the pollutants listed in the definition of TTO for that category are reasonably expected
 to be present

     Fa details on implementing TTO standards, the reader is referred to EPA's 1985 Guidance Manual. The manual will be helpful
 both to POTWs and to their industrial users who are subject to a categorical pretreatment standard for TTO. Subjects covered in the
 manual include:

     •     TTO regulatory requirements for each industrial category with TTO standards

     •     TTO monitoring guidance

     •     reporting requirements

     •     use of the combined wastestream formula and removal credits as they relate to TTO

     •     guidance for the preparation of a Toxic Organic Management Plan (TOMP)

           example TOMP.

     Since TTO monitoring is costly, EPA has made available in the standards alternative options for such monitoring. The option
 available to the industrial categories listed below is monitoring and controlling oil and grease to a designated limit in lieu of TTO
 monitoring.

     •    Aluminum Forming
     •     Copper Forming
     •    Cofl Coating
     •    Metal Molding and Casting.

 Oil and grease is less costly to sample and analyze and, upon .selection by an industrial user, may serve  as an indicator for TTO
 pollutant levels. This alternative may be used to fulfill the TTO monitoring requirements of the Baseline Monitoring Report (BMR), the
final (90-day) compliance report, and all subsequent periodic compliance reports. If it is not used, analytical data for all organics
regulated by a specific category must be included in each of these reports.

     Industrial users regulated by the electroplating, metal finishing, and electrical and electronic components categories have the
option  (upon approval of the Control Authority) of preparing and implementing a TOMP. The purpose of a TOMP is to identify all
potential sources from which toxic organic materials could enter the wastewater treatment system and to propose control measures
for each source that would eiminate the possibility of toxic organics entering the wastestream. Thus, in lieu of monitoring for TTO, the
industrial user may install control technology and implement appropriate procedures that will reasonably ensure that toxic organics will
not enter the wastewater treatment system. Industrial users implementing this option must also certify (using the statement specified
in each standard) that no dumping of concentrated toxic organic pollutants has occurred and that the facility's TOMP is being

 Module 5                                                                                       Narrative - Page 15

-------
 Pretreutment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards	   	     The Pretreatment Training Course
implemented This certification statement must be submitted to the Control Authority at the time the TOMP is submitted for review and
approval.

      It should be noted that the TOMP monitoring options cannot be used to fulfill the monitoring requirements of the BMR or the final
compliance report for the electroplating, metal finishing, and electrical and electronic components categories. To fulfill the reporting
requirements of the electrical and electronic components category, analyses must be performed for all the toxic organics specified in
the definition of TTO for those standards. The BMR and 90-day reporting requirements for the electroplating and metal finishing
categories may be met by analyzing afl organics that could reasonably be expected to be present in the effluent  Only after completion
of these reports can the certification and TOMP option be exercised. Thereafter, if the TOMP option is chosen, the certification
statement specified in each standard must be submitted twice a year in the lU's periodic compliance report

Clarifications of Applicability
      For some industries, EPA issued standards that simply refer to the  "General Pretreatment Regulations." There has been
confusion and inconsistencies in identifying whether such industrial users are categorical. For example, in the Textile category, the
PSES and PSNS require that industrial users "must comply with 40 CFR Part 403." Such industrial users, which are not regulated
beyond the General Pretreatment Regulations (i.e. have no categorical limits), are not considered categorical industrial users.

      In the case of other industrial categories, EPA has issued PSES and PSNS for certain pollutants. However, in the event a facility
does not use or generate the regulated pollutants) or a raw or intermediate material which leads to the discharge of the regulated
poOutant(s), the categorical standards provide users with the opportunity to submit a certification statement in lieu of monitoring results.
For example, facilities regulated by standards of the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing category must either conduct monitoring for cyanide
to demonstrate compliance with the standards or, if they do not use or generate cyanide, must submit a certification to that effect to
the POTW to avoid monitoring requirements. Likewise,  industrial users regulated by PSES and PSNS for  the Pulp, Paper and
Paperboard category may certify they do not use chlorophenolic-containing biocides and slimicides in lieu of routinely monitoring for
pentachlorophenol (POP) and trichbrophenol (TCP). However, monitoring for PCP and TCP may be required in the Baseline Monitoring
Report (BMR) if the pollutants "would reasonably be expected to be present" Facilities regulated by such standards are considered
categorical industrial users, even if they do  not use, generate or discharge a regulated pollutant but rather submit certification
statements in lieu of periodic compliance monitoring date.

Research and Development Facilities
      The Pretreatment Implementation Review Task Force (PIRT), while recognizing that at a minimum,  Research and Development
(R&O) facilities are covered by National prohibited standards, local prohibited standards, and local limits, recommended that EPA issue
guidance as to whether these facilities are regulated by categorical pretfeatment standards. To respond to the PIRT recommendation
and to correct previously conflicting interpretations provided to EPA Regions, the Office of Water and the Office of General Counsel
completed a thorough review of the applicability of categorical pretreatment standards to stand-alone  R&D facilities. Based on the
records supporting the categorical pretreatment standards, EPA has determined that stand-alone  R&D facilities  are not subject to the
categorical standards currently promulgated. For a plant to be considered a stand-alone R&D facility, there should be no commercial
sale of products made at the facility.  This position is stated in a letter dated June 26,1987, from Ms. Rebecca W. Hanmer, Deputy
Assistant Administrator for Water.

      EPA reserves the right to issue specific categorical standards which are applicable to stand-alone R&D facilities; however, such
activity is not currently underway. The  lack of currently applicable categorical standards does not mean that pollution controls are not
necessary. As mentioned  above, noncategorical indirect dischargers are still required to comply with the General Pretreatment
Standards (general and specific prohibitions) and with limits that may be established by local or State authorities. When local or State

Page 16-Narrative                                                                                         Module 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Prohibitions and Categorical Standards
authorities address needed pollution controls for noncategorical industrial users, EPA does consider the categorical standards and the
accompanying development documents as excellent guidance on the performance of pollution control technologies. However, other
site-specific factors may be considered in  setting  limits (e.g., potential for interference or pass through, raw waste load, age of
pretreatment equipment, size of the POTW,  land availability, flow, nonwater quality impacts, energy, and costs).

Category Determinations
      In accordance wflh the provisions of the General Pretreatment Regulations, a category determination may be requested by either
a POTW or an industrial user. The determination will be made by the Water Division Director in the EPA  Regional office. Such requests
must be made within 60 days after the effective date of the standards in question (40 CFR § 403.6(a)).
Module 5                                                                                           Narrative - Page 17

-------
Monday
October 7, 1996
Part V


Environmental
Protection Agency
Effluent Guidelines Plan; Notice
                       52581

-------
 52582
Federal  Register / Vol. 61, No.  195 / Monday. October 7. 1996 / Notices
 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
 AGENCY
 [FRL-6617-7]
 RIM 2040-AC86

 Effluent Guidelines Plan

 AGENCY: Environmental Protection
 Agency (EPA).
 ACTION: Notice of effluent guidelines
 plan.

 SUMMARY: Today's notice announces the
 Agency's plans for developing new and
 revised effluent guidelines, which
 regulate industrial discharges to surface
 waters and to publicly owned treatment
 works. Section  304 (m) of the Clean
 Water Act requires EPA to publish a
 biennial Effluent Guidelines Plan.
 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 6, 1996.
 ADDRESSES: The public record for this
 notice is available for review in the EPA
 Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW..
 Washington, DC. For access to Docket
                    materials, call (202) 260-3027 between
                    9 a.m. and 3 p.m. for an appointment.
                    The EPA public information regulation
                    (40 CFR Part 2) provides that a
                    reasonable fee may be charged for
                    copying.

                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Eric
                    Strassler, Engineering and Analysis
                    Division (4303), Environmental
                    Protection Agency. 401 M Street, SW.,
                    Washington, DC 20460; telephone 202-
                    260-7150.

                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

                    I. Regulated Entitles
                    n. Legal Authority
                    III. Introduction
                      A. Purpose of Today's Notice
                      B. Overview of Today's Notice
                    IV. 1996 Proposed Effluent Guidelines Plan
                    V. 1996 Effluent Guidelines Plan
                      A. Regulations
                      1. Ongoing Rulemaklngs
                      2. Future Regulations
                      a. Iron and Steel Manufacturing
                      b. Additional Rulemaklng Projects
  B. Preliminary Studies
  C. Summary of Changes from Proposed
   Plan
  D. Updates on Rulemaklng Activities
  1. Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
  2. Centralized Waste Treatment
  3. Leather Tanning and Finishing
  4. Ore Mining and Dressing
VI. Public Comments
  A. Scope of Specific Effluent Guidelines
   Rules
  B. Metal Products and Machinery
  C. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
  D. Preliminary Studies
  £. Industry Selection Criteria
VII. Economic Impact Assessment
VIII. Executive Order 12866
Appendix A—Effluent Guidelines
Rulemaking Projects and Preliminary Studies

I. Regulated Entities

  Today's proposed plan does not
contain regulatory requirements and
does not provide specific definitions for
each industrial category. Entities
potentially affected by decisions
regarding the final plan are listed below.
Category of entity
Industry 	

Examples of potentially affected entities
Pulp Paper and Paperboard; Pesticide Formulating, Packaging and Repackaging; Coastal Oil and Gas Extraction; Cen-
tralized Waste Treatment; Pharmaceutical Manufacturing; Metal Products and Machinery; Landfills and Incinerators;
Industrial Laundries; Transportation Equipment Cleaning; Iron and Steel Manufacturing; Chemical Formulators, Pack-
agers and Repackages; Feedlots; Inorganic Chemicals; Petroleum Refining; Photographic Processing; Steam Electric
Power Generating; Storm Water dischargers; Textile Mills.
  To determine whether your facility
would be regulated, you should
carefully examine the applicability
criteria in the appropriate proposed rule
(previously published or forthcoming).
Citations for previously published
proposed rules and schedules for
forthcoming proposed rules are
provided in Appendix A of today's
notice.

n. Legal Authority

  Todays notice is published under the
authority of section 304 (m) of the Clean
Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1314(m).

HI. Introduction

A. Purpose of Today's Notice

  Today's notice announces the
Agency's third biennial plan for
developing new and revised effluent
guidelines pursuant to sec. 304 (m) of
the Clean Water Act.
  EPA published a proposed Effluent
Guidelines Plan (the "Proposed Plan")
on July 3.1996 (61 FR 35042). The
Agency accepted comment on the notice
until August 9,1996. Today's notice
summarizes and addresses the major
comments the Agency received.
                    B. Overview of Today's Notice

                      The Agency intends to develop
                    effluent limitation guidelines and
                    standards ("effluent guidelines") as
                    follows:
                      1. Continue development often rules
                    listed in the Proposed Plan. The
                    categories are: Pulp, Paper and
                    Paperboard; Pesticide Chemicals
                    (Formulating, Packaging and
                    Repackaging); Coastal Oil and Gas
                    Extraction;  Centralized Waste
                    Treatment;  Pharmaceutical
                    Manufacturing; Metal Products and
                    Machinery, Phase 1; Landfills and
                    Incinerators; Industrial Laundries;
                    Transportation Equipment Cleaning;
                    and Metal Products and Machinery,
                    Phase 2.
                      2. Begin development of revised
                    effluent guidelines for the Iron and Steel
                    Manufacturing category.
                      3. Initiate three preliminary studies to
                    assist in determining whether new or
                    revised rules should be developed for
                    particular categories. Each preliminary
                    study will generally take approximately
                    two years to complete.
                      4. Complete preliminary studies on
                    the Photographic Processing and
                    Chemical Formulating and Packaging
                    industries.
  5. Plan for development of seven
additional effluent guidelines, either
new or revised. The point source
categories to be covered by these
guidelines will be identified in future
biennial Effluent Guidelines Plans.
  These actions are identical to those
described in the Proposed Plan.

IV. 1996 Proposed Effluent Guidelines
Plan

  In the Proposed Plan, EPA described
its intent to continue development of
ongoing rulemaklngs, develop
additional rules, and conduct
preliminary studies. The Proposed Plan
set forth EPA's rationale for the
selection of particular industries as
candidates for hew or revised effluent
guidelines. The Proposed Plan also
described the relevant statutory
framework, the components and process
for development of an effluent
guidelines regulation, and other
background information. The  principal
elements of the Proposed Plan were
designed to implement sec. 304 (m) and
a consent decree in Natural Resources
Defense Council et al v. Browner (D.D.C.
89-2980, January 31,1992, as modified)
(the "Consent Decree"). See 61 FR
35042-35052.

-------
                   Federal Register / Vol. 61, No.  195 / Monday,  October 7.  1996 / Notices
                                                                    52583
V. 1996 Effluent Guidelines Plan

  EPA's 1996 Effluent Guidelines Plan
is set forth below. Today's Plan is
substantlvely identical to the Proposed
Plan. As noted above, the basis for
selection of the industries identified in
today's Plan is described in the
Proposed Plan.

A. Regulations
1. Ongoing Rulemaklngs
  The Agency is currently in the
process of developing new or revised
effluent guidelines for ten categories.
(These categories were listed in the
Proposed Plan.) The categories and
actual or projected dates for proposal
and final action are set forth in Table 1.
                         TABLE 1.—EFFLUENT GUIDELINES CURRENTLY UNDER DEVELOPMENT

Category
Pulp Paper and Paperboard 	
Pesticide Formulating Packaging and Repackaging 	
Centralized Waste Treatment 	
Coastal Oil and Gas Extraction 	 	
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing . i.. 	 	 .,..,,..,. 	 ,,...,. 	 - 	 , 	 - 	
Metal Products and Machinery Phase 1 ^. . ..>•. 	 	 	 ...,..,, 	 ,,,...,,,,,,-
Industrial Laundries ^ , ,„„......„„. 	 „., 	 „.,„„--, 	 	
Transportation Equipment Cleaning 	
Landfills and Incinerators 	 	
Metal Products and Machinery. Phase 2 	
Proposal
Consent de-
cree or actual
12/17/93
4/14/94
1/27/95
2/17/95
5/2/95
5/30/95
'3/97
2 3/97
3 3/97
34 12/97
Final action
Consent
Decree
P)
9/96
23/97
10/96
23/97
24 3/97
3 12/98
3 12/98
3 3/99
3412/99
  1The Pulp. Paper and Paperboard rulemaking is not covered by the January 31.1992 consent decree.
  23/97 is an interim deadline by which EPA and NRDC expect to conclude negotiations. EPA may not propose or promulgate these rules by 3/
97.
  3 EPA Is discussing extensions to Consent Decree dates with NRDC.
  4 EPA is considering merging Phases 1 and 2 of the Metal Products and Machinery rule.
  The Agency has not yet received
funding for Fiscal Year 1997, and
funding restrictions may affect
rulemaking schedules. EPA is
discussing extensions to most of the
Consent Decree dates with NRDC, for
both budgetary reasons and specific
policy, technical and administrative
issues in some regulations.

2. Future Regulations

  a. Iron and Steel Manufacturing. As
announced in the Proposed Plan, EPA
intends to propose revised regulations
for the Iron and Steel Manufacturing
Category. The current consent decree
deadlines are December 1998 for
proposal and December 2000 for
promulgation; however, EPA is
discussing extensions to these deadlines
with NRDC.
  b. Additional Rulemaking Projects.
The Decree currently requires that EPA
develop seven additional rules. Based
on the discussion of data sources in the
Proposed Plan (61 FR 35047), the
Agency may choose the next rulemaking
projects from the following list of
categories:
  • Chemical Formulators, Packagers
and Repackagers.
  • Feedlots.
  • Inorganic Chemicals.
  • Petroleum Refining.
  • Photographic Processing.
  • Steam Electric Power Generating.
  • Storm Water.
  • Textile Mills.
  Completed, ongoing or potential
preliminary studies on these categories
were discussed in the Proposed Plan (61
FR 35047-35051). The Agency may
consider other categories for rulemaking
as it receives additional data. The
Consent Decree deadlines for the
additional rules are part of the Agency's
ongoing negotiations with NRDC.

B. Preliminajy Studies
  In the Proposed Plan EPA described
preliminary studies either completed or
underway, and announced that it
intended to begin additional
preliminary studies. The studies assist
the Agency in selecting industries to be
subject to future effluent guidelines
rulemaking.
  The Agency is completing work on
two studies: Photographic Processing
and Chemical Formulating, Packaging
and Repackaging. EPA will begin
additional studies, but has not yet
selected the categories for study.

C. Summary of Changes From Proposed
Plan
  Today's Effluent Guidelines Plan is
substantlvely identical to the Proposed
Plan. However, some clarifications are
provided below in response to several
comments the Agency received on the
proposal.
D. Updates on Rulemaking Activities

1. Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
  On July  15,1996, EPA published a
notice of data availability (61 FR 36835)
that described the Agency's goals for
environmental improvement in the
pulp, paper, and paperboard industry.
This notice also announced the
availability of new data related to the
proposed effluent limitation guidelines
and standards and discussed the
preliminary results of detailed analysis
relative to a portion of this industry.
Finally, this notice discussed an
innovative new approach to foster
continuing environmental improvement
through the development and use of a
voluntary incentives-based program for
implementing advanced pollution
prevention technologies that move the
industry closer to meeting the Clean
Water Act goal of zero discharge.

2. Centralized Waste Treatment

  EPA published a Notice of
Availability on September  16, 1996 (61
FR 48805). The notice describes new
information the Agency has obtained
since the proposed rule of January 27,
1995. The notice also explains, based on
this information, the Agency's revised
estimates of the size and regulatory
impacts of the proposed rulemaking on
the proposed oils treatment and
recovery subcategory.

3. Leather Tanning and Finishing

  EPA Issued a direct final rule
concerning minor revisions to the
Leather Tanning and  Finishing
regulations (40 CFR Part 425) on July 8,
1996 (61 FR 35680). These revisions

-------
 52584
Federal  Register  / Vol. 61. No.  195 / Monday.  October 7. 1996 / Notices
will become effective on October 6,
1996.
4. Ore Mining and Dressing
   EPA proposed modifications to the
Copper, Lead, Zinc, Gold, Silver and
Molybdenum subcategory of the Ore
Mining regulations (40 CFR part 440,
Subpart J) on February 12.1996 (61 FR
5364). The proposed modifications
involved an exemption from a
requirement for a mine to use
impoundments or "tailings ponds"
where such requirements would be
impractical due to severe topographic
and climatic conditions. Such
conditions appear to exist at the Alaska-
Juneau (A-J) gold mine project near
Juneau, Alaska. The public comment
period for comments concerning
technological alternatives for the A-J
project site closed on August 12,1996.
EPA is reviewing the comments and
evaluating alternatives as part of the
Region 10 Supplemental Environmental
Impact Statement (SEIS). The Agency
will publish a notice announcing the
additional data and is scheduling a
series of public meetings for late
October or early November 1996. These
meetings will be announced in the
Federal Register.

VI. Public Comments
  EPA accepted public comment on the
Proposed Plan until August 9,1996. The
Agency received comments that covered
approximately 30 topics from 48
commenters, including industries, an
environmental group, States, publicly
owned treatment works, and Federal
agencies. The summary in this section
highlights the significant comments
submitted. The administrative record for
today's notice includes a complete text
of the comments and the Agency's
responses.
A. Scope of Specific Effluent Guidelines
Rules
  Several comments addressed the
scope of coverage and other Issues
pertaining to specific effluent guidelines
rules which EPA recently proposed or
will propose in the next few years.
  EPA will forward these comments to
the dockets for the appropriate rules.
The Agency has not made final
decisions about the scope and
applicability of these guidelines.

B. Metal Products and Machinery
  In the Proposed Plan, EPA stated that
it was considering merging Phases 1 and
2 of the Metal Products and Machinery
(MP&M) rule (61 FR 35045). Eighteen
commenters supported EPA's proposal
to merge Phases 1 and 2 of the MP&M
rulemaking into one final rule. EPA will
                    consider these recommendations as it
                    continues to negotiate extensions of the
                    Consent Decree deadlines for the MP&M
                    rules with NRDC.

                    C. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
                      In the Proposed Plan, EPA stated that
                    It was considering the merits of jointly
                    promulgating effluent guidelines along
                    with planned National Emission
                    Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
                    (NESHAP) regulations for the
                    pharmaceutical industry (61 FR 35046).
                    Eleven commenters supported
                    simultaneous promulgation of air and
                    water standards for the Pharmaceuticals
                    Industry. EPA will consider these
                    recommendations as it continues to
                    negotiate an extension of the Consent
                    Decree deadline for the Pharmaceuticals
                    effluent guidelines rule with NRDC.

                    D. Preliminary Studies
                      Several comments supported or
                    opposed EPA's conducting preliminary
                    studies of certain categories, and some
                    of the commenters also recommended
                    issues to be considered if the studies
                    were conducted. The Agency has not
                    selected categories for studies. As
                    studies are selected, EPA will consider
                    the issues raised by the commenters.

                    E. Industry Selection Criteria
                      In the Proposed Plan, EPA described
                    its process for selection of new effluent
                    guidelines (61 FR 35046). In discussing
                    the Agency's use of various factors in
                    comparing industrial categories, one
                    commenter recommended that the
                    Agency's use of "total pollutants
                    discharged" Information should be
                    adapted In recognition of significant
                    changes in influent loadings to publicly
                    owned treatment works (POTWs) as the
                    result of implementation of local
                    pretreatment programs and changes In
                    analytical techniques. EPA agrees that
                    load estimates should reflect local
                    pretreatment programs and current
                    conditions.  However, the Agency
                    generally cannot obtain category-wide
                    data on pretreatment of industrial
                    loadings during the selection process. In
                    addition to its quantitative estimates,
                    EPA does make qualitative evaluations
                    about the relative extent of POTW local
                    limits for different industrial categories
                    during the selection process.
                      Another commenter recommended
                    that in the environmental factors, EPA
                    should consider the availability of
                    treatment technologies that may result
                    in significant reductions of existing
                    pollutants; discontinue use of "total
                    pollutants discharged"; compare
                    industry discharges on a facility basis,
                    not total industry basis, and look at
                    pollutant concentrations; use NPDES
permit application data for
comparisons; and evaluate effects of
other EPA regulations on effluent
quality. EPA does consider the
availability of treatment technologies as
well as relative costs. In the Proposed
Plan (61 FR  35046), the discussion on
the "Utility" criterion stated that "EPA
typically looks at a variety of factors",
however only several of these factors
were listed for brevity: Average priority
pollutants discharged per facSity,
Average priority toxic pounds-
equivalent discharged per facility, and
Number of discharging facilities. The
other factors the Agency considers
under the "Utility" criterion are:
Potential For Additional Control,
Pollution Prevention Opportunity,
Multi-Media Rule Opportunity, Extent
of Industry Not Covered by Existing
Effluent Guidelines, Variability of
Industry Discharges, Inapplicability of
Existing Regulations, and Potential
Impact of Indirect Dischargers. For some
of these factors, EPA may not have
quantitative data, and the Agency relies
on the engineering judgment of its
professional staff.
  EPA uses total pollutant discharge to
evaluate an industry's overall impact on
the nation's  waters. Additionally, EPA
does examine average discharge per
facility. EPA considers pollutant loads
rather than pollutant concentrations in
order to evaluate potential impact to the
environment (e.g. sediment loadings
and bioaccumulation potential). EPA
uses the NPDES Permit Compliance
System (PCS) .which includes self-
monitoring data, to estimate loads.
Resource limitations preclude the
Agency from reviewing individual
permit applications. EPA agrees that
estimating impacts on wastewater
discharges from non-water
environmental regulations Is important,
and will attempt to calculate these
impacts where data are available.
Typically, after implementation of a
final rule, there Is a delay of perhaps
several years before wastewater impacts
can be estimated for a category.
  A third commenter stated that among
the environmental factors, a description
of contact path and associated risk
should be included, e.g.
bioaccumulation in food chain to levels
much greater than originally in the
receiving water. EPA agrees that the
exposure route is an important criterion
but the Agency does not have the
resources to  evaluate each chemical
discharged for all industries. However,
EPA does consider the relative risk of
pollutant discharge by using the criteria
toxic pound equivalence. Toxic pound
equivalence  allows comparison of the
relative toxlclty of pollutants in terms of

-------
                   Federal Register  /  Vol.  61,  No. 195 / Monday.  October  7,  1996 / Notices
                                                                                52585
 human health and aquatic life
 protection. This criterion also accounts
 for the bloaccumulation potential of
 pollutants.

 VII. Economic Impact Assessment

  Today's notice proposes a plan for the
 review and revision of existing effluent
 guidelines and for the selection of
 priority industries for new regulations.
 This notice does not establish any
 requirements; therefore, no economic
 impact assessment has been prepared.
 EPA will provide economic Impact
 analyses or regulatory impact analyses,
 as appropriate, for all of the future
 effluent guideline rulemaklngs
 developed by the Agency.
           VIE. Executive Order 12866
             Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR
           51735, October 4.1993), the Agency
           must determine whether the regulatory
           action is "significant" and therefore
           subject to Office of Management and
           Budget (OMB) review and the
           requirements of the Executive Order.
           The Order defines "significant
           regulatory action" as one that is likely
           to result in a rule that may:
             (1) have an annual effect on the
           economy of $100 million or more or
           adversely affect in a material way the
           economy, a sector of the economy,
           productivity, competition, jobs, the
           environment, public health or safety, or
           State, local, or tribal governments or
           communities:
                                         (2) create a serious inconsistency or
                                       otherwise interfere with an action taken
                                       or planned by another agency;
                                         (3) materially alter the budgetary
                                       impact of entitlements, grants, user fees,
                                       or loan programs or the rights and
                                       obligations of recipients thereof; or
                                         (4) raise novel legal or policy issues
                                       arising out of legal mandates, the
                                       President's priorities, or the principles
                                       set forth in the Executive Order.
                                         It has been determined that this rule
                                       is not a "significant regulatory action"
                                       under the terms of Executive  Order
                                       12866 and is therefore not subject to
                                       OMB review.
                                        Dated: September 27. 1996.
                                       Carol M. Browner,
                                       Administrator.
                     Appendix A—Effluent Guidelines Rulemaking Projects and Preliminary Studies

                         EFFLUENT GUIDELINES CURRENT AND FUTURE RULEMAKING PROJECTS
Category
Pulp, Paper and Paperboard . . 	
Pesticide Formulating Packaging and Repackaging 	
Centralized Waste Treatment 	
Coastal Oil and Gas Extraction 	
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing 	
Metal Products and Machinery Phase 1 	
Industrial Laundries 	 	
Transportation Equipment Cleaning 	 .• 	
Landfills and Incinerators 	
Metal Products and Machinery, Phase 2 	 	 	
Iron and Steel Manufacturing 	
1 category 	 .. . 	
2 categories 	
2 categories 	
2 categories 	 ....
40 CFR part
430
455
437
435
439
438
441
442
437
438
420




Proposed
12/17/93 (58 FR 66078) 	
4/14/94 (59 FR 17850) 	
1/27/95 (60 FR 5464) . .
2/17/95 (60 FR 9428) 	
5/2/95 (60 FR 21592) 	
5/30/95 (60 FR 28209) 	
3/972 	
3/972 	
3/97 3 	
12/97*.« 	
12/983 	
12/983 	
12/99* 	
12/003 	
12/013 	
Final
P)
9/96
23/97
10/96
23/97
* < 3/97
3 12/98
3 12/98
3 3/99
3.<12/99
3 12/00
3 12/00
3 12/01
312/02
3 12/03
  rVofes
  1 The Pulp, Paper and Paperboard rulemaking is not covered by the January 31, 1992 consent decree.
  2 3/97 is an Interim deadline by which EPA and  NRDC expect to conclude negotiations. EPA may not propose or promulgate these rules by 31
97.
  3 EPA is discussing extensions to Consent Decree dates with NRDC.
  4 EPA Is considering merging Phases 1 and 2 of the Metal Products and Machinery rule.
 CURRENT AND FUTURE PRELIMINARY
               STUDIES
            CURRENT AND FUTURE PRELIMINARY
                   STUDIES—Continued
                                        CURRENT AND FUTURE PRELIMINARY
                                               STUDIES—Continued
         Category
Petroleum Refining 	
Metal Finishing	
Textile Mills	
Inorganic Chemicals 	
Steam Electric Power Generat-
  ing	
Complete
         Category
     1993
     1993
     1994
     1994

     1995
Iron and Steel Manufacturing
Photographic Processing	
Chemical Formulators and
  Packagers M 996.
Complete
     1995
     1996
Category
Three studies M 997.
Complete

            Note
            1 EPA Is discussing extensions to Consent
           Decree dates with NRDC.
IFR Doc. 96-25653 Filed 10-4-96; 8:45 am]
BILLMQ CODE 6360-80-P

-------
                        United States                 Office of Water     EPA-821-F-97-003
                        Environmental Protection
                                                    ^ Code 43Q3     Fg
                        Agency                                              J
  Fact Sheet: Modification to Effluent Guidelines  Consent Decree

 Summary

 EPA has obtained approval in U.S. District Court to modify a consent decree governing the Effluent
 Guidelines Program. The modification extends the deadlines for several effluent guidelines rulemaking
 projects. It allows the Agency to merge two related rulemakings, Metal Products and Machinery Phases 1
 and 2, into one consolidated project. The Agency also signed a related settlement agreement, stating its
 intent to take final action on a Clean Air Act NESHAP rule for the Pharmaceuticals industry,
 simultaneously with final action on effluent guidelines for that industry.          *

 Background

 Effluent guidelines are national regulations that set numerical limits for specific pollutants in wastewater
 from categories of industrial dischargers. The limits are based upon the application of specific process or
 treatment technologies to control the pollutants present in industrial waste streams discharged to surface
 waters and to POTWs. Although the guidelines are developed based upon particular technologies,
 dischargers may meet their requirements using whatever combination of treatment technologies and
 process  changes they choose. Since the guidelines were first issued in 1974, the Agency has promulgated
 limitations and standards for 51 industrial categories.

 Effluent Guidelines Program Modifications

 Development of effluent guidelines is largely governed by a consent decree in Natural Resources Defense
 Council et al v. Browner (D.D.C. 89-2980, January 31, 1992). The decree requires EPA to propose and
 take final action on effluent guidelines regulations for 19 industrial categories,  and publish 11 preliminary
 studies according to a prescribed schedule. The Agency has completed 4 regulations and 7 studies, and
 published 3 other proposed rules required by the decree. The current modification extends deadlines for
 completing work on the 3 proposed rules, 3 additional rules not yet proposed,  and 4 studies.

 Also included in the modification is the consolidation of two rule projects, Metal Products and Machinery
 (MP&M) Phases 1 and 2, into one rule. EPA proposed the MP&M Phase 1 rule in May 1995 and began
 work on the Phase 2 rule in 1995. The modification allows the Agency to publish a new proposal
 covering MP&M Phase 1 and 2 facilities in 2000, with final action in 2002. The consolidated MP&M
 project will allow the Agency to use its resources more effectively in developing a comprehensive final
 rule. This consolidation was widely supported in public comments received after publication of the Phase
 1 proposed rule.

EPA filed the unopposed motion in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia on January 31,
 1997. Judge Royce C. Lamberth approved the motion on February 4, 1997.
                                            Iof2

-------
                             Complete List of Revised Dates
IJProposed ([Final Action
Rules Previously Proposed
Centralized Waste Treatment
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Metal Products & Machinery
1/27/95*
5/2/95*
5/30/95* (Phase n
10/00 (Phases 1 & 2
re-proposal)
8/15/99
4/98
12/02
Rules to be Proposed
Metal Products & Machinery, Phase
2
Industrial Laundries
(see above - combined
proposal)
9/97
Landfills and Incinerators || 1 1/97
Transportation Equipment Cleaning]
1/98

6/99
11/99
2/00
* Federal Register publication dates (future dates are signature dates)
As shown in the above table, EPA intends to take final action on the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Effluent Guidelines by April 1998. This will allow EPA to simultaneously complete final action on a
NESHAP rule for the industry, as required by the Clean Air Act (CAA). Because the NRDC consent
decree does not have jurisdiction over CAA rules, EPA and NRDC have signed a separate settlement
agreement stating the Agency's intent to finalize the two actions concurrently. EPA is pleased with this
result, as it supports the Agency's goal of utilizing a multimedia approach to regulation where possible.
Joint rulemaking for the Pharmaceutical industry was widely supported in public comments on the 1996
Effluent Guidelines Plan.

For Further Information

Contact Eric Strassler, U.S. EPA, Office of Water, Engineering and Analysis Division (4303), 401 M
Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460, Phone 202-260-7150. E-Mail: strassler.eric(g>.epamail. epa.eov
                               OW-GENERAL@epamailepa.gov

                                    Revised February 21,1997
                            http://Tmw.epa.gov/OST/NEW/eglconsenthtmI
                                            2 of 2

-------
                  United States
                  Environmental Protection
                  Agency	
                     Engineering and Analysis
                     Division (4303)
                     Washington, DC 20460
                    Phone (202) 260-7120
                    Fax (202) 260-7185
                    March 1997
&EPA
Industrial Wastewater
Contacts in  the
Effluent  Guidelines  Program
    Industry/Subject
            Regulation
Person
Phone (Area Code 202)
Acid Mine Drainage
Aluminum Forming
Analytical Methods Support
(a/so see Streamlining)
Bill Telliard
Joe Vitalis
40 CFR 467 George Jett
40CFR136 Bill Telliard
Ben Honaker
260-7134
260-7172
260-7151
260-7134
260-2272
    Asbestos Manufacturing           40 CFR 427

    Asphalt - see Paving and Roofing Materials
                        Ron Kirby
    Battery Manufacturing             40 CFR 461    George Jett

    Canmaking - see Coil Coating

    Carbon Black Manufacturing

    Cement Manufacturing

    Centralized Waste Treatment


    Chemicals - see Gum & Wood, Inorganic, Organic, Pesticides

    Cluster Rule - see Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard

    Coal Mining                   40 CFR 434    Bill Telliard
    (also Coal Remining, Coal Slurry Pipelines)          Joe Vitalis
              260-7168
                                      260-7151
40 CFR 458
40 CFR 411

George Jett
Ron Kirby
Jan Matuszko
Ed Terry
260-7151
260-7168
260-9126
260-7128
    Coil Coating
    (includes Canmaking)

    Copper Forming

    Dairy Products Processing
            40 CFR 465    George Jett
            40 CFR 468

            40 CFR 405
George Jett

Don Anderson
              260-7134
              260-7t72

              260-7151
260-7151

260-7189
    Development Documents (Ordering) - see Water Resource Center

-------
EPA Industrial Wastewater Contacts
Docket - see Water Docket
Drinking Water Methods - see Analytical Methods
Drum Reconditioning
Economic Analysis
Effluent Guidelines Plan
(Clean Water Act - Section 304(m))
Effluent Guidelines Task Force
Electrical & Electronic Components 40 CFR
Electroplating 40 CFR
Environmental Monitoring Methods Index (EMMI)
Ethanol for Fuel
Explosives Manufacturing 40 CFR
Feedlots 40 CFR
Ferroalloy Manufacturing 40 CFR
Fertilizer Manufacturing 40 CFR
(Nitrogen & Phosphate)
Fish Hatcheries






469
413


457
412
424
418

Foods - see Dairy, Fruits & Vegetables, Grain Mills, Meat
Foods and Beverages, Miscellaneous
Foundries - see Metal Molding & Casting
Fruits & Vegetables Processing 40 CFR
Glass Manufacturing 40 CFR
Gold Mining - see Ore Mining & Dressing
Grain Mills 40 CFR
Gum & Wood Chemicals Manufacturing 40 CFR
Hospitals 40 CFR


407
426

406
454
460

Bill Telliard
Ben Honaker
Don Anderson
Neil Patel
Eric Strassler
Beverly Randolph
George Jett
Steve Geil
Marion Thompson
Ben Honaker
Bill Telliard
Joe Vitalis
Anna Kinney
George Jett
Anna Kinney
Don Anderson

260-7134
260-2272
260-7189
260-5405
260-7150
260-5373
260-7151
260-9817
260-7117
260-2272
260-7134
260-7172
260-7127
260-7151
260-7127
260-7189
Products, Poultry, Seafood, Sugar
Don Anderson

Don Anderson
• Wendy Smith
Ron Kirby
Don Anderson
Don Anderson
Frank Hund
260-7189

260-7189
260-7184
260-7168
260-7189
260-7189
260-7182

-------
EPA Industrial Wastewater Contacts
Incinerators (Thermal Destruction)
Industrial Laundries
Ink Formulating
Inorganic Chemicals
Internet Information
Iron & Steel Manufacturing
Landfill Leachate
Leather Tanning & Finishing
Low BTU Gasification
Marine Discharges from Vessels of the
Armed Forces [CWA312(n)]
(also called UNDS)
Meat Products
Metal Finishing
Metal Molding & Casting (Foundries)
Metal Products and Machinery
Mineral Mining & Processing
Samantha Hopkins 260-7149

40 CFR 447
40CFR415

40 CFR 420

40 CFR 425


40 CFR 432
40 CFR 433
40 CFR 464

40 CFR 436
Mining - see Acid Mine Drainage, Coal Mining, Gold Mining,
Ore Mining & Dressing
Nonferrous Metals Forming
(includes Metal Powders)
Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing
Oil and Gas Extraction
Offshore
Coastal/Onshore
Ore Mining & Dressing
Organic Chemicals, Plastics &
Synthetic Fibers
Paint Formulating
40 CFR 471
40 CFR 421
40 CFR 435
40 CFR 440
40 CFR 414
40 CFR 446
Susan Burns
Don Anderson
Anna Kinney
Bev Randolph
George Jett
John Tinger
Ed Terry
Bill Telliard
Ron Jordan
Don Anderson
Steve Geil
George Jett
Steve Geil
Ron Kirby
Mineral Mining
George Jett
George Jett
Ron Jordan
Chuck White
Ron Kirby
George Jett
Don Anderson
260-5379
260-7189
260-7127
260-5373
260-7151
260-4992
260-7128
260-7134
260-7115
260-7189
260-9817
260-7151
260-9817
260-7168
& Processing, and
260-7151
260-7151
260-7115
260-5411
260-7168
260-7151
260-7189

-------
EPA Industrial Wastewater Contacts
Paving and Roofing Materials
(Tars and Asphalt)
Pesticide Chemicals
Petroleum Refining
pH Effluent Limitations under
Continuous Monitoring
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Phosphate Manufacturing
Photographic Processing
Plastics Molding & Forming
Pollutants - Lists, Types, References
Conventional-CWA Section 304(a)(4)
Toxic-CWA Section 307(a)(1)
Priority Pollutants (Appendix A)
EAD Analytes
Porcelain Enameling
Poultry Processing
40 CFR 443
40 CFR 455
40 CFR 41 9
40 CFR 401. 17
40 CFR 439
40 CFR 422
40 CFR 459
40 CFR 463
40 CFR 401. 16
40 CFR 401. 15
40 CFR 423
40 CFR 466

Bill Telliard
Shari Zuskin
Ron Kirby
Henry Kahn
Frank Hund
Marv Rubin
Anna Kinney
Joe Daly
Woody Forsht
Bill Telliard
Ben Honaker
Joe Vitalis
George Jett
Don Anderson
Pretreatment Joe Vitalis
(or call Permits Division/Pretreatment Branch: 202-260-7539)
Printing & Publishing

Don Anderson
260-7134
260-7130
260-7168
260-5408
260-7182
260-3028
260-7127
260-7186
260-7190
260-7134
260-2272
260-7172
260-7151
260-7189
260-7172
260-7189
Publications - see Water Resource Center
Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
Rubber Manufacturing
Seafood Processing
Shipbuilding
Soap & Detergent Manufacturing
Solvent Recovery
Statistical Analysis
Steam Electric Power Generation
40 CFR 430
40 CFR 428
40 CFR 408

40 CFR 417


40 CFR 423
Don Anderson
Wendy Smith
Joe Vitalis
Don Anderson
Steve Geil
Woody Forsht
Woody Forsht
Henry Kahn
Joe Daly
260-7189
260-7184
260-7172
260-7189
260-9817
260-7190
260-7190
260-5408
260-7186

-------
EPA Industrial Wastewater Contacts
Storm Water


Streamlining of Analytical Methods
 (and Method Flexibility)

Sugar Processing

Superfund Sites - Discharges to
 POTWs (Guidance Document)

Textile Mills

Timber Products Processing

Transportation Equipment Cleaning
 (Tank Cleaning)
UNDS - Uniform National Discharge Standards
 [CWA312(n)J

Used Oil Reclamation
               Eric Strassler
               Jesse Pritts

40CFR136, 141 BillTelliard
               Marion Thompson
40 CFR 409
Don Anderson
               Ron Jordan
               Ron Kirby
260-7150
260-7191

260-7134
260-7117

260-7189

40 CFR 410
40 CFR 429

Woody Forsht
Hugh Wise
Don Anderson
Gina Matthews
260-7190
260-7177
260-7189
260-6036
                   260-7115
                   260-7168
Waste Treatment - see Centralized Waste Treatment, Incinerators, Landfill Leachate

Water Docket (Rm. 2616)                             Colleen Campbell     260-3027
Water Intake Structures - CWA 316(b)    40 CFR 401.14  Joe Daly

Water Resource Center (WRC) - Publications (Rm. 2615)  Mary Conway
 Automated Document Ordering
Water Supply

Web Sites - see Internet Information
               Don Anderson
                   260-7186

                   260-2814
                   260-7786

                   260-7189

-------
                           SUMMARY STATUS OF NATIONAL CATEGORICAL PRETREATMENT STANDARDS:  MILESTONE DATES
   Industry Category



Aluminum Forming

Battery Manufacturing

Coil Coating (Phase I)

Coil Coating (Canmaking)

Copper Forming

Electrical and Electronic
 Components (Phase I)

Electrical and Electronic
 Components (Phase II)

Electroplating
Inorganic Chemicals
 (Interim, Phase I, and
 Phase II)

Iron and Steel

Leather Tanning and
 Finishing

Metal Finishing
Metal Molding and Casting
 (Foundries)

Nonferrous Metals Forming
 and Metal Powders

Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing
 (Phase I)

40CFR
Part
467'
461'
465
465
468
469

469
413


415


420
425

433


464
471"
421

Proposed
New Source1
Rule Date
11-22-82
11-10-82
01-12-81
02-10-83
11-12-82
08-24-82

03-09-83
07-03-80'

—
_
07-24-80
10-25-83
01-07-81
07-02-79
01-21-87
08-31-82'


11-15-82
03-05-84
02-17-83
01-22-87

Promulgation2
Date
10-24-83
03-09-84
12-01-82
11-17-83
08-15-83
04-08-83

12-14-83
01-28-81

07-15-83
07-20-77
06-29-82
08-22-84
05-27-82
11-23-82
03-21-88
07-15-83


10-30-85
08-23-85
03-08-84
01-21-88

Effective'
Date
12-07-83
04-23-84
01-17-83
01-02-84
09-26-83
05-19-83

01-27-84
03-30-81

08-29-83
07-20-77
08-12-82
10-05-84
07-10-82
01-06-83
05-04-88
08-29-83


12-13-85
10-07-85
04-23-84
03-07-88
PSES4
Compliance
Date
10-24-86
03-09-87
12-01-85
11-17-86
08-15-86
07-01-84 (TTO)7
ll-08-85(As)
07-14-86
04-27-84 (Non-integrated)
06-30-84 (Integrated)
07-15-86 (TTO)
07-20-80'
06-29-85
08-22-87
07-10-85
11-25-85
03-3 1-89 (SubpartC)10
06-30-84 (Part 433, TTO)"
07-10-85 (Part 420, TTO)
02-15-86 (Final)
10-31-88
08-23-88
03-09-87
02-22-88 (Subpart J)"
                                                                        Pagel

-------
                             SUMMARY STATUS OF NATIONAL CATEGORICAL PRETREATMENT STANDARDS: MILESTONE DATES
    Industry Category
40CFR
 Part
 Proposed
New Source'
 Rule Date
Promulgation2
    Date
Effective1
  Date
  PSES4
Compliance
  Date
Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing
  (Phase II)

Organic Chemicals, Plastics,
  and Synthetic Fibers

Pesticide Chemicals

Petroleum Refining

Pharmaceuticals Manufacturing

Porcelain Enameling

Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard

Steam Electric Power Generation

Timber Products Processing
 421
 414
 06-27-84
 03-21-83
 09-20-85"
 11-05-87
 11-04-85


 12-21-8715
09-20-88


11-05-90
455
419
439
466"
430,431"
423
429
11-30-82
12-21-79
11-26-82
02-27-81
01-06-81
10-14-80
10-31-79
10-04-85"
10-18-82
10-27-83
11-24-82
11-18-82
11-19-82
01-26-81
-
12-01-82
12-12-83
01-07-83
01-03-83
01-02-83
03-30-81
-
12-01-85
10-27-86
11-25-85
07-01-84
07-01-84
01-26-84
Footnotes:

'The term "new source" means any building, structure, facility, or installation from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, the construction of which commenced after the
publication of proposed pretreatment standards under Section 307(c) of the Clean Water Act which will be applicable to such source if such standards are thereafter promulgated in
accordance with that section, provided that:  (1) the construction occurs at a new or "greenfield" site; (2) the construction on an existing site "totally replaces" the process or production
equipment causing the discharge; or (3) the construction is "substantially" independent of an existing source at the same site.

*The promulgation date is the date the an official announcement of the regulation is made.  According to 40 CFR §23.2, the promulgation date is two weeks after publication in the Federal
Register, unless otherwise specified in the regulations.

*The effective date is the date the regulation is operative.

*The PSES compliance date is the date by which all existing indirect dischargers are required to be in compliance with the categorical pretreatment standards.

*The Aluminum Forming Categorical Pretreatment Standards were revised on 12/27/88, as issued in 53 FR 52366.  These revisions include relaxed pretreatment standards for existing
sources. New discharge limits were set for oil and grease for all subparts and for chromium, cyanide (T), zinc, and Total Toxic Organics (TTO) for the cleaning or etching rinse of Subparts
C and D.
                                                                              Page 2

-------
'The Battery Manufacturing pretreatment standards were revised on 8/28/86, as issued at 51 FR 30814.  These revisions include additional allowances for new and existing source
discharges from battery washes using detergents. Also, an allowance for employee shower wastewater was added for existing sources.

*The compliance date for TTO for facilities subject to existing source Electrical and Electronic Components, Phase I regulations, is July 1, 1984. The compliance date for arsenic under
this category is November 8, 1985.

*The Electroplating proposed rule date is not used to determine the new source/existing source status of a facility. The Metal Finishing proposed rule date is used to make this determination
for all electroplating and metal finishing facilities.

*The compliance date for Subparts A, B, L, AL,  AR, BA, and BC of the Inorganic Chemicals category is July 20, 1980.  The compliance date for Subparts AJ, AU, BL, BM, BN, and
BO (except discharges from copper sulfate or nickel sulfate processes) is August 22, 1987. The compliance date for copper sulfate or nickel sulfate processes and for all Subparts of Part
415 not listed above is June 29, 1985.

'"These dates apply only to Subpart C.  On August 8,  1996, EPA issued a direct final rule, effective October 7, 1996, to revise existing requirements for unhairing operations.

"Existing sources that are subject to the Metal Finishing  standards in 40 CFR Part 433 must comply only with the interim limit for TTO by June 30, 1984. Plants also subject to the Iron
and Steel Manufacturing standards in 40 CFR Part 420 must comply with the interim TTO limit by July 10,  1985.  The compliance date for metals, cyanide, and final TTO is February
15, 1986 for all sources.

"These regulations were revised on March 17,  1989  (54 FR 11346) to allow pollutant discharge from the tube reducing spent lubricant process of Subpart C and  Subpart I provided
nitrosamine compound discharge limits are met.


Footnotes:

"These dates are for Subpart J, tungsten category.

"*The Nonferrous  Metals Manufacturing (Phase II) regulations were revised on 8/3/90, as issued at 55 FR 31692. This rule amended pretreatment standards for subparts I, O, S, T, X,
and AC.

"On June 29,1989, and June 29,1990 parts of the  OCPSF regulations were remanded to EPA for additional consideration. The revised final rule was published on July 9, 1993, as issued
in 58 FR 36872.

"On July 25, 1986,  the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals remanded to the EPA the final regulation originally promulgated on October 4,  1985, for the Pesticide Chemicals category.
EPA removed the regulation from the Code of Federal Regulations on December 15,  1986 (40 FR 44911).  Final regulations for organic pesticide active ingredient  manufacturers was
published on 9/28/93, at 58 FR 50638. Categorical standards for facilities which formulate, package, and/or repackage pesticides were promulgated on November  6, 1996.

"The Porcelain Enameling pretreatment standards were revised on 9/6/85, as issued at 50 FR 36540. This rule amends pretreatment standards for subparts B and C.

"On December 17, 1993, EPA proposed revised categorical standards for the Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard industry, at 58 FR 66078.

Note:         The compliance date for any discharge that is subject to Pretreatment Standards for New Source (PSNS) facilities is within 90 days of the date of the commencement of the
             discharge.  The Baseline Monitoring Report (BMR) for a new source is due 90 days prior to  the commencement of discharge.
                                                                              Page 3

-------
 7776 Pretreatment Training Course
                                  Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits
    Pretreatment Standards:

            Local Limits
          [40 CFR §§ 403.5(c) & (d)]
      Local Limits Address Site
      Specific Concerns:
       • correct existing problems
       • prevent potential problems
       • protect the receiving waters
       • improve sludge disposal options
       • protect POTW personnel
                             Process
                            wastewater
                              onlyl
        Local       vs.
        Limits
Categorical
Standards
Module 6
                                        Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
                                      Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits
          Types of Local Limits

          • Additional specific prohibitions
          • Collection system
          • Industrial user management
           practices plans
          • Case-by-case discharge limits
          • Chemical specific
      Actual
      Loading
Allowable
 Loading
1
1
1
*J*Wtt>~ Collect Data & Characterize Existing Loadings

L
Determine Pollutants of Cone
- any pollutant which might be reasons
discharged and capable of causing:
» pass through
» interference
» sludge contamination
» POTW worker health/safety risks
- EPA policy: Cd. Cr. Cu, Pb. Ni. Zn,
As. CN-. Ag, Hg
•o—
ern
bly
1
1
	 Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings U****



n
j
• i
"j
rj
!•
Module 6
                                             Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Training Course
                                       Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits
1
1
1
:
i


JBBBUH
i*
8
1
1

|

i
^ttk


Collect Data & Characterize Existing Loadings

-i

0-,

Characterize Existing Loadings
-Industrial users/commercial sources
-Hauled waste
-Domestic loadings
c

*•*
f
•o
£
-Treatment plant data



	 | Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings



hsnJ
ii
1:
?j««—
§aL_


Collect Data & Characterize Existing Loadings
Develop MAHLs
• Calculate either the maximum amou
(Ibs/day) of each toxic pollutant:
-contributed by an industrial user, c
- received at the headworks of the
WWTP
which allows the POTW to achieve
total compliance.

nt
>r
1 	 	 { Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loactnoa [..^^




4
I
\
rt
1*1


IS
ia
1
•
       Actual
      Loading
Allowable
 Loading
Module 6
                                              Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 TTre Pretreatment Training Course
Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits

i§3
|g
"§4
<*
3
1
: — | Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings





ha



!
(
;
&
•



fl
y
1 !
!i
i
?^
|
:
'<
^P* I Pnllrrt FViH ft rhnmrtorirn Fvhtinn t nnrfinrrT: L.

Allocate MAIL
• Uniform concentration
• Industrial contributory flow
«WYNIWYG
• Mass proportion
• Select industrial reduction
•>-— . Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings


••i

\
\
:
!
•

?
:
>
1
**«i
ls>
$£xL,
If
%»,_
w



Updating Local Limits
• NPDES application
• Process changes
• Non-compliance
• Additional monitoring data
• Environmental criteria changes
"~- 	 Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings





*»«««




!
M




!S
11
)i>
Is
•

Module 6
       Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                        Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits
      u
Applying Local Limits
        • Adopt local limits into POTW Legal
         Authority
        • Include in individual IU Control
         Mechanism
        • Combination of both
         Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings
&££&&£

 Module 6
                                                              Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits


                               Pretreatment Standards:  Local Limits


                                                    Introduction

      In 1977, EPA initially proposed the use of local limits and in 1978 the concept was adopted. Three years later, EPA promulgated
 40 CFR § 403.5(c), (d), and (e) which set out EPA requirements for local limits development and enforcement These sections require
 all Control Authorities with approved programs to develop and enforce local limits to implement the general and specific prohibited
 discharges.  In addition, POTWs with recurring pass through and interference problems must also develop and enforce local limits.

      As a result of the recommendations made to EPA by the Pretreatment Implementation Review Task Force (PIRT) to develop
 guidance on local limits, EPA issued a policy memorandum in 1985 and in 1987, developed the Guidance Manual on the Development
 and Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program. EPA also developed the computer program
 PRELIM to provide assistance in developing local limits.

 •  .   In response to recommendations made to EPA in the Domestic Sewage Study, EPA amended the Federal regulations requiring
 Control Authorities to submit, as part of the NPDES permit application, a technical evaluation of the need to revise local limits. The
 regulations were also clarified in 40 CFR § 403.5(c)(1) to provide that POTWs with approved pretreatment programs shall continue to
 develop and enforce appropriate local limits after developing an approved pretreatment program. Thus, the groundwork was set for
 all POTWs with approved pretreatment programs to develop and periodically update local limits.

      Local limits consist of limitations for any pollutant, such as  metals, cyanide, BOD,,  oil and grease, and possibly organics
 developed by a Control Authority to prevent interference, pass through, sludge contamination, and worker health and safety problems
 from excessive discharge of those pollutants. They are generally expressed as maximum limitations; however, some POTWs have
 established both maximum and average values. Locally derived limits apply to all industrial users, not just to categorical industries.
 These Emits are usually imposed at the end of the facility's property line prior to its wastewaters entering the municipality's main sewer
 line. If local limits are more stringent than an applicable categorical standard (taking into account the use of the CWF and/or FWA, if
 necessary), the industrial user must meet the more stringent limit before it discharges its wastewater.

                                            Development of Local Limits
     Although the Clean Water Act (CWA) authorizes development and enforcement of categorical pretreatment standards, it is
recognized that the technology-based categorical pretreatment standards may not be sufficient in all cases to protect POTWs and to
meet local environmental objectives. Therefore, the General Pretreatment Regulations, primarily through 40 CFR § 403.5(c), require
Control Authorities to evaluate the need for local limits and, if necessary, implement and enforce specific limits as part of pretreatment
program activities.

     Local limits are different from categorical pretreatment standards in many significant ways.  First, the categorical pretreatment
standards are based on pollutant levels that are deemed achievable when given pollution control technologies are applied. They are
also developed for specific industrial categories or subcategories. Generally, 'local limits" are technically derived, meaning a Control
Authority evaluates the ability of its treatment system to receive and adequately treat nondomestic wastes, and sets limitations for all
industrial users, regardless of category or subcategory. These limitations are based on what is necessary to protect the treatment plant

Module 6                                                                                         Narrative - Page 1

-------
                      : Local Limits	The Pretreatment Training Course
 POTW products (e.g., sludge and effluent), human health and the environment Therefore, development of these local limits must rely
 on local conditions and POTW-specific data to the greatest extent possible.

      Another important difference is that categorical pretreatment standards apply to the end of a regulated industrial process whereas
 local Emits are generally applied to the end-of-pipe discharge from an industrial user (i.e.. at the point of connection to the POTWs
 collection system). Depending on the industrial user, these two locations where standards apply may be significantly different because
 of the following factors:

      •    introduction of other process wastestreams regulated by different categorical pretreatment standards

      •    introduction of other contaminated wastestreams not regulated by categorical pretreatment standards

      •    introduction of dilution flows such as sanitary wastestreams.

 Comparison of categorical pretreatment standards and local limits is discussed in detail in the EPA's Guidance Manual for Production
 Based  Pretreatment Standards and the Combined Wastestream Formula.  Common to both limitations, however, is the fact that
 categorical pretreatment standards and local limits are enforceable as pretreatment standards.

 Summary of National Policy
     There has been some confusion about when local Omits are required to be developed by Control Authorities and by States that
 have elected to run State-wide pretreatment programs.  In an effort to clarify this issue, EPA issued two policy memoranda that
 elaborate on local limits requirements for pretreatment programs.  The memos, dated August 5,1985, and March 22.1988, explain
 the minimum requirements for the evaluation of the need for local  limits as well as other issues; they are summarized as follows:

     •     conduct an industrial waste survey to identify all industrial users that might be subject to the pretreatment program

     •     determine the character and volume of pollutants contributed to the POTW by these industries

     •     determine which pollutants have a reasonable potential for pass through, interference, or sludge contamination

     •     conduct a technical evaluation to determine the maximum allowable treatment plant headworks (influent) loading for at least
           arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, cyanide, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, and zinc

     •    identify additional pollutants of concern

     •    implement a system to assure these loadings will not be exceeded.

Available Guidance Materials
     Recognizing that Control Authorities may need assistance in developing technically sound  local limits, EPA has developed a
methodology  for  establishing local limits.  This methodology is presented in Appendix L of EPA's Guidance Manual for POTW
Pretreatment Program Development (1983).  EPA has also developed the Guidance Manual on the Development and Implementation
of Local Discharge Limitations  Under the Pretreatment Program (1987). This manual provides practical assistance to POTWs on
technically based approaches to selling local Emits. The manual is geared towards scientific, engineering and operational issues rather
than  policy issues. Additional materials include Guidance Manual for Preventing Interference at POTWs (1987) and Supplemental
Guidance on the Development and Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program (1991).
Page 2 • Narrative                                                                                         Module 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Loca/ Limits
      In addtion to these guidance documents, EPA has created a computer program called PRELIM 5.0 (1996) which guides Control
 Authorities through the local limit development process. After entering the site-specific data and information, PRELIM leads the user
 through the calculations and allocation process.  PRELIM is IBM-compatible and is available for distribution to POTWs through EPA.

 Development Approaches
      EPA's Guidance on the Development and Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program
 provides various methods for calculating local limits. The predominant approach used by Control Authorities and advocated in the
 guidance is a chemical-specific approach known as the Maximum Allowable Headworks Loading (MAHL) method. This method
 involves back calculating from environmental and plant protection criteria to MAHLs. This is accomplished, pollutant by pollutant, for
 each envronmental criteria or plant requirement The lowest or most limiting value for each pollutant serves as the basis for allocation
 to industry and ultimately setting local limits. The following  steps detail the MAHL local limits development process.

      Step 1 - Collect Data for Local Limits Development
      A.  Determining Pollutants of Concern
           EPA's August 1985 policy memorandum identified six pollutants which are potentially of concern to all Control Authorities
      because of their widespread effects on POTWs. These are cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, nickel, and zinc.  EPA's policy
      memorandum from March 1988 that was included in the guidance manual identifies four additional pollutants that all Control
      Authorities should consider, unless analysis of their wastewater and sludge shows that they are not present in significant
      amounts. These pollutants are arsenic, cyanide, silver,  and mercury. The policy memo also states that Control Authorities must
      also consider the full range of priority, conventional and nonconventjonal pollutants when identifying pollutants of concern.
      However, POTWs which discharge wastewater into marine waters and have been granted a § 301 (h) waiver from the requirement
      for secondary treatment [§ 301(n)(1)(B)], are required to develop local limits for any  and all toxic pollutants of concern. Therefore,
      data should be collected to determine any toxic pollutants of concern which could reasonably be expected to be discharged to
      the POTW in quantities that could pass through or interfere with the  POTW treatment process, contaminate the sludge, or
     jeopardize worker health and safety or the collection system.

           The Control Authority should perform at least one priority pollutant scan and 40 CFR Part 261 Appendix 8 scan to identify
      potential pollutants of concern in the influent effluent and sludge. The Control Authority must then address all pollutants that
      are identified in any analysis above detection limits by developing a local limit for each pollutant or providing an  adequate.
     justification for not doing so.

      B. Characterizing Existing Loadings
     Industrial Users
           During the local Emits development process, the Control Authority must characterize existing loadings to the treatment plant
      Local Emits should be based on site-specific monitoring date. This can be  accomplished by conducting monitoring of all industrial
     users. Control Authority monitoring  or industrial user serf monitoring are both acceptable date and information from the Control
     Authority's industrial waste survey  may also be useful.

     Hauled Waste
           If hauled wastes are accepted at the POTW, they may be a significant source of pollutant loadings or flows. In such a case,
     the Control Authority should consider them as a significant nondomestic source in the determination of local limits.
Module 6                                                                                           Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Pretreatment Standards: Local Limits	The Pretreatment Training Course
      Domestic Loadings
           The Control Authority must also characterize domestic loadings! Site-specific monitoring of a representative portion of the
      POTWs collection system should form the basis for loadings from domestic/background sources. Use of literature values must
      be justified by the Control Authority.

      Treatment Plant Monitoring
           The Control Authority must conduct sufficient monitoring at the treatment plant to characterize influent, effluent, and sludge
      loadings for its pollutants of concern. Monitoring of the treatment plant influent, effluent, and sludge should, at a minimum,
      represent 5 consecutive days. Preferably, monitoring should include data for at least 1 day a month over at least a year for
      metals and other inorganic pollutants, and 1 day of sampling a year for toxic pollutants (priority pollutants and 40 CFR Part 261
      Appendix 8 constituents).

      C. Determining AppBcable Environmental Criteria
           Environmental criteria generally include National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit limits, water
      quality standards or criteria, sludge disposal requirements,  and unit process inhibition values. The Control Authority should use
      afl applicable environmental criteria when developing local limits. Other appropriate requirements may include worker health and
      safety criteria, collection system effects, incineration emissions requirements or other applicable Federal, State, or local
      envronmental protection requrements. Further information  on how to incorporate applicable environmental criteria into the local
      limits development process is contained in the guidance manual.

           Another less frequently used environmental criteria is biological toxicity.  Control Authorities which have  conducted
      biological toxicity testing indicating a problem, should develop local limits to correct the toxicity.  Although there is no method in
      the guidance manual to calculate MAHLs based on the results of toxicity testing, the manual provides guidance and additional
      references on the Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE) process.

      Step 2 •  Development of Maximum Allowable Headwords Loadings f MAHLs}
           The Control Authority must calculate the maximum amount (Ibs/day) of each toxic pollutant contributed by an industrial user
      or received at .the headworks of the treatment plant which will allow the POTW  to achieve all of the above applicable
      envronmental criteria.  If the Control Authority does not calculate the MAHL to the POTW for each pollutant of concern, it must
      provide justification of why it has not done so. The nonconservative pollutants (volatiles) require special consideration when
      conducting headworks analysis (e.g., alternative formulas and allocation methods). All calculations should be consistent with
      the approach outlined in the local limits guidance manual.

           During this step of the local Emits development process, the Control Authority should demonstrate that an acceptable mass
      balance exists between the actual loadings of pollutants at the headworks and the estimated loadings of pollutants from specific
      source discharges. This can be accomplished by calculating the actual loading of each pollutant from influent monitoring date
      and comparing this value with the sum of the estimated loadings from all individual sources (domestic, industrial, hauled waste,
      etc.). The resulting calculated loadings from various sources should be within 80-120 percent of the  actual total influent loading
      and  flow.

      Step 3 - Determine Maximum Allowable Industrial Loadings (MAIL)
           Once  the Control Authority has calculated the MAHL, a safety factor must be applied and the value discounted for
      domestic/background loadings in order to determine the maximum allowable allocation available for industrial users. A safety
      factor is incorporated into the calculations to allow for future  industrial and residential growth and other discrepancies which may

Page 4 • Narrative                                                                                          Module 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Standards: Local Um'rts
      enter into the calculations because of the use of default data or variations in analytical procedures. The Control Authority should
      provide justification for the selected safety factor which may range from 10-30 percent The Control Authority should recognize
      that selection of a high safety factor does not constitute an appropriate substitute for periodic review and revisions.

      Step 4 • Allocating Allowable Industrial Loading
           After the Control Authority has calculated the allowable industrial loading, the Control Authority allocates this loading
      depending on the number and types of industrial users and the method of application (permits, contracts or sewer use ordinance)
      employed by the Control Authority.  Where the current loading of a pollutant exceeds the MAHL. the Control Authority must
      establish a local limit to reduce loadings to within the range of the MAHL.  Where the current loading is far below or approaches
      the MAHL. the Control Authority must set industrial discharge limits at current loadings to maintain the status quo.

           By far, the most common allocation approach is the uniform concentration method, whereby all industrial users must meet
      an identical Emit This provides one set of limits for all non-domestic contributors which makes implementation and enforcement
      straightforward. Other specific approaches include:

           •    ID contributory flow method where by only those IDs that are contributors of specific pollutants are limited, with the
                allocation based only on flow from these discharges.

           •    Mass proportional method whereby the allowable loading is allocated to existing users based on current loadings.

           •    Selected industrial reduction method whereby the POTW selects pollutant loading reductions for each ID based on
                treatability potential.

           The Control Authority should ensure that it has selected local limits that are reasonable. All local limits should be at or
      above detection limits and should not be so lenient as to provide industry additional opportunity to pollute or encourage
      hazardous waste to  be discharged to the Control Authority.

      Step 5 - Revisions to Local Limits
           Many variables on which these local limits calculations are based may vary with time. Local limits must be revised on a
      periodic basis to reflect changes in conditions a assumptions. Conditions which might require that local limits be revised include
      changes  in environmental criteria, availability of additional monitoring data, changes in plant processes, or capacity or
      configuration.

      Step 6 - Implementation of Local Limits
          Once local Emits have been developed, they must be effectively implemented.  Local limits should be incorporated into the
      sewer use ordinance and/or some form of individual control mechanisms.

Other Local Limits Approaches
      Other methods of local Emits development have been used by Control Authorities. They include the collection system approach,
industrial user management practice plans, case-by-case discharge limits and developing local specific prohibitions. These approaches
are briefly described below.  EPA has published extensive guidance on the development and implementation of the local limits. Further
information on  each of these methods and the MAHL method can be found in the Guidance Manual on the Development and
Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program (1987).
Module 6                                                                                           Narrative - Page 5

-------
Piubttatiiient Standards: Local Limits	The Pretreatment Training Course
Collection System Approach
     To apply this method, the Control Authority identifies pollutants which may cause fire and explosion hazards or other worker
health and safety concerns. Pollutants found to be present are evaluated for their propensity to volatilize and are modeled to evaluate
their expected concentration in air.  Comparisons are made with worker health exposure criteria and lower explosive limits. Where
values are of concern, the Control Authority may set limits or require development of management practice to control undesirable
discharges.  The collection system approach may also consider the prohibition of pollutants with specific flashpoints to prevent
discharge of ignitable wastes. Additional information on the development of limits based on collection system concerns can be found
in the Guidance to Protect POTW Workers from Toxic and Reactive Gases and Vapors (1992).

Industrial User Management Practice Plans
     This  approach consists of Control Authorities requiring industrial users to develop management practices as enforceable
pretreatment requirements for the handling of chemicals and wastes. Example practice plans include chemical management practices,
best management practices, and spill prevention plans. Management practice plans are usually narrative local limits.

Case-bv-Case Discharge Limits
     In this approach, a Control Authority may set numeric local limits based on BPJ and on available technologies which are known
to be economically feasible. This approach is most often used when insufficient date is available to employ other methods above.

Local Specific Prohibitions
     The Control Authority may choose to develop specific prohibitions for their POTW. Examples of such prohibited discharges are
as follows:

     •     noxious or malodorous liquids, gases, or solids creating a public nuisance

     •     wastestreams which impart color and pass through the POTW treatment plant

     •     storm water, roof runoff, swimming pool drainage

     •     wastewaters containing radioactive wastes or isotopes

     •     removed substances form pretreatment of wastewater.
Page 6 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 6

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	 Permitting Exerese

                                 PERMITTING EXERCISE

    Audits and inspections on POTW pretreatment programs have identified numerous technical and
 procedural problems with industrial user discharge permits issued by POTWs.  While many of the
 deficiencies may seem to be insignificant often, this "insignificance" is the difference between a facility
 demonstrating compliance with applicable limitations and a facility not being able to provide the
 necessary information to make this demonstration. The attached permit highlights some of the types
 of problems experienced by POTW permit writers.

    Please review the permit and identify areas that do not meet the minimum  requirements as
 specified in 40 CFR Part 403.  Also, recommend changes to the permit that could  clarify the permit
 conditions, strengthen  its enforceability, or simplify its use. Focus on the cover page and Parts 1-4.
 If you have more time,  feel free to review and comment on Part 5.  Refer to the enclosed copy of 40
 CFR Part 403 to evaluate the adequacy of the permit.

  Identified
  Deficiencies:
 Recommended
 Improvements:
Module 7                                                                     Exercise • Page 1

-------
 Permitting Exercise	The Pretreatment Training Course
                                          INDUSTRIAL USER PERMIT
                                              PERMIT No.  000
In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 31 of the Nowhere City Code,
     Bradley and Faulk Metal Finishing
     830 65* Street
     Nowhere, District of Columbia 43210
is hereby authorized to discharge industrial wastewater from the above identified facility and through the outfalls identified
herein into the City of Nowhere's sewer system in accordance with the conditions set forth in this permit

Noncompliance with any term or condition of this permit shall constitute a violation of the City of Nowhere's sewer use
ordinance.

This permit is effective at midnight on June 30,1997.
               D
Barry D. Marion, Superintendent
Page 2 - Exerase                                                                                   Module 7

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Permitting Exercise


 PART 1- EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
 A.   During the period of this permit, the permittee is authorized to discharge wastewater to the City of Nowhere's sewer
     system from the outfalls listed below.

     Outfall   Descriptions

     001  Nonregulated wastewater.
     002  Regulated process wastewater.

 B.   The effluent from outfall 001 shall be of domestic or nonprocess wastewater only and shall comply with 40 CFR §
     403.5(a) and (b).
 PART 2 - MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
 A.   From the period beginning on the effective date of the permit until it expires, the permittee shall monitor outfall 002
     for the following parameters, at the indicated frequency:


     PARAMETER(MG/LUNLESSSPEC.RED         MEASUREMENT LoCAT10N       SELF-MONrTORING FREQUENCY
     OTHERWISE)

     Fbw (gpd)                                    See note1                      Continuous
     BOD5                                        See note1                        2/Year
     TSS                                         See note1                        2/Year
     Chromium, Hexavalent                         See note1                        2/Year
     Nickef, Total                                  See note1                        2/Year
     pH                                          See note1                        2/Year

 B.   All handling and preservation of collected samples and laboratory analyses of samples shall be performed in
     accordance wth EPA approved methods or'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater* and
     amendments thereto unless specified otherwise in the monitoring conditions of this permit
PART 3 - REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A.   Monitoring results obtained shall be summarized and reported on an Industrial User Monitoring Report Form once
     Dermpthf The reports are due each month. The first report is due next month.  The report shall indicate the nature
     and concentration of all pollutants in the effluent for which sampling and analyses were performed during the calendar
     month preceding the submission of each report

B.   If the results of the permittee's wastewater analysis indicate that a violation of this permit has occurred, the permittee
     must inform the City of Nowhere of the violation within 5 days of becoming aware of the violation.

C.   All reports required by this permit shall be submitted to the City of Nowhere.
  Manhole.
Module 7                                                                                  Exercise - Page 3

-------
 Permitting Exercise	TTie Pretreatment Training Course


 PART 4 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
 A.   Compliance Schedule
     1.   The permittee shall accomplish the following tasks in the designated time period:
          Activity
          a.   Develop, and submit to the City of Nowhere a slug control plan to eliminate or minimize accidental spills
               or slug discharges to the sewer system.
          b.   Implement the slug loading control plan.

     2.   No later than 14 days following each date in the above schedule, the permittee shall submit to the City of
          Nowhere a report including, at a minimum, whether or not it complied with the increment of progress to be met
          on such date and, if not the date on which it expects to comply with the increment of progress, the reasons for
          delay, and the steps being taken to return the project to the schedule established,
PART 5 - STANDARD CONDITIONS
SECTION A. - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DEFINITIONS
1.   Severabilitv
     The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of (his permit, or the application of any provision of
     this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances, and the
     remainder of this permit, shall not be affected thereby.

2.   Duty to Comply
     The permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit  Failure to comply with the requirements of this permit
     may be grounds for administrative action, or enforcement proceedings including civil or criminal penalties, injunctive
     relief, and summary abatements.

3.   Duty to Mitigate
     The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or correct any adverse impact to the public treatment plant
     or the environment resulting from nonoomplianoe with this permit, including such accelerated or additional monitoring
     as necessary to determine the nature and impact of the noncomplying discharge.

4.   Permit Termination
     This permit may be terminated for the following reasons:
     a.   Falsifying serf-monitoring reports
     b.   Tampering with monitoring equipment
     c.   Refusing to allow timely access to the facility premises and records
     d.   Failure to meet effluent limitations
     e.   Failure to pay fines
     f.    Failure to pay sewer charges
     g.   Failure to meet compliance schedules.

5.   Property Rights
     The issuance of this permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privileges, nor does it
     authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any violation of Federal, State, or local
     laws or regulations.
Page 4 - Exercise                                                                                   Module 7

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Permitting Exercise


 6.   Duty to Reapply
     If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit the
     permittee must submit an application for a new permit at least 90 days before the expiration date of this permit

 7.   Dilution
     The permittee shall not increase the use of potable or process water or, in any way, attempt to dilute an effluent as
     a partial or complete substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with the limitations contained in this
     permit

 8.   Definitions
     a.   Daily Maximum - The maximum allowable discharge of pollutant during a calendar day. Where daily maximum
          limitations are expressed in units of mass, the daily discharge is the total mass discharged over the course of
          the day. Where daily maximum limitations are expressed in terms of a concentration, the daily discharge is the
          arithmetic average measurement of the pollutant concentration derived from all measurements taken that day.
     b.   Composite Sample - A sample that is collected over time, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing
          discrete samples. The sample may be composited either as a time composite sample: composed of discrete
          sample aliquots collected in one container at constant time  intervals providing  representative samples
          irrespective of stream flow; or as a flow proportional composite sample: collected either as a constant sample
          volume at time intervals proportional to stream flow, or collected by Increasing the volume of each aliquot as
          the flow increases while maintaining a constant time interval between the aliquots.
     c.   Grab Sample - An individual sample collected in less than 15 minutes, without regard for flow or time.
     d.   Monthly Average - The arithmetic mean of the values for effluent samples collected during a calendar month
          or specified 30 day period (as opposed to a rolling 30 day window).
     e.   Weekly Average - The arithmetic mean of the values for effluent samp||s collected over a period of seven
          consecutive days,
     f.    Upset - Means an exceptional incident in which there  is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with
          technology-based permit effluent [imitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee,
          excluding such factors as operational error, improperly designed or inadequate treatment facilities, or improper
          Operation and maintenance or lack thereof.
     g.   Pypass - Means the intentional diversion of wastes from any portion of a treatment facility.

SECTION B. - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF  POLLUTION CONTROLS
1.   Proper Operatiort and Maintenance
     The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and
     related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this
     permit Proper operation and maintenance includes but is not limited to: effective performance,  adequate funding,
     adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate  laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality
     assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only
     when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit

2.   Duty to Halt or Reduce Activity
     Upon reduction of efficiency of operation, or loss or failure of all or part of the treatment facility, the permittee shall,
     to the extent necessary to maintain compliance with its permit, control its production or discharges (or both) until
     operation of the treatment facility is restored or an alternative method of treatment is provided. This requirement
     applies, for example, when the primary source of power of the treatment facility fails or is reduced.  It shall not be a
     defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted
     activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit

Module 7                                                                                    Exercise - Page 5

-------
 Permitting Exercise	The Pretreatment Training Course


 SECTION C. - MONITORING AND RECORDS
 1.    Representative Sampling
      Samples and measurements taken as required herein shall be representative of the volume and nature of the
      monitored discharge.  All samples shall be taken at the monitoring points specified in this permit  and, unless
      otherwise specified, before the effluent joins or is diluted by any other wastestream, body of water or substance. All
      equipment used for sampling and analysis must be routinely calibrated, inspected and maintained to  ensure their
      accuracy. Monitoring points shall not be changed without notification and approval.

 2.    Additional Monitoring by the Permittee
      If the permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit, using test procedures identified
      in Part 2 Section B., the results of this monitoring shall be included in the permittee's self-monitoring reports.

 3.    Inspection and Entry
      The permittee shall albw the City of Nowhere, or an authorized representative, upon the presentation of credentials
      and other documents as may be required by law, to:

      a.   Enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is Jocated or conducted, or where
          records must be kept under the conditions of this permit;.
      b.   Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of this
          permit;
      c.   Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices,
          or operations: regulated or required under this permit
     d.   Sample or monitor, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance, any substances or parameters at any
          location; and
     e.   inspect any  production, manufacturing, fabricating, or storage area where pollutants, regulated under the
          permit, could originate, be stored, or be discharged to the sewer system.

4.   Retention of Records
     The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and
     all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation,  copies of all reports required by this
     permit and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit, for a period of at least three years from
     the date of the sample, measurement, report or application.

5.   Record Contents
     Recojfl of sampling and analyses shall include:
     a.   the date, exact place, time, and methods of sampling or measurements, and sample preservation techniques
          or procedures;
     b.   who performed the sampling or measurements;
     c.   the date(s) analyses were performed;
     d.   who performed the analyses;
     e.   the analytical techniques or methods used; and
     f.    the results of such analyses.
Page 6 - Exercise                                                                                   Module 7

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Inspections and POTW Monitoring
                 Inspections
                      and
              POTW Monitoring
      40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(v)

          SlUs must be
       inspected at least
           once a year.
      Review Your Files Before
      Going Out Into the Field...

     • Permit/Applications
     •Inspection notes
     "Site & process flow diagrams
     •Compliance schedules
     •Plans
     -Analytical data
Module 8
   Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretmatment Training Course
                      Inspections end POTW Monitoring
      Examine/Determine Before
      Going Out Into the Field...

      >• Water use/billing records
      >*POTW sewer maps
      >-Categorical regulations
      » Enforcement actions taken
      >-POTW problems
      >• Compliance status
1 So/prise/ 1
            Inspections
           Unannounced
                 vs.
            Announced
                             Monday,
                            July 14,1997
                            ut10:00am.
^
097
m-l
     Entry Procedures

      >- Signing IU entry waivers
      >- Delays
      >- Safety issues
Module 8
                          Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 7776 Pretreatment Training Course
Inspections and POTW Monitoring
      Inspection Questionnaire

      >• General facility information
      >• Process areas
      >• Facility changes
      >-Wastewater generation
      *• Pretreatment
     Inspection Questionnaire, cont

     >• Hazardous waste management
     » Chemical/waste storage areas
     >• Facility plans
     >• Sampling procedures
     >• Records review
      40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(v)

      Evaluate need for a slug
     discharge control plan at
       least every two years
Module 8
   Slide Presentation • Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                           Inspections and POTW Monitoring
     Operations/Sources of Discharge
     Restroomfehowers
     Air pollution control
      devices
     Backwash water
     Boilers
     Cafeteria/breakroom
     Contact coding water
     Equipment washdown
     Reel maintenance
     In-product
Lab
Maintenance shop
Noncontact cooling water
Cooling tower bleed off
Off spec/out of date/returned
 product or raw materials
Pump sealant water
Remediated grounowater
Storm water
Tank bottoms
     Walkthrough
    » Housekeeping
    >~Labels & containment
    »Dilution sources

    »Piping configurations

    ^Monitoring point location/ accessibility
    >-Condition of monitoring point and
      pretreatment equipment
          Walkthroughs
       can be  performed
          prior to asking
             questions
Module 8
                                              Slide Presentation • Page 4

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Inspections and POTW Monitoring
   Follow-Up With IU Before Leaving
     >• Comment on housekeeping
      and/or compliance issues

     >• Identify potential P2
      opportunities

     >• Allow IU to ask questions
           Prepare
     inspection report
    and follow-up with
     facility promptly
       POTW Monitoring
        [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(v)]



        Annually
        (at a minimum)
Module 8
   Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Inspections and POTW Monitoring
     Purpose of POTW Monitoring

      »-Verify compliance status
      >- Maintain up-to-date information
      >» Support enforcement activities
      >-Verify correction of problem
      >~ Identify source of problem
       discharge
      >• Provide user charge data
     Types of POTW Monitoring


            ^Scheduled
            >~ Unscheduled
            >~ Demand
         40 CFR Part 136
        >- Collection containers
        >• Preservatives
        >- Holding times
        >- Preferred sample type
        >- Approved methods
Module 8
   Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Inspections and POTW Monitoring
     Unique circumstances

      >• Batch dischargers
      >-Split and side by side sampling
      »-Flow proportional vs. time
        composited samples
      >~ Multiple outfalls
      >• Tampering with sampling
        equipment
      >• Meter out of calibration
            tii

                              \i
Module 8
    Slide Presentation - Page 7

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Inspections and POTW Monitoring
                                 Inspections and POTW Monitoring
                                                   Introduction

     The overall success of a Control Authority's pretreatment program is largely dependent on a comprehensive and property
designed monitoring program of its industrial users.  It is through monitoring activities that compliance with permits and ordinance
requirements is determined, user charges are confirmed, and data are generated for annual pretreatment reports and other reports
requred by EPA or the State. Control Authority monitoring of industrial users also helps to verify self-monitoring data submitted by the
industrial user, supports enforcement action, and identifies the industrial user(s) responsible for interference or pass through problems
experienced at the Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs). Labor and resources have a direct bearing on how many sampling
and inspection visits will be conducted. The Control Authority should develop a list of industrial users to be inspected, sampled, and
evaluated for a slug control plan and include the frequencies of these activities. This list should be updated annually by the Control
Authority and presented in its annual report to EPA or the State.

     This chapter summarizes guidelines and procedures to be used by Control Authority personnel when conducting  onsite
inspections and/or sampling activities at industrial facilities that discharge or could potentially discharge process wastewater to the
POTWs collection system. The intent is to assist Control Authority personnel in planning, collecting, and documenting information
necessary to determine compliance ornoncompliance by all industrial users with Federal, State, and local pretreatment standards and
requirements.  Control Authority personnel are encouraged to read and understand the material presented in the Industrial User
Inspection and SampBng Manual for POTWs (1994).
                                   The Need for Inspections and POTW Monitoring

Regulatory Intent
     The General Pretreatment Regulations require industrial inspections and sampling to ensure compliance with all applicable
pretreatment regulations.  Section 403.8(f)(2)(v) of 40 CFR states that Control Authorities must develop procedures to:

     •    randomly sample and analyze the effluent from industrial users and conduct surveillance activities in order to identify,
          independent of information supplied by industrial users, occasional and continuing noncompliance with Pretreatment
          Standards

     •    inspect and sample the effluent from each Significant Industrial User at least once a year

     •    evaluate, at least once every two years, whether each Significant Industrial User needs a plan to control slug discharges.

     Inspections and sampling are two of the most important ongoing tasks in implementation of a local pretreatment program.
Information collected during inspections and sampling activities is usually the basis for assessing compliance and for enforcement
actions taken by Control Authorities against industrial users in violation of pretreatment standards and requirements. The information
collected will also be used in any necessary updates of local limits.
Module 8                                                                                        Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Inspections and POJW Monitoring	TTie Pretreatment Training Course


 Importance of Industrial Inspections
      Industrial inspections are valuable in the overall implementation of pretreatment programs because they provide:

           a mechanism for maintaining current data on industrial users and determining users' compliance status

      •     a means to check the completeness and accuracy of the industrial user performance/ compliance records

      •     a means to assess the adequacy of the user's self-monitoring and reporting program and the industrial discharge permit

      •     a basis for establishing sampling requirements for the industry

      •     a means for communicating and developing a good working relationship with industrial users

      •     a means to evaluate construction of pretreatment facilities

      •     a means to evaluate the industrial user's operation and maintenance activities of its pretreatment system

      •     a means to assess the potential for spills

      •     a mechanism to evaluate the effectiveness of slug discharge control and prevention procedures

      •     a means of obtaining data to support enforcement actions.

      Current data on industrial dischargers is necessary in a pretreatment program to identify sources of problems and to provide a
foundation for developing or amending local discharge limits for industrial users.  Industrial inspections will help the Control Authority
maintain curent data on all its industrial users and, if performed on a frequent basis, the Control Authority may use inspections as its
primary mechanism to maintain a comprehensive list of users.  However, other resources should be used as well.

      Property implemented onsite industrial inspections set the groundwork for monitoring tasks associated with the pretreatment
program.  Industrial  inspections can furnish the Control Authority with information  needed to plan future monitoring activities (e.g.,
operating data, sampling considerations and locations, safety considerations, and laboratory considerations). In addition to this type
of logistical information, the inspection can provide information about needed changes in existing procedures at the industrial facility.
For example, if a firm changes its processes to use fewer pollutants, the inspector might recommend that the Control Authority's
analyses also be cut back to match the  new discharge.  Similarly, a series of inspections  can  show a trend or a change that
necessitates a modification of monitoring schedules or frequency, or even of the industry's discharge permit In this way, inspections
can be a useful tool for adjusting and refining the Control Authority's pretreatment program to allocate resources and undertake activities
efficiently.

     An inspection should also check the industrial users' self-monitoring procedures and equipment (where applicable) to ensure
that data obtained by these procedures and equipment are proper and accurate. Items to be checked in this regard during the
inspection include verification and examination of the following:

     •     the sampling location specified in the permit is adequate for the collection of a representative sample of the wastewater

     •     the user's sampling technique is adequate to  ensure the collection of a representative sample

     •     the user's permit sampling and monitoring requirements will yield representative samples
Page 2 - Narrative                                                                                          Modules

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	        Inspections and POTW Monitoring
      •     the parameters specified in the user's permit are adequate to cover all pollutants of concern that may be discharged by
           the user

      •     the appropriate Emits are being applied at the specified sampling location.

      Industrial inspections also serve b establish and maintain a good rapport between the Control Authority and industrial users.
The inspection is a good time for exchanging ideas and concerns. During industrial inspections, inspectors can inform the industrial
user of any new or updated pretreatment regulations or offer technical suggestions on pretreatment techniques and/or pollution
prevention opportunities.

Importance of Sampling Activities
      The only way to determine industrial user compliance with applicable regulations and wastewater discharge requirements is to
obtain accurate flow measurements and representative samples of the industrial user's discharges. Control Authority personnel may
often visit an industrial user only to collect samples and not conduct a complete industrial inspection. Many Control Authorities may
even use two different teams of personnel to conduct sampling and inspection activities. Because of the importance of accurate,
precise, and reproducible sampling results and the potential for significant errors in the sampling procedures and analysis,  it is essential
that extreme care be exercised in selecting representative sampling locations, using proper equipment, and using approved sampling
and analysis protocol If different teams are used, the inspectors should be aware of the sampling and analysis protocols used by the
sampling and analytical personnel.  The inspector must carefully evaluate the sampling locatJon(s), the designation of pollutant
parameters to be measured, and  sample collection methods to ensure that the collection of analytical data is representative of the
industrial effluent
                                   Types and Frequency of Inspections and Sampling

      Industrial inspections and sampling activities are prompted or initiated in the same way. They may be: (1) scheduled in advance
with the industry, (2) unscheduled with little or no prior notice to the industry; or (3) on demand, usually in response to a problem or
emergency such as a spill at an industry or an upset at the POTW.

Scheduled
      Scheduled inspections and sampling are planned in advance by the Control Authority with prior notice to the industry. Depending
on the size and type of industry, the date and time of the planned visit should be mutually agreed to one week to one month in advance.
The purposes of scheduled inspections and sampling are to:

      •    collect information and obtain samples to evaluate industry compliance  with local, State,  and Federal pretreatment
          standards and requirements

      •    identify changes in industrial processes that may affect the quality of the industrial discharge and subsequent permit
          limitations

      •    talk with and answer questions of industrial representatives, thus maintaining a cooperative as well as a regulatory
          presence with the industrial community

      •    update the Control Authority's industrial user data base

          verify information in reports submitted to the Control Authority by the industrial user.
ModuleB                                                                                            Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Inspections and POTW Monitoring	The Pretreatment Training Course
 Unscheduled
      Unscheduled monitoring and inspections represent a random spot check to evaluate industry compliance. These unscheduled
 visits have the same purposes as the scheduled inspections, but with no advance notice provided to the industry.  The unscheduled
 inspection is most effective when conducted in conjunction with sampling of the industry's effluent Most cases of noncompliance are
 identified during the unscheduled inspections and sampling activities.  Unscheduled monitoring activities can occur as often as on a
 daily or weekly basis when an industrial user is suspected of having difficulties maintaining consistent compliance.

 Demand
      Demand sampling and industrial inspections are usually performed in response to a complaint or an emergency situation. A
 Control Authority may receive complaints from the public or reports from other agencies concerning discharges to the POTW by an
 industrial user.  Demand sampling and inspections should also be initiated if Control Authority personnel notice changes in the influent
 characteristics of the treatment plant or an upset or interference of treatment plant processes.  Sampling and inspections of this type
 should:

      •     determine the nature, duration, and hazard of the  discharge

      •     obtain samples to verify the source and constituents of the discharge

      •     ascertain the necessary corrective actions needed to be taken to contain or halt the discharge

      •     initiate corrective actions, if needed

      •     document information needed for follow-up compliance or enforcement activities.

      When emergency situations arise in the treatment plant or collection system (upsets, blockages, fires, or explosions), industrial
 inspections should be initiated immediately. Similarly, sampling and laboratory staff should be notified to aid in determining the source
 and constituents of the discharge. Inspections and sampling of suspected industrial users will generally determine the source(s) of the
 problem. Remedial actions to be undertaken by the responsible industrial user can also be determined during the industrial inspection.
 In addition to the information stated above, Control Authority personnel performing demand inspections in response to an emergency
 should:

     •     notify other agencies (local,  State, or Federal) as appropriate

     •     make all information on the industry available to the person or agency in charge of the response effort

     •     stay in direct contact with the Control Authority managers in case:
                special equipment or remedial actions are needed
                injunctions or legal opinions are needed
                high level decisions are needed

     •     collect and adequately document all information for use in enforcement or litigation procedures that may be pursued at a
           later date.

 Frequency of Inspections and Sampling
     The Control Authority personnel must determine the frequency with which industrial inspections and sampling will occur. EPA
requires that significant industrial users be inspected and sampled, at a minimum, once a year.  It is recommended that the Control
Authority perform two inspections and sampling trips:  preferably one scheduled and one unscheduled. However, there are overall
factors to be considered in determining the frequency of sampling and inspections, including:

Page 4 - Narrative                               '                                                         Modules

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Inspections and PO1W Monitoring


      •    past performance of and compliance by an industrial user

      •    flow and constituents of the industrial user's discharge

      •    extent and number of problems in the collection system and at the treatment plant which are the result of industrial waste
           discharges

      •    number and significance of industrial users in the Control Authority's service area

      •    quality of the industrial user data base

      •    proposed methods to update the data base

           new or additional pretreatment standards and requirements

      •    seasonal production schedules at an industry

           monitoring frequency requirements contained in the Control Authority's approved pretreatment program.

      The inspection and sampling frequency described in a Control Authority's approved pretreatment program submission will need
 to be evaluated during the implementation phase of the program. Once a history has been established for each industrial user, the
 Control Authority can reallocate resources for inspections and sampling to focus  on industrial  users which have difficulty  with
 compliance.

                                                  Entry Procedures

      Section 403.8(f)(1)(v) of 40 CFR requires that Control Authorities have the authority to carry out all inspection, surveillance, and
 monitoring procedures necessary to determine, independent of information supplied by the industrial user, compliance with applicable
 pretreatment standards and requirements. This authority is required to be at least as extensive as provided in Section 308 of the Clean
 Water Act which (CWA) states:

      The EPA Administrator or his authorized representative, upon presentation of his credentials shall have a right of entry
      to, upon, or through any premises in which an effluent source is located or in which any records required to be maintained
      ... are located... and may at reasonable times have access to copy any records, inspect any monitoring equipment or
      methods... and sample any effluents which the owner or operator of such source is required  to sample.'

The authority to enter  an industrial facility will normally be contained  in the Control Authority's local sewer use ordinance.  It is
recommended that the inspector be familiar with the Control Authority's legal authority to enter an industrial facility, so the appropriate
reference can be made  during any monitoring visit

Gaining Entrance
      When entering an  industrial facility the inspector should first identify himself/ herself and present appropriate identification (i.e.,
business card or badge).  These credentials indicate that the holder is a lawful representative of the Control Authority who is authorized
to perform pretreatment monitoring activities. The credentials should be presented whether or not identification is requested.

      After industrial facility officials have acknowledged the credentials, they may, if they wish, telephone the Control Authority's office
for verification of personnel identification. It is important that the credentials never leave the sight of the inspector.


Module 8                                                                  ~                         Narrative - Page 5

-------
 Inspections and PQTW Monitoring	The Pretreatment Training Course
      An interview should then be requested with the plant manager, production manager, or equivalent person in authority.  The
inspector should explain the purpose of the inspection. If necessary, the manager should contact additional personnel who have a
more thorough knowledge of the workings of the plant to accompany the inspector and answer specific questions.

      Consent to inspect and sample on the premises must be given by the owner or operator at the time of the inspection unless a
search warrant has been obtained. As long as the inspector is allowed b enter, entry is considered voluntary and consensual, unless
the inspector is expressly told to leave the industrial premises.  Express consent is not necessary; absence of an express denial
constitutes consent


Denial of Entry
      The receptiveness of industrial facility officials toward inspectors is likely to vary from facility to facility.  Most compliance
monitoring will proceed without difficulty. However, in some cases, officials may be reluctant to  give entry consent because of
misunderstandings of responsibilities, inconvenience to a firm's schedule, or other problems that may be resolved by diplomacy and
discussion. A Control Authority should discuss potential scenarios with legal staff and determine and establish appropriate responses,
preferably prior to encountering them.

      If the inspector is refused entry into a facility for the purpose of authorized monitoring, certain procedures must be followed. The
following procedures have been developed in accordance with the 1978 U.S. Supreme Court decision in Marshal v. Barlow's, Inc.


      •     make certain that all credentials and notices have been properly presented to the facility owner or agent in charge

           if entry is not granted, ask why. Tactfully probe the reason for the denial to see if problems (such as misunderstandings)
           can be resolved

      •     if entry is stiD denied, the inspector should withdraw from the premises and contact his or her supervisor. The supervisor
           may confer with attorneys to discuss the desirability of obtaining an administrative warrant

      •     a! observations pertaining to the denial are to be carefully noted and documented by the inspector as soon as possible.
           Include facility name and exact address; name and title of person(s) approached; authority of person(s) who refused entry;
           date and time of denial; detailed reasons for denial; facility appearance; and any reasonable  suspicions that refusal was
           based on a desire to cover up regulatory violations. All such information will be important should a warrant be sought

      •     under no circumstances should the inspector discuss potential penalties or do anything that may be construed as coercive
           or threatening

      •     the inspector should use care and discretion to avoid threats of any kind, inflammatory discussions, or deepening of
           misunderstandings. In the event of a threatening confrontation, the inspector should document the event and report it
           immediately to his or her supervisor.  If feasible, statements from witnesses should be obtained and included in the
           documentation


      The following are some additional situations that the Control Authority may be subject to:

           uncredenGaled persons accompanying Control Authority inspector - the consent of the owner or agent in charge must be
           obtained for the entry of persons accompanying an inspector to a site if they do not have specific authorization.  If consent
           is not given voluntarily, these persons may not enter the premises.  If consent is given, these persons may not view
           confidential business information unless officially authorized for access

      •    waivers, releases, and sign-in bgs - when the facility provides a blank sign-in sheet, log, or visitor register, it is acceptable
           for the inspector to sign it Note however, that the inspector should not sign  any type of 'waiver' or "Visitor release* that

Page 6-Narrative    "   "      ~                                                                          Module B

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course   	    	           Inspections and POTW Monitoring
           would relieve the industrial facility of responsibility for injury or which would limit the rights of the Control Authority to use
           data obtained from the industry. The inspector should not agree to any such unnecessary restrictions

           If such a waiver or release is presented, the inspector should politely explain it cannot be signed and request a blank
           sign-in sheet If the inspector is refused entry because of refusal to sign such a release, the inspector should leave and
           immediately report all pertinent facts to the appropriate supervisory and/or legal staff. All events surrounding the refused
           entry should be fully documented. Problems should be discussed cordially and professionally. Facility officials must not
           be subjected to intimidation by the Control Authority's right to inspect

      •     problems with entry or consent- because monitoring may be considered an adversary proceeding by some industries, the
           inspector's legal authority, techniques, and competency may be challenged. Facility officials may also display antagonism
           towards the inspector. In all cases, the  inspector must cordially explain legal authorities and objectives and the reasons
           for the protocols followed.  If explanations are not satisfactory or disagreements are unresolvable, the inspector should
           leave and obtain further direction from  the appropriate Control Authority supervisory or legal staff.  Professionalism and
           politeness must prevail at all times

      •     withdrawal of consent during monitoring - if the industrial facility official asks the inspector to leave the premises after
           monitoring has begun, the inspector should leave as soon as possible, following the procedures for denial of entry. All
           activities and evidence obtained prior to the withdrawal of consent are valid. The inspector should ensure that all personal
           and government equipment is removed from the facility

      •     denial of access to some areas of the Industrial User facility - if, during the course of the  inspection or sampling, access
           to some parts of the industrial facility is denied, the inspector should document the circumstances surrounding the denial
           of access and of the portion of the inspection or sampling that could not be completed.  The inspector should then proceed
           with the rest of the monitoring  and after leaving the facility, contact the Control Authority supervisor to determine whether
           a warrant should be obtained to complete the monitoring.

Obtaining Warrants
      The inspector may be instructed by Control Authority attorneys, under certain circumstances, to conduct compliance monitoring
under a search warrant  A warrant is a judicial authorization for appropriate persons to enter specifically described locations and to
perform specific monitoring functions. It is possible  that a pre-inspection warrant could be obtained where there is reason to believe
that entry will be denied when the inspectors arrive at the facility or when inspectors anticipate violations that could be hidden during
the time required  to obtain a search warrant  The inspectors should discuss various reasons and procedures for obtaining warrants
with the Control Authority attorneys. This prior knowledge of when and how to obtain a warrant will save a great deal of time should
such an event ever become necessary.
                                           Conducting Industrial Inspections

     Utilizing the industrial inspection to its fullest capabilities will depend upon the ability of the inspectors to ask the right questions
and to look closely in the appropriate site locations during inspections. This will require inspectors to become thoroughly familiar with
industrial production processes, wastewater sources and treatment technology, as well as with correct inspection procedures and
techniques. The procedures recommended for conducting a thorough inspection are discussed in greater detail below.

     In order to ensure that adequate steps are taken to prepare for the inspection and that all necessary information is collected
during the onsite visit a checklist should be developed as a guide for inspectors. The checklist should cover three areas:  (1)
preparation for the inspection; (2) conducting the onsite inspection; and (3) follow-up compliance activities. Once inspectors have
conducted several onsite industrial inspections and are familiar with the necessary steps, the checklist would only be necessary for
occasional reference and training of new inspectors.

Module 8                                                                                  "         Narrative - Page 7

-------
 Inspections end POTW Monitoring             	The Preireatment Training Course
 Preparation
      Prior to going to the industrial facility, the inspector must prepare for the inspection. This includes determining the purpose and
 scope of inspections; reviewing the appropriate files; alerting the laboratory if sample analyses will be required; and preparing the
 equipment to be used A comprehensive review of the files concerning the industry to be inspected will save much t'me and confusion
 in the field and in the office later. Prior to an inspection, it is helpful to review the following material:

      •      existing files for available information about the industry.  Information such as plant layouts, process flow diagrams,
            compliance schedules, slug discharge control plans (if applicable), and wastewater analytical data should be taken along
            during the inspection and verified for accuracy

      •      water and sewer records to determine water usage and verify connection to the sanitary sewer

            ftarature about unfamiliar industrial processes which may be encountered.  Prepare specific questions to be asked about
            these industrial processes.   EPA's development documents and guidance manuals contain detailed information on
            production processes, wastewater sources and characteristics, and applicable wastewater treatment technologies.  Review
            of this information will help the inspector better understand the facility during a visit and enable the inspector to ask more
            meaningful and pertinent questions

      •      previous enforcement actions which may indicate the industry's compliance status

      •      POTW collection system and/or treatment plant problems.

 Scope of an Inspection
      Once the inspector has completed the necessary preparations, the inspection process can proceed. The actual inspection is
 broken into several phases beginning with a discussion with industry officials. After giving a brief explanation of the industrial pretreat-
 ment program, the inspector should obtain a verbal description of the industrial facilities and processes in order to gather as much
 information as possible pertaining to industrial waste or waste potential. Questions asked should be based on the date required  to
 complete the industrial inspection report  Presented below is a description of the information which should be collected  and
 documented during an onsite inspection.

     •     Industry name

     •     site address

     •     correspondence address

     •     contact name, title, and telephone number

     •     year the industry was established onsite

     •     number of employees per shift

     •     applicable Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes

     •     a schematic of the water flow through the industry and the location of all wastewater discharge lines that flow to the POTW
           system.  The schematic should also include the layout of major plant features

     •     a description of each discharge (including any batch discharges), including the amount, chemical nature, frequency and
           destination of each discharge
Page 8 - Narrative                                                                                           Module 8

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Inspections and POTW Monitoring
           Ideally, aO wastewater flows should be measured. If measurements cannot be obtained, industry officials should be asked
           for the duration of flow to estimate how much wastewater is discharged. Pipe diameter should be noted as well as how
           full the pipe is. If the wastestream is uncontaminated water for air conditioners, reactor vessels, or air compressors, the
           size of the unit cooled should be noted. As emphasized in the initial interview, the discharge of these flows, whether to
           storm drains, combined sewers, sanitary sewers, or streams should be determined. All recirculating systems should be
           described. Where the industry has a metered waste flow, readings for a representative period of time should be recorded
           as well as any monitored waste parameters such as pH. An attempt should be made to account for all water uses and
           losses such as evaporation, loss to product  and washwater for the plant Determine if there are batch discharges.
           Reactors,  plating tanks, and all types of process tanks often contain chemicals which may be periodically discharged.
           Metal cleaning solutions are a prime example. The amounts, chemical nature, brand name, and frequency of discharge
           are all important If pretreatment of these solutions is practiced (neutralization, etc.), this fact should be noted as well as
           the method used to determine that the waste has been pretreated to acceptable levels. How these solutions are fed into
           the wastestream (whether gradual or all at once) is significant.  If products are of a liquid nature, spoiled batches may be
           either discharged or sent out for disposal.  This information should be recorded including the name and location of any
           disposal service employed.  General plant washdown (its frequency and quantity) is also of concern; in many plants the
           washdown is the largest and/or most significant discharge

           a description and process  flow diagram of each major product line and process utilized within the industrial facility,
           particularly processes which may be subject to Federal categorical pretreatment standards

           the size and shape of all vessels containing liquids should be noted.  The proximity of floor drains and type of liquid stored
           should also be noted. If the vessels or containers are cleaned, the amount of discharge at the time of cleaning, the
           frequency of cleaning, and the methods of cleaning are all important If vessels are not cleaned, this fact should be noted
           as well as reasons why cleaning is not necessary

           a detailed description and appropriate sketches of existing pretreatment facilities, including operating date, if available.
           Note if there is no pretreatment If the industrial facility employs pretreatment of any kind, the process should be described
           in detail as well as the final disposal of any removed constituents and sludges. When oil and grease traps are present
           (her frequency of deanout and the name and  location of the firm employed to clean the traps should be recorded. If stone
           chip  neutralizing  units are  used, the maintenance frequency should be noted.  Any details pertaining to chemical
           pretreatment systems such as analytical date, discharge pH, and method of sludge disposal should be carefully gathered

           a list of pollutants of interest at the industrial facility. The list should be divided into two categories: (1) pollutants that come
           in direct contact with the water that is discharged to the POTW; and (2) pollutants that do not come in direct contact tut
           have a potential to enter the  wastewater due to spills or machinery malfunctions

           identification of appropriate sampling locations

           for industries with nondomestic waste flows, the inspector should determine, during the industrial facility tour, the best points
           for samples to be taken. Ideally, the sampling points would be at the end of process streams and before any dilution with
           uncontaminated water or domestic waste occurs. The sampling points) should then be noted for future use by sampling
           personnel.  If the industry itself has taken samples of wastewater for analysis, the location of the points where samples
           were taken should be recorded as well as relevant date concerning flow which might contribute to dilution. Also, if no
           suitable sampling points are available, the industry should be informed of local regulations which require the construction
           of suitable monitoring facilities at the industry's expense

           availability of all analytical results performed by the industry. If analyses of wastewater have been performed by the
           industry,  results of such analyses should be obtained wherever possible

           description of sampling and analytical protocols used by industry for results submitted in required reports

           proximity of chemical storage to floor drains and whether floor drains discharge to storm or sanitary sewers
Module 8                                                                                          Narrative - Page 9

-------
 Inspections and POTW Monitoring	The Pretreatment Training Course
           Al liquid storage areas should be examined. The volume of all hazardous chemicals encountered should be listed. Any
           floor drains should be noted. If chemicals stored are unknown, the brand name, use, and chemical supplier should be
           noted and safety data sheets obtained and/or reviewed. The supplier's address should be noted in case it becomes
           necessary to seek data from that source

      •     a description of spill control practices the industry uses, or the stage of implementation of its slug discharge control plan.
           Information about the past spills, unusual discharges, or temporary problems with any of the process units that may affect
           the wastewater discharge should be included.  The inspector may want to request copies of any plans or descriptions of
           the devices used to prevent or react to accidental spills for each hazardous substance stored onsite

      •     a description of air pollution control equipment that may generate a wastestream, pollutants which are likely to be found
           in the wastestream, or if not discharged to the sewer, the disposal method and location

           Equipment installed in the industrial facility for air pollution control may use water. In some industrial facilities, the effluent
           from air scrubbing may be the principal waste source and may contain a wide variety of process chemicals which are not
           encountered in any other wastestream. Booths for spray painting sometimes use a "water curtain" for fume control. Any
           such devices encountered should be described as weD as any pollutants which are likely to be found in the water discharge
           from them

           a description of how waste residuals (solids) are handled, stored, and/or disposed

      •     many industrial facility processes such as cleaning, degreasing, grinding, or chemical pretreatment produce sludges which
           must be  disposed.  How this occurs, how often, and the quantities involved are all important For example, vapor
           degreasers are  used for cleaning metal in a wide variety of industrial applications. They almost always produce sludges
           and solvent waste, and are usually water cooled, producing a steady stream of uncontaminated cooling water.  The
           presence of these devices should always be noted as well as appropriate answers to questions concerning the wastes
           associated with them. As is the case with batch discharges, any waste disposal service should be recorded. Sludges
           which are put in the dumpster should be described

      •     a description of proposed or recent changes to the industry's processes that would affect the discharge characteristics or
           sampling locations

      •     a description of any operational problems or shutdowns of pretreatment facilities

      •     identification of specific hazards and establishment of procedures to ensure the safety of Control Authority personnel while
           at the industrial facility

      •     other information as may be necessary.

A team of two inspectors may be useful In this case, the report form could be completed by one of the inspectors while  the other takes
freehand notes. These will be compared later for consistency and completeness.

      Occasionally, difficulties will arise with  industries where process information  is proprietary. In these cases it is important to
reassure industry officials that the interest is in the waste flows and in possible hazardous materials stored on hand.  Details of process
machinery or of proportions of product constituents used are not normally essential. However, it may be necessary to request the
chemical nature of the proprietary material if it is the suspected source of a toxic compound of concern. The Control Authority shall
extend confidentiality of sensitive materials where  allowed.


Industrial Facility Tour
      After the initial interview, a complete tour of the industrial facility should be taken to visually examine the site. A tour should
always be taken. No interview, no matter how complete, is a substitute for an actual visualization of the waste generating processes
Page 10 - Narrative                                             ,                                            Modules

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Training Course	Inspections end POTW Monitoring
 involved. It may be discovered that waste sources have been overlooked simply because industrial facility officials consider them minor.
 Some waste sources simply may not be recalled by industrial facility officials until they are seen when touring the operation. The tour
 gives an opportunity both to determine details and to reaffirm answers given earlier to significant questions asked in the interview. It
 is best to tour the facility in order of production, from raw materials to finished product

 Review of Records
      Records requred by the permit to be kept at the user's facility should be reviewed. The Control Authority should document what
 records were reviewed, and where they found the records to be incomplete and/or inconsistent with those on file at the Control Authority.

 Closing Interview
      After the industrial facility tour, the inspector may need to request additional information or data. Copies of the local regulations,
 pretreatment program information, or RCRA information should be given to the industrial facility officials, if required. Further explanation
 of the local pretreatment regulations may be necessary to avoid difficulties which can arise from a misunderstanding of the information.
 At this time, the inspector may summarize inspection findings.

 Inspections of Industries Which Are Not Connected
      Concerns of the inspector when inspecting an industry which is not connected to the sewer system include: (1) the possibility
 of connecting in the future; (2) the name of the POTW to which the industry is connected; and (3) the industry's authority (NPDES
 permit) to discharge to a  natural watercourse. Along the same lines, if the industry requires the cleaning of a gas/oil separator or of
 a sludge pit (e.g., laundry settling pits), the name and location of the firm performing this task should be noted. The inspection report
 should contain all relevant information, as if the industry were connected to the sewer system.

 Industrial Inspection Reports
     After the inspector returns to the office, the field notes will be used as the basis for writing an inspection report This is one of
 the most crucial points of the whole inspection procedure, yet it is most often the greatest source of problems. The need to write a clear
 and  concise report which contains pertinent information to be used as a basis for future decisions cannot be stressed enough.
 Information should be presented in a neat organized manner. Scattered thoughts, fragmented sentences, bad grammar, and spelling
 mistakes erode the credibility of the report Keep in mind that the inspection report will be a permanent record on the industry and may
 be reviewed several times for purposes of determining compliance with permit conditions, monitoring and sampling requirements, and
 even litigation, if necessary. The report should be factual and contain no subjective opinions concerning the industry's representatives,
 employees, processes, or facilities;  however, the degree of cooperation of the industry should be noted. All reports should be
 completed within 5 working days after completion of the inspection.

     If a standardized report form is used, all blanks on the report form  should be completed for each facility inspected. If the required
 information cannot be obtained, an explanation should be provided in  the blank or in the comments section. The data recorded must
 be as accurate as possible as it provides most of the  basic information about the industry, including correct address and contacts for
future correspondence.

Violations
     Inspectors must become very familiar with applicable pretreatment standards and requirements in order to be able to recognize
 and document violations during inspections.  When direct violations are encountered, the inspector should document such violations.
 If the inspector does not have the authority to determine if a particular situation  is, in fact a violation, the inspector should document
what appears to be a violation, then refer the matter to the Control Authority official responsible for determining violations. The most
Module 8                                                                                         Narrative • Page 11

-------
 Inspections and POTW Monitoring	The Pretreatment Training Course
 common violations encountered which can be readily detected include caustic and acidic discharges, excessive oil and grease
 concentrations, high coloration, and the dumping of viscous substances or solids into the sewers.
                                             Conducting POTW Monitoring

      Sampling activities can be performed in conjunction with an inspection or on its own.  The purpose of sampling is to evaluate
compliance with applicable effluent limits. As mentioned previously, the frequency of sampling will vary depending on a number of
factors, most often on the industrial user compliance and potential for POTW impact1. Further information on compliance monitoring
can be found in EPA's Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement Guidance (July, 1986) and EPA's Interim Guidance for
Performance-Based Reduction ofNPDES Permit Monitoring Frequencies (April 1996).

      POTW monitoring of SlUs must be performed annually, at a minimum. To ensure compliance with 40 CFR Part 136 procedures
and protocols and record keeping requirements as detailed in 40 CFR § 403.12(o)(1), and to ensure monitoring is performed with
sufficient care to produce evidence admissible in enforcement proceedings or in judicial actions [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(vi)], the Control
Authority should develop and utilize standardized forms for the reporting of measurements obtained in the field and for sample handling.
Example Chain of Custody and Field Measurement Record formats are included in the Appendices.
                                                     Conclusion

      Inspection and monitoring activities performed by a Control Authority are instrumental in determining industrial users' compliance
with imposed regulations and pretreatment standards. Development of standardized procedures and forms for use during inspections
and monitoring activities are the key to ensuring required information and documentation is obtained.
1   For example: amount of available data (historical data); type of facility (toxic vs. conventional wastes discharger); type and
concentrations of poDutants in the discharge; type of discharge (continuous vs. batch); seasonal variations in operations and wastewater
flow, type of production (24-hour operation vs. 8-hour operation, seasonal vs. daily production); past performance of, and compliance
by, an industrial user; potential for impact on POTW/receh/ing stream, etc.

Page 12-Narrative                                                                                         Module 8

-------
* use 24 hour I
POTW/lndWalUser
COC#:
Perrnjt#:
Chain of Custody (COC) Record Form
Permit effective dates: to
Industrial User
Facility Address:
Contact
Phone #:
Sample(s) collected by: (print name)
Sample Information
Sample description and location
(e.g.ww/bipeOOl)









| Lab use only |
time(s)'grab(s)
collected and time*
composite poured
into individual
sample boWes









Type
£









1









Containers)
{









3









volume (ml)









!










Composite samples (refer to the corresponding FMR for more information)
Composite type: (<*<*> on* one)
Composite start date/time*:
Composite end date/time*:
Date sample(s) collected / /
Chemical Preservative
I









j









Sample integrity: (<** one response tor each question end use comments section B proHafW are detected)
Samples received on ice:
Samples properly field preserved:
Zero headspace & teflon septa for volatile organic samples:
Samples in proper containers upon receipt into the lab:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples received by whom and their affiliation:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples received by whom and their affiliation:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples described above received for lab by whom:
yes no n/a
yes no n/a
yes ho n/a
yes no n/a
|










i









|









,









flow time hand
/ / @ :
/ / @ :

Lab use only

Sample collector's signature:
Analyses Requested
t









0









z
&
i









Cd









Cr









Cu









Pb









Mo









Ni









Ag









Zn









oil & grease, t









I



























































Lab us* only
tsbsamp)9l.0.#









Comments:
on": / / @
on / / @
on / / @
on / / @
on / / @
Lab's State Certification #: on / / @ '

-------
' use 24 hour format
                       User
Field Measurement Record (FMR) Form
Industrial User
?,i'<. -*.
Corresponding COC Number
Automatic Composite Sampler
Composite type: (cn*> m only)
Sampler programmed by whom:
Programmed start collection date/time*:
Actual Sampler end collection date/time':
Number of aliquots comprising composite:
Programmed pulse or time interval:
Collection bottle chilled during sampling?
Flow Measurement t *3 frfl 1
Meter type(s); JU wastewater , water, in-product)
Meter(s) reporting units: (ie. cf. gallons, ccf)
{lor wastewater
Sampler flow puke every: meters only)
Date/Time* n-r totalizer(s) read initially;
Rnal non-resettable(n-r) totafeer readings:
Initial non-resettable(n-r) totalizer readings:
Interval flow volume in gallons:
N-R totalizers read initially by whom:
Field oH Measurement m K
Date/lime* pH sample collected:
Time* of pH analysis: p Afferent hmcohofaifi™)
pH sample collected by and analyzed by:
pH result(S.U.) and sample temperature:
Comment* & Miscellaneous
Upon set up of the automatic sampling equipment for
Day 1 , is the sampler collection bottle and tubing dean?
(write in "yes" or "no") If no, please detail
why in the comments section for Day 1 .
Facility Address:
Dav1


Row / Time

/ / 6 :
/ / 8 :



1 ;



I / 8 :




%. 	 •' ,, "%r

s.u. e »c




Day 4

^
Flow / Timeii

/ / e ;
/ / e :



* 	 M W<



1 1 * :




SH. ..;.. " c H
/ / 9 :
|s '^
i^ Is *

s.a « °c
m *$
Fmal date/time' n-f totalizers read and by whom:
/ / @ : by


-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
   Report/no Requirements
  Reporting Requirements
    Self-Monitoring Frequency
     + Federal
       - 40 CFR §§ 403.12(e), (g) & (h)
     + State
     •f Local(permit)
  CIU/SIU Self-Monitoring Reports
        [40 CFR § 403.12(e) & (h)]
     + Nature and concentration of
      discharged pollutants
     + Flow/production data
Module 9
Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Reporting Requirements
          Certification  statement
           [40 CFR § 403.6(a)(2)(ii)]

  I certify under penalty of law that this document and all
  attachments were prepared under my direction or
  supervision In accordance with a system designed to
  assure that qualified personnel property gather and
  evaluate the Information submitted. Based on my inquiry
  of the person or persons who manage the system, or
  those persons directly responsible for gathering the
  Information, the Information submitted is, to the best of my
  knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am
  aware that there are significant penalties for submitting
  false information including the possibility of fines and
  Imprisonment for knowing violations.
     Signatory Requirements
             [40 CFR § 403.12(1)]

    + Responsible corporate officer,

    + General partner or proprietor, or

    + Duly authorized representative
   POTW may monitor in lieu
       of IU self-monitoring

     [40 CFR § 403.12(g)&(h)]
Module 9
Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Reporting Requirements
               CIU Reports

     40 CFR § 403.12
        (b) BMRs
          • required information [§ 403.12(b)(1-7)]
          • existing sources 180 days
          • new sources 90 days
        (c) Compliance schedule reports
        (d) 90 Day compliance reports
     40 CFR §403.16
        (c) Upset
            CIU/SIU Reports

       40 CFR § 403.12
          (0    Notice of potential problems
          (g)(2) Noncompliance notification and
               remonitoring
          (j)    Notice of changed discharge
          (p)   Notification of discharge of
               hazardous waste
       40 CFR §403.17
          (c)   Bypass
   Record Keeping Requirements
           [40 CFR § 403.12(0)(1)]

 All (Us and POTWs subject to reporting must
 maintain:
  - date, exact place, method, and time of sampling
   and the names of the person(s) taking the samples
  - the dates the analyses were performed
  - who  performed the analyses
  - the analytical techniques/methods used
  -the results of the analyses
Module 9
Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Reporting Requirements
                Q**M»t
       Retention of Records
        [40 CFR § 403.12{o)(2) & (3)]

     + Requires both POTWs and (Us
       to retain records for at least 3
       years.

     + Records must be available for
       inspection and copying.
Module 9
Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
   Report/no Requirements
      POTW Annual Report to
         Approval Authority
            [40 CFR § 403.12(i)]
     + Updated list of lUs/SIUs/CIUs
     + Summary of IU compliance
     4 Summary of POTW enforcement
     + Any other relevant information
     + Signature[40 CFR § 403.12(m)]
Module 9
Slide Presentation • Page 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Reporting Requirements
                                        Reporting Requirements
                                                    Introduction

      40 CFR § 403.12 outlines minimum Federal Pretreatment Prog-am reporting requirements for industrial users and POTWs.  Since
 Control Authorities are responsible for communicating applicable standards and requirements to industrial users and for receiving and
 analyzing reports, ft is essential for Control Authority personnel to understand POTW and industrial user reporting requirements. This
 module provides a brief discussion of the reporting requirements contained in the General Pretreatment Regulations.1
                               Categorical Industrial Users (ClUs) Reporting Requirements

 Baseline Monitoring Reports [40 CFR § 403.12(b)1
      As a first step in applying categorical pretreatment standards, a Control Authority must have basic data about its industrial
 dischargers that are subject to these standards. Section 403.12(b) of the General Pretreatment Regulations requires every existing
 industrial user subject b a categorical standard to submit a report within 180 days after the effective date of the standard2. This report
 is commonly referred b as the Baseline Monitoring Report (BMR). If a category determination has been requested, the BMR is not
 due until 180 days after a final administrative decision has been made concerning the industry's inclusion in the category. The BMR
 must contain the following items of information:

           name and address of the facility and names of the operator and owners

      •     list of all environmental control permits held by or for the facility

      •     description of operations, including the average rate of production, applicable Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes,
           schematic process diagrams, and points of discharge to the POTW from regulated processes

      •     flow measurements for regulated process wastestreams and nonregulated wastestreams, where necessary

      •     pollutant measurements and applicable standards

      •     certification, by a qualified professional, reviewed by a representative of the CIU, of whether applicable pretreatment
           standards are being met and, if not a description of the additional operation and maintenance (O&M) or pretreatment
           facilities that are needed to comply with the standards

      •     a schedule by which the industrial user will  provide the additional O&M or pretreatment needed to comply with the
           applicable pretreatment standards.

If a CIU has already submitted the specific information required in a permit application or data disclosure form and this information is
still current, it need not be reproduced and resubmitted in the BMR.
1  Note - States and industrial user permits may require additional reports and/or information from POTWs or (Us.
2  New sources are required to submit the report 90 days prior to commencement of their discharge to the POTW.

Module 9                                                                       ~~                 Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Reporting Requirements	   	   The Pretreatment Training Course
 Compliance Schedule Progress Reports [40 CFR S 403.12fcV3l|
      A CIU who is not in compliance with applicable discharge Omitations will frequently have to make in-plant process changes and/or
 install end-ofyipe teatment To address this situation, 40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(iv) requires the Control Authority to develop and impose
 a compliance schedule.  As part of the BMR, a CIU in noncompliance of standards must present to the Control Authority the shortest
 schedule of CIU actions enabling it to meet the applicable categorical standards. For ClUs, the final or completion date in the schedule
 must be no later than the final compfiance date specified in the Federally promulgated standards. Compliance schedules are formalized
 either in the industrial user's permit frf the compliance date is pending) or a compliance order (if the compliance date has past). Where
 reasonable, the Control Authority may require a final compliance date earlier than the Federal standards.  If a user must develop a
 compliance schedule to meet local Emits, the user should develop a schedule with the Control Authority deciding on the final compliance
 date.

      Compliance schedules must contain increments of progress in the form of dates (not to exceed 9 months per event) for
 commencement and completion of major actions leading to construction and operation of a pretreabnent system and/or in-plant process
 modifications9.  Major activities could include hiring an engineer, completing preliminary analysis and evaluation, finalizing plans,
 executing a contract for major components, commencing construction, completion of construction, or testing operation.

      In addition, 40 CFR § 403.12(c)(3) requires that the CIU submit progress report to the Control Authority no later than 14 days
 following each date in the compliance schedule (and final date  for compliance), which includes:

      •     a statement on the ClU's status with respect to the compliance schedule

      •     a statement on when the CIU expects to be back on schedule if it is falling behind, the reason for the delay and steps being
           taken  by the industrial user to return to the established schedule.

 The Control Authority should review these reports as quickly as possible. When a CIU is falling behind schedule, the Control Authority
 should maintain dose contact with the CIU. If the CIU fails to demonstrate good faith in meeting the schedule, the Control Authority
 may consider initiating appropriate enforcement action to correct the problem(s).

 90-Dav Compliance Reports [40 CFR § 403.12fcfl
      Section 403.12(d) of he General Pretreatment Regulations requres ClUs submit a final compliance report to the Control Authority.
 Existing ClUs must file a final compliance report within 90 days following the final compliance date specified in a categorical regulation
or within 90 days of the compliance date specified by the Control Authority, whichever is earlier.  New source ClUs must file a
compliance report upon commencement of their discharge to the POTW.  The Control Authority should notify each of its ClUs of the
requirement for submittal of the final compliance report, and the following necessary contents:

     •     results of sampling the industrial wastestreams for regulated pollutants

     •     average and maximum daily flow for industrial process wastewaters being regulated

     •     a statement of compliance

           where necessary, a statement as to whether additional O&M changes and/or pretreatment equipment are needed to bring
           the CIU into compliance.
1 Includes pollution prevention activities.
Page 2-Narrative                                                                                          Module 9

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Reporting Requirements


 Upset Reports 140 CFR § 403 16)
      ClUs are allowed an affirmative defense for noncompliance of categorical limitations if they can demonstrate that the
 noncompliance was the result of an upset4. 40 CFR § 403.16 outlines conditions necessary to demonstrate an upset has occurred
 which includes providing a report containing the following information:

      •     a description of the indirect discharge and the cause of the noncompliance

      •     the date(s) and times of the noncompliance

      •     steps being taken and/or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance.

 The CIU shall submit this information to the Control Authority within 24 hours of becoming aware of the upset9


                            Categorical and Significant Industrial User Reporting Requirements

 Periodic Compliance Reports [40 CFR § 403.12 (e) & (M]
      After the final compliance date, ClUs are required to report, at least semi-annually, the self-monitoring results of their wastewater
 dscharge(s). The Control Authority must also require semi-annual reporting from SlUs not subject to categorical standards. All results
 tor self-monitoring performed must be reported to the Control Authority. A Control Authority may choose to monitor industrial facilities
 in lieu of the industrial user doing the self-monitoring.' Periodic compliance reports should include:

      •     nature and concentration of pollutants limited by applicable categorical standards or required by the Control Authority

      •     flow data as required by the Control Authority

      •     mass of pollutants discharged7

      •     production rates'

 40 CFR § 403.12(e) and (h) also requires compliance with 40 CFR Part 136.  Based on the aforementioned, further information
 regarding sample handling and analytical procedures shall be submitted to the Control Authority from the user.  Development of
 standardized forms for use by users and (her testing labs will facilitate users providing all required information necessary for evaluation
 and will streamline reviews performed by both the user and the Control Authority. An example self-monitoring report format is included
 in the attachments.
4 Upset is defined as an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with categorical standards
due to factors beyond the reasonable control of the CIU. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational
error, improperly designed or inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventative maintenance, or careless or improper operation.
* If the information was provided oraDy, a written submission must be provided to the Control Authority within 5 days of becoming aware
of the upset
6 In this case, self-monitoring reports are not required to be submitted.
7 Applicable to ClUs where mass limitations have been imposed.
' Applicable  to ClUs where equivalent limits have been imposed or where limits imposed are expressed in allowable pollutant
discharged per unit of production.

Module 9                                                                                          Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Reporting Requirements	  	       	                The Preireatment Training Course
 Bypass f40 CFR S 403.171
      The General Pretreatment Regulations define "bypass* as the intentional diversion of wastestreams from any portion of a users
 teatment facility. If the bypass resulted in noncompliance or was not due to essential maintenance to assure efficient operation, the
 user must provide a report to the Control Authority detailing the following:

      •     a description of the bypass and the cause

      •     the duration of the bypass

      •     steps being taken and/or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the bypass.

 Oral notice must be provided to the Control Authority within 24 hours of the detection of an unanticipated bypass, with a written follow-up
 due within 5 days.  For an anticipated bypass, a user shall submit notice to the Control Authority, preferably 10 days prior to the intent
 to bypass.

 Notification of Potential Problems f40 CFR S 403.12ffl1
      AD industrial users are required to notify the Control Authority immediately of any discharges which may cause potential problems.
 These discharges include spills, slug loads, or any other discharge which may cause a potential problem to the POTW.

 Noncomplianee Notification MO CFR S 403.12foK2H
      If monitoring performed by a user indicates noncompliance, the user is required to notify the Control Authority within 24 hours
 of becoming aware of Ihe violation. In addition, the user must repeat sampling and analysis and report back within 30 days. The repeat
 sampling is notrequred if the Control Authority samples the industrial user at least once per month or if the Control Authority samples
 the industrial user between the time the user originally samples and the time the user receives the results of this sampling.'

 Notification of Changed Discharge f40 CFR § 403.12fn1
      All industrial users are required to promptly notify the Control Authority prior to  changes in their discharge. This notification
 includes substantial changes in volume or character, including the  list of characteristic hazardous wastes discussed below.

 Notification of Discharge of Hazardous Wastes 140 CFR § 403.12foM
      Industrial users discharging more than 15 kilograms per month of hazardous wastes or any amount of acutely hazardous wastes
under 40 CFR Part 261 are required to provide a one time written notification of such discharge to the Control Authority, State, and EPA.
This written notification must contain the EPA hazardous waste number and the type of discharge (i.e., batch, continuous). If the
industrial user discharges more than 100 kilograms per month of the hazardous waste, the written notification must also include:

      •     an identification of the hazardous constituent in the industrial user's discharge

      •     an estimate of the mass and concentration of the constituents in the industrial user's discharge in a calendar month

           an estimate of the mass and concentration of constituents in the industrial user's discharge in a year.
8 Some POTWs may prohibit waiving the requirement for performing repeat sampling. They reason that for circumstances where
Control Authority monitoring also indicates noncompliance, the user is more likely to quickly resolve their noncompliance if they are
required to incur the costs of repeat sampling.
Page 4-Narrative                                                                                          Module 9

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	.	Reporting Requirements
 Industrial users must also provide a certification accompanying this notification that a waste reduction program is in place to reduce
 the volume and bxicity of hazardous wastes to the greatest degree economically practical. Additionally, within 90 days of the effective
 date of the listing of any additional hazardous wastes, industrial users must provide a notification of the discharge of such wastes.


 Signatory and Certification Requirements f40 CFR § 403.12fW
      Pursuant to 40 CFR § 403.12(1) BMRs, 90-day compliance reports and periodic compliance reports from categorical industrial
 users must be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user and contain a certification statement attesting to the integrity
 of the information reported. The reports should be signed as follows:


      •    by a responsible corporate officer if the industrial user is a corporation. A responsible corporate officer includes:
                president, secretary, treasurer or vice president of the corporation (or person performing similar functions)
                manager of at least one manufacturing, production of operation facility which employs over 250 people or has gross
                annual sales or expenditures over $25 million, if signature authority is delegated to the manager

      •    by a general partner or proprietor if the industrial user is a partnership or sole proprietorship

      •    by a duly authorized representative of the above specified persons if such authorization is in writing, submitted to the
           Control Authority and specifies a person or position having overall responsibility for the facility where the discharge
           originates or having overall responsibility of environmental matters for the facility.

 As defined in 40 CFR § 403.6(a)(2)(ii), the certification statement shall be as follows:


           "I certify under penalty of law that this document and aO attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision
      in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information
      submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible
     for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and
     complete. I am aware that there are Significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine
      and imprisonment for knowing violations.'

 Control Authorities may impose these requirements on all industrial users. Regardless, to facilitate compliance, the Control Authority
 may develop forms for use by users which includes the certification statement and signatory requirements. An example format that
 can accompany a user's self-monitoring report is included in the attachments.
                                           POTW Reporting Requirements


     Pursuant to 40 CFR § 403.12(i), the following information shall be provided in a POTW's annual report to the Approval Authority:


     •     an updated list of industrial users, including their names, addresses and applicable standards

     •     a summary of each industrial users compliance status for the reporting period

     •     a summary of compliance, surveillance and enforcement activities performed by the POTW

           any other relevant information requested by the Approval Authority.

This report must be signed a person meeting the requirements specified in 40 CFR § 403.12(m).  Note that many states and EPA
regions have modified their annual report requirements to include additional information.



Module9                                                      '.                                     Narrative-Page 5

-------
 Reporting Requirements	The Pretreatment Training Course


                                   Record Keeping Requirements 140 CFR § 403.12(o)|

      Industrial users and Control Authorities are required to maintain records of their monitoring activities. Information, at a minimum,
 shaO include the following:

      •     sampling methods, dates and times

      •     identity of the person(s) collecting the samples and of the sampling location(s)

      •     the dates the  analyses were performed and the methods used

      •     the identity of the person(s) performing the analyses and the results of the analyses.

 These records shall be retained for at least 3 years, or longer in cases where there is pending litigation involving the Control Authority
 or industrial user, or when requested by the Approval Authority. These records must be made available to the Control Authority and
 Approval Authority upon request
                                                     Conclusion

      The General Pretreatment Regulations outline required reports and minimum contents of such, for both industrial users and
Control Authorities. Different types of users are subject to different reporting requirements, making it necessary for Control Authority
personnel to understand what is required of (her users and communicate those requirements effectively. Development of standardized
formats for use by industrial users facilitates their compliance with reporting requirements and the subsequent review by the Control
Authority.
Page 6 - Narrative                                                                                           Module 9

-------
'use 24 hour format
Permit No.:
Industrial User
Date Samples) Collected:
                            POTW/Industrial User
                     Periodic Compliance Report(PCR)

                   Interval flow volume in gallons:
                                                        Corresponding Chain of Custody #:
                                                                                                     of
lab
Sample: ID


















seeFMR







Parameter
ID
Ammonia as N
BOD-Sday
Cd,T
Cr.T
COD
Cu,T
CyanictyT
Rashpolnt
Pb.T
Hg,T
Mp,T
NIJ
08 & Grease J
Phenol, T
Ag,T
TPH
TSS
Zn,T
PH







Prep
Method

M£&


lt^$


H»i«iti




IC^»;



^•8?

^M^







Prep Start
Date/Time*
@
?&:?T\: :. 	
@
@
5*^«f VX?" •* •• °° % s '&'• i "°
- *; -.•••'^v.^ %< !£ s
•Nw •• .. -^ ^ •• * $•,"•,; % ff
@
e
^^Hj^EV;
e
e
	 e 	
e
|-|M>^^!is
@
6
Fl^^lt';^"-;^-"
^^p^r ^S
@
?M-;\M4^







Analyst's
Initial (prep)

•»/
s '^,-i >


. ,S >f.?-. ^
- *»4» $• ^$5 .v


l^v|#-l^




ts^Hil*i


^1^1
s|t? - ^

L;j|!hff







Analytical
Method


























Analysis Start
Date/Time*
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
8...
«...
@
f
e
e
e
@
@
@
@
..«
@
@
@
@
Analyst's
Initials


























Detection
Umit
mgfl
mg/l
mgfl
mg/l
mg/l
mgfl
mgfl

mgft
rr^t
tsfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
fng/l
mgfl
mgfl

mgd
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l


Analytical
Result
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgd
»F
mg/f
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
, mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
S.U.
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl
mgfl


Pounds of
Pollutant (opt.







1










fi ' P







Lab |
Comments j|














'











By signing below t an certifying that I am a Laboratory Supervisor as defined by the State; at the time of analysis a State certification in wastewater analysis was held for each analysis reported as having been performed above;
and except for notations made in the lab comments section above, all authorized analytical procedures and protocols have been utilized.  I further certify that all results from the analyses performed on these samples using
approved methodologies and for which a State certification in wastewater analyses is held, are reported above or on the accompanying pagespf any).
            Laboratory's Name
State Certification #
Laboratory Supervisor's Name(pnnt)
Laboratory Supervisor's Signature
Date Signed

-------
                                         Industrial User
                       Periodic Compliance Report(PCR) Certification Form
Permttf
Industrial User!

Sample Date(s):
Monitoring Event Type(s):     Q] self-monitoring                 Q compliance monitoring
(check all that apply)         [j| consent order                  [] compliance order
                                other:       ;
Viplation(s):
The Control Authority was notified of the violation(s) detailed above on	/	/	@,	:	
via   	(e.g. phone, voice mail, fax, etc.).


I,	^	(print name), certify under penalty of law that this document and
all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to
assure that qualified personnel property gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry
of the person or persons who manage the system,  or those persons directly responsible for gathering the
information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete.
I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fines
and imprisonment for knowing violations.
      Signature of Company Official                Title of Company Official             Date Signed

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
       Data Management
                and
   Compliance Evaluations
          Key Concepts
   • Thorough documentation is essential
   • Retain all documents and data (at least
    3 years)
   • Document all activities
   • Maintain general and facility-specific
    files
      General Documentation
      • Regulations
      • Legal authority
      • Industrial user classification
      • Local limits development
      • Other documentation
Module 10
           Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
  Facility-Specific Documentation
         • Permitting
         • Application of standards
         • Industrial user reporting
         • Monitoring/Inspections
         • Compliance evaluations
         • Enforcement
         Industrial User Files
    + General facility information
    • Discharge permits
    • Monitoring data
    • Inspection reports
    • Compliance evaluation conclusions
    • Enforcement actions
    • Correspondence, meeting notes, phone
      logs
     Inspection Documentation
    • Date and time
    • Names of inspectors and facility
      contacts
    • Notes on areas inspected
    * Identified changes from previous
      inspection
    • Findings from records review
    • Evaluation of facility plans (e.g., TOMPs,
      SPCCs)
Module 10
            Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
     Monitoring Documentation
     • Date, time, and location
     • Sample type
     • Characteristics of wastewater
     • Preservatives used
     • QA/QC for sampling and analysis
     • Sampler and custody signatures
     • Analytical methods
     • Identification of violations
    Enforcement Documentation
     • Comprehensive explanation of
       violation
     • Assume any action could be used
       in an enforcement case
     • Document ALL actions (includes.
       phone calls, meetings, etc.)
            Data Tracking
      • Industrial waste survey
      • Permit reissuance
      • IU report due dates
      • POTW enforcement actions
      • IU reporting requirements
      • IU compliance status and violation
        dates
Module 10
            Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
  Significant Noncompliance (SNC)

     • Chronic violations
     • Technical Review Criteria (TRC)
       violations
     • Failure to meet, within 90 days, a
       compliance schedule milestone
     • Failure to submit a report within
       30 days of the due date
           SNC (continued)

      Violation that causes pass-through or
      interference
      Discharge that causes imminent
      endangerment
      Failure to accurately report
      noncompliance
      Other violations that adversely affect
      the POTW Pretreatment Program
       Chronic and TRC SNC
             Calculations

     Calculate SNC quarterly

     Evaluate daily maximums and long-
     term averages

     "But I only collected one sample for the
     month"
Module 10
            Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
77>e Pretreatment Training Course
Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
          Tracking Systems


         • Manual

         • Automatic

         • Standardized forms
   Approval Authority Oversight

   » EPA or the State WILL review your flies (and
     will expect the flies to make sense and
     present a clear picture of the chronology of
     events)
   • Expect IU compliance tracking summaries
   • Expect each violation (reporting and
     discharge) to be noted with POTW/1U
     response
   • Anything less will complicate the review
Module 10
             Slide Presentation - Pages

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	   Data Management and CompBance Evaluations
                        Data Management and Compliance Evaluations
                                                   Introduction

      A local pretreatment program requires the maintenance of related records in a readily accessible manner for effective program
 implementation. The Control Authority should be aware that industrial user records must be retained for a minimum of 3 years and
 throughout the course of any ongoing litigation. Use of standardized forms (e.g., inspection questionnaires, chain of custodies, field
 measurement records, etc.) and procedures (e.g., sampling, periodic compliance report reviews, etc.) facilitate effective data
 management for further ease of tracking and accessibility to data. Control Authorities with more than 20 significant industrial users
 should consider automating their industrial user records. Elements that should be considered when designing a data management
 system for a local pretreatment program are discussed in this module, but first the importance of documentation.
                                    Documentation. Documentation. Documentation

 POTW Pretreatment Program Files
     A POTW should maintain files on its pretreatment program, which include:

     •     pretreatment program approval, including modifications
     •     program procedures
     •     local regulations
     •     annual reports to the Approval Authority
     •     Enforcement Response Plan
     •     local limits, including development documentation

 Files should also include, but are not limited to containing, copies of NPDES permits for all POTW treatment plants under the POTWs
jurisdiction, current regulations applicable to the pretreatment program1 (e.g., 40 CFR Parts 136,403, and 405-471, State regulations),
aD correspondence to and from the Approval Authority and EPA, and rate and other special studies. Information should be filed in an
orderly manner and be readily accessible for review:

Permittee Files
     POTWs are responsible for maintaining files for all permitted lUs. Although the means of accomplishing such is usually at the
discretion of the POTW, permittee files should include all POTW information regarding the user, such as:

     •     permits and fact sheets
     •     permit applications
     •     inspection reports
     •     BMRs, 90-Day Compliance Reports, and Compliance Schedule Reports
     •     ID and POTW monitoring data
     •     required plans (e.g., slug control, sludge management, pollution prevention)
     •     ill correspondence to and from the Permittee
  Demonstrating access to regulations via BNA on CD, the Internet, etc. is acceptable.
Module 10                                                                                       Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Data Management and CompBance Evaluations •	T7ie Pretreafrnerrf Training Course
      •     all enforcement documentation

Phone togs2 should be kept by all pretreatment program personnel. Important conversations with Permittees should be summarized
and included as part of their file. Meetings held should also be summarized in narrative form and included as part of the Permittee's
file.
                                                     Tracking


Industrial Waste Surveys
     A POTW is required to identify and locate all lUs subject to their program and to provide, in their annual report to the Approval
Authority, a list of all IDs discharging to their system and the standards which apply to each ID's discharge. Therefore, it is essential
that a POTW have a system in place that tracks users identified, justification for their classification (i.e., ID, SIU or CIU), and any other
relevant information (e.g., applications, phone conversations, field verifications).  The information should be kept up-to-date and allow
for quick identification of a potential source of a problem at the POTW as well as identify which users may need to be notified in
response to changes in applicable regulations.

Compliance Evaluation
     The Control Authority should have a system which alerts pretreatment staff of all pending deadlines for each IU (e.g., self-
monitoring reports, compliance schedule milestones, responses to enforcement action). A good tracking system will facilitate timely
enforcement actions, and potentially prevent noncompliance by an ID.

     As part of date tracking, POTWs must evaluate, semi-annualty. whether an ID was in Significant Non-Compliance (SNC) for the
previous six month reporting period.  40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(vii)(A-H)3 defines SNC to be an Ill's violations meeting one  or more of the
following criteria:

     •    chronic violations of wastewater discharge limits, defined here as those in which sixty-six percent or more of all of the
          measurements taken during a six month period exceed (by any magnitude) the daily maximum limit or the average limit
          for the same pollutant parameter

     •    technical review criteria (TRC) violations, defined here as those  in which  thirty-three percent or more of all of the
          measurements for each pollutants parameter taken during a six-month period equal or exceed the product of the daily
          maximum Emit or the average Emit multiplied by the applicable TRC (TRO1.4 for BOD, TSS, fats, oil, and grease, and 1.2
          for all other pollutants except pH)

     •    any other violation  of a pretreatment effluent Omit (daily maximum or long-term average) that the  Control Authority
          determines has caused, alone or in combination with other dischargers,  interference or pass through (including
          endangering the health of POTW personnel or the general public)

     •    any discharge of a pollutant that has caused imminent endangerment to human health, welfare or to the environment or
          has resulted in the POTW's exercise of its emergency authority under 40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(vi)(B) to halt or prevent such
          a discharge
2 Phone logs should include the date and duration(start and stop time) of the conversation, the identify of the person(s) spoken with,
who initiated the phone call, and a summary of what was discussed. Voice mail messages received should be documented in phone
logs as well.
1 On July 24,1990 (55 FR 30082), EPA codified its long-standing definition of significant noncompliance.

Page 2-Narrative                                                                                       Module 10

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	Data Management and Compliance Evaluations
      •     failure to meet, within 90 days after the schedule date, a compliance schedule milestone contained in a local control
           mechanism or enforcement order for starting construction, completing construction, or attaining final compliance

      •     failure to provide, within 30 days after the due date, required reports such as baseline monitoring reports, 90-day
           compliance reports, periodic self-monitoring reports, and reports on compliance with compliance schedules

      •     failure to accurately report noncompliance

      •     any other violation or group of violations which the Control Authority determines will adversely affect the operation or
           implementation of the local pretreatment program.

 IDs determined to be in SNC are required to be published in the largest local newspaper [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(2)(vii)).

 Tracking Systems
   '   The number and type of IDs, number and size of the POTW, interjurisdictional relationships, and politics all impact the type of
 data management system implemented.  Regardless, data management must be conducted in an organized manner.  For smaller
 programs, use of standardized forms for use by (Us and for use by the POTW to report information to the Approval Authority may be
 sufficient to accomplish this. However, for larger or more complex programs, use of existing commercially available off the shelf tracking
 systems, or development of a tracking system specific to a POTW's needs, may be necessary.
                                                    Conclusion

      Documentation and data tracking are an integral part of the pretreatment program. POTWs are responsible for utilizing a data
management system which allows for ready access to and location of records. Management of information can be as simple as color
coding multiple partitioned files to development of a totally comprehensive computer system.
Module 10                   '                                                                      Narrative • Page 3

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	  Data Management and Compliance Evaluation
                              Periodic Compliance Report Evaluation Exercise

    Bradley & Faulk Metal Finishing (B&F) is a new source metal finisher subject b the 40 CFR Part 433 categorical standards. B&F's
 primary business area is nickel/chrome plating, but the facility does occasionally plate other types of metals when requested.  The
 facility is required, by permit to monitor its process effluent biweekly for all pollutants regulated  by the metal finishing standards,
 ammonia, and pH and submit the results of this monitoring to the Control Authority monthly consistent with the periodic reporting
 requrements specified in 40 CFR §403.12(e). A copy of B&F's self-monitoring report for July 1997 is attached. Please review the report
 and note any problems, violations, etc. with the information provided in this report [All of the Control Authority's local limits are less
 stringent than the metal finishing categorical standards.]

 Supporting materials:  40 CFR §403.12(e) Periodic Reporting Requirements
                     40 CFR Part 433  Metal Finishing Categorical Standards
                     40 CFR Part 136  Test Procedures
                                             Deficiencies. Discrepancies, and Problems Noted

  1.  Certification Form
  2.  PCR(Dayt)
  3.  PCR(Day2)
Module 10                                             Appendix Periodic Compliance Report Evaluation Exercise - Page 1
  4.  Chain of Custody
     Record Forms
 5.  Field Measurement
     Record

-------
                                      Industrial User
                    Periodic Compliance Report(PCR) Certification Form
Permit*     000
Industrial User:  Bradley & Faulk Metal Finishing
Sample Date(s): 07/01/97,07/02/97
Monitoring Event Type(s):   [x] self-monitoring               Q] compliance monitoring
(check all that apply)        Q consent order               \^\ compliance order
                          n other:
Vlolation(s): none/
The Control Authority was notified of the violation(s) detailed above on	/	/	@
via 	(e.g. phone, voice mail, fax, etc.).
I, _ Patrick Bradley _ (print name) , certify under penalty of law that this document and
all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed
to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted.  Based on my
inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gath-
ering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate
and complete.   I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including
the possibility of fines and imprisonment for knowing violations.
                        __
     Sigr^ture of Company Official             Title of Company Official           Date Signed

-------
Remit No.:      000
Industrial User       Bradley & Fiulk Metal Finishing

Date Sample(s) Collected:     07/01/97
                      POTW/ Industrial User
                Periodic Compliance Report(PCR)


               Interval flow volume in gallons:   25000
                                                                               Page: 1   of    1

                                            Corresponding Chain of Custody fc      0000-07-01-97
Lab
Sample ID
WW97296
WW97296
WW97296
WW97297
WW97296
WW97296
seeFMR
Parameter
ID
Ammonia as N
Cr.VI
Cu,T
Cyanide. T
Ni,T
Ag,T
PH
Prep
Method
350.2
Sec. 4.1.4
Sec. 4.1.4
4500-CN-C
Sec. 4.1.4
Sec. 4.1.4
•.
Prep Start
Date/Time
07/04/97 @ 08:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
07/06/97 @ 13:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00

Analyst's
Initials (prep)
JRF
CKC
CKC
CKM
CKC
CKC

Analytical
Method
350.3
218.4
3113B
4500-CN-E
249.2
272.2
150.1
Analysis Start
Date/Time*
07/03/97 @ 18:00
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/21/97 @ 08:00
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/01/97 @ 07:22
Analyst's
Initials
DHH
MMR
MMR
CKM
MMR
MMR
KM
Detection
Limit
0.1 mg/l
0.03 mg/l
0.03 mg/l
0.01 mg/l
0.02 mg/l
0.03 mg/l

Analytical
Result
20 mg/l
5.4 mg/l
3.0 mg/l
0.06 mg/l
9.5 mg/l
< 0.03 mg/l
4.9 S.U.
Permit
Limits (mg/l)
50
2.77
3.38
1.2
3.98
0.43
5-10 S.U.
Lab
Comments







Date Sample(s) Collected:    07/02/97
               Interval flow volume in gallons:   5000
                                            Corresponding Chain of Custody #:     0000-07-02-97
Lab
Sample ID
WW8888
WW97343
WW97343
n/a
WW97343
WW97343
seeFMR
Parameter
ID
Ammonia as N
Cr.VI
Cu.T
Cyanide, T
Ni,T
Ag,T
PH
Prep
Method
350.2
Sec. 4.1.4
Sec. 4.1.4

Sec. 4.1.4
Sec. 4.1.4
-
Prep Start
Date/Time
07/03/97 @ 18:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
@
07/01/97 @ 17:00
07/01/97 @ 17:00
•• ;
Analysts
Initials (prep)
JRF
CKC
CKC

CKC
CKC

Analytical
Method
350.3
218.4
3113B

249.2
272.2
150.1
Analysis Start
Date/Time*
07/04/97 @ 08:00
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/10/97 @ 09:30
@
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/10/97 @ 09:30
07/02/97 @ 07:18
Analyst's
Initials
DHH
MMR
MMR

MMR
MMR
KM
Detection
Limit
0.1 mg/l
0.03 mg/l
0.03 mg/l
mg/l
0.02 mg/l
0.03 mg/l

Analytical
Result
5 mg/l
1.6 mg/l
1.4 mg/l
mg/l
3.3 mg/l
* 0.03 mg/l
9.8 S.U.
Permit
Limits (mg/l)
50
2.77
3.38
1.2
3.98
0.43
5-10 S.U.
Lab
Comments







By signing below I am certifying that: I am a Laboratory Supervisor as defined by the State; at the time of analysis, a State certification in wastewater analysis was held for each analysis reported as having been performed above;
and except for notations made in the lab comments section above, all authorized analytical procedures and protocols have been utilized. I further certify that all results from the analyses performed on these samples using approved
methodologies and for which a State certification in wastewater analyses is held, are reported above or on the accompanying pagesjif any).
                Ace Labs
DC 101
Bert Ace
            Laborator/s Name
                                                    State Certification #
                       Laboratory Supervisor's Name(print)
                                    Laboratory Supervisors Signature

-------
POTW/ Industrial User
COC#: 0000-07-02-97
3ermit #; 000

Permit effective dates: 4/3/92
Chain of Custody (COC) Record Form
to 6/30/97
Industrial User Bradley & Faulk Metal Finishing
Facility Address: 830 65th Street, Nowhere, DC 43210
Contact Patrick Bradley
Sample(s) collected by: (p
Phone it:
rHram) fc/rVJ AI<*£'C
Sample Information
Sample desctytion and location





/
/
A*
7
/
/
| Ub UM onl) |
Sample integrity:
cohctad and time
composite poured
into IndMduaJ sample
bottles
01 23
ol 23
OT JL3






Type
}
v^
/







t


•






202-260-6963

Contamer(s)
|
^
y
/






I









f
500
/ 000
5^60






C
1
/
a










Composite samples (refer to the corresponding FMR for more information)
Composite type: (dnfcoriyone)
Composite start date/bme*:
Composite end data/time*:
Date sample(s) collected: 7/5 / 97
Chemical Preservative
,

«/







I
V








(ctate one nttponM for oach quostxm and un cwnnenti wction if probtems tn dotecled)
Samples received on ice:
Samples property field preserved:
Zero headspace & teflon septa for volatile organic samples:
Samples in proper containers upon receipt into the lab:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples received by whom and their affiliation:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples received by whom and their affiliation:
Samples relinquished by whom and their affiliation:
Samples described above received for lab by whom:
f^ye?) no n/a
(yeT) no n/a
yes no (n/a,'
(yeiT) no n/a
,










S









s


/






to


?






flow time hand
111 1 97 @ (J7:30
?/ 5 /?7 @ 07:c?/

Lab use only
P.0.#201223
2 week turn-around
requested
Sample collector's signature: \/H( A,-((L-L(JL
Analyses Requested
BOD-Sday

^







£

v/







Z
8
§
/








Cd

V







Cr

•







Cu

X







Pb

/







Mo

X







Ni

v/







Afl

•







Zn

v^







•8









I


*/
























































Lib UM only
Lab sample 1.0. #
WLJqi3W3
uWl^ 3>43
00^1344
/
/
/
/
/
/
Comments: y 6Hlo£l,ME DeTECTtP - a^cogftiC aClO GIOWD. ^/jjj
iJ^L- /l/'C < — — -<^> ,-—f-^-^ on T/ d / 97 @ h 00
^-— 	 	 ' on / / @
___-—— — on / / @
____ 	 on / / @

^ 1
T^ // / /'} /") on / / @
J^/'LJ/CX 	 Lab's State Certification*: DC 101 on *} / ,3 /97 @ 15" 00

-------
       POTW/ Industrial User
Field Measurement Record (FMR) Form
Industrial User Bradley & Faulk Metal Finishing (Facility Address: 830 65th Street [sampling Location:

Corresponding COC Number
(Automatic Composite Sampler
Composite type: (cntemoriy)
Sampler programmed by whom:
Programmed start collection date/time:
Actual sampler end collection date/time:
lumber of aliquots comprising composite:
Programmed pulse or time interval:
Collection bottle chilled during sampling?
How Measurement
deter type(s): (i.e. wastewater, water, In-product)
Meter(s) reporting units: (i.e. cf.gatons.cct)
Sampler flow pulse every: meters only)
Date/Time n-r totalizers) read initially:
:inal non-resettable(n-r) totalizer readings:
Initial non-resettable(n-r) totalizer readings:
Interval flow volume in gallons:
f R totalizers read initially by whom:
:leldpH Measurement
Date/Time pH sample collected:
Time of pH analysis: fldahnrtfromeotecfontiM)
pH sample collected by and analyzed by:
>H resutt(S.U) and sample temperature:
Comments & Miscellaneous
Upon set up of the automatic samping equipment for
Day 1, is the sampler cotecfion bottle and tubing dean?
no (write In 'vas' or 'no') If no, please detai
why In the comments section for Day 1 .
Dav1
0000-01-0.1-11

(JkH/*) / Time
1C ,Hfl£lF
(f 1 SO/I '7 6 OT : tft
'!> t i^l 6 or? :asr
«K-
to
Lf6
^
uj dfeVdujco^r
lO Q£v>S
lOOac^\S

K Mai? IF

•in /q 7 e OT:^6
07 :^ 3L
^ MaRit
4-9 s.u. e ^>b *c

"2nS?
Oav2
OOOO -0') -Q~A -c)7

Flow / Time
^. Mn&E
I/ ( /en e 01 =33
T 5 /T? e o?:i5*
15 *
5
SORT O-F

U»^vOCcW
lO^tiS
\ CO
lOSl^C'O
5^00(^1
i/ Mo^iG

T/3 /S9 e 01 : iff


K.M^it
^.9 s.u e ^0*c

bcittle ^vl^ .Achja'
sump!*"' end (oll?cbai
Dav3


Flow / Time

116:
116:







11%:





116:


s.u. e *c



Dav4


Flow / Time

116:
116:







116:





116:


S.U. « *C

Rnal datenme n-r totabers read and by whom:
T d T? ecn as ^ K.Macie

-------
 PART 433—METAL FINISHING POINT
           SOURCE CATEGORY

  Subpart A—Metal Finishing Subcategory

 Sec.
 433.10  Applicability; description of the metil finishing
    point uurce category.
 433.11  Specialized definitions.
 433.12  Monitoring requirements.
 433.13  Effluent  limitation: representing  the degree of
    effluent reduction attainable by  applying the best
    practicable control technology  currently available
    (BPT).
 433.14  Effluent  limitations representing  the degree of
    effluent reduction attainable by  applying the best
    available technology economically achievable (BAT)
 433.15  Pretreatment  standards  for  existing   sources
    (PSES).
 433.16  New source performance standards (NSPS)
 433.17  Pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).

  AUTHORITY: Sees. 301. 304(bX (c). (eX and (gX 306(b)
 and (cX 307(b) and (cX 308 and 501 of the Clean Water
 Act (the Federal  Water Pollution  Control Act Amend-
 ments of 1971. as amended by the Clean Water Act of
 1977) (the  "Acf'X 33 U.S.C. 1311. 1314(b) (cX (eX and
 (gX 1316(b) and (cX 1317(b) and (cX 1318 and 1361: 86
 SlaL 816. Pub. L.  92-500; 91 Slat 1567. Pub. L. 95-217.
  SOURCE: 48 FR 32485, Jury 15. 1983. unless otherwise
 noted.


      Subpart A—Metal  Finishing
               Subcategory
§433.10
    .the metal
     category.
    description   of
.ing  point  source
  (a) Except as noted in paragraphs (b) and (cX
of this section, the provisions of this subpart apply
to plants which perform any of the following six
metal finishing operations on any basis material:
Electroplating,   Electroless  Plating,  Anodizing,
Coating (chromating, phosphaiing, and  coloringX
Chemical Etching and Milling, and Printed Circuit
Board Manufacture. If any of those six operations
are present, then this part applies to  discharges
from those operations and also to discharges from
any of the following 40 process operations: Clean-
ing,  Machining,  Grinding, Polishing,  Tumbling,
Burnishing,  Impact Deformation,  Pressure Defor-
mation, Shearing, Heat Treating, Thermal Cutting,
Welding,  Brazing,  Soldering,  Flame   Spraying,
Sand  Blasting, Other  Abrasive  Jet  Machining,
Electric  Discharge   Machining,   Electrochemical
Machining,  Electron  Beam  Machining,  Laser
Beam  Machining,  Plasma Arc Machining,  Ultra-
sonic  Machining, Sintering, Laminating, Hot Dip
Coating, Sputtering, Vapor Plating, Thermal Infu-
sion,  Salt  Bath  Descaling,  Solvent Degreasing,
Paint  Stripping, Painting, Electrostatic Painting,
Electropainting,  Vacuum  Metalizing,  Assembly,
Calibration, Testing, and Mechanical Plating.
   (b) In some cases effluent limitations and stand-
ards for the following industrial categories may be
effective and applicable to wastewater discharges
from the metal finishing operations  listed above.
In such cases these part 433 limits shall not apply
and the following regulations shall apply:

Nonferrous  metal smelting and refining  (40 CFR  part
  421)
Coil coating (40 CFR part 465)
Porcelain enameling (40 CFR part 466)
Battery manufacturing (40 CFR part 461)
Iron and steel (40 CFR part 420)
Metal casting foundries (40 CFR part 464)
Aluminum farming (40 CFR part 467)
Copper forming (40 CFR part 468)
Plastic molding and forming (40 CFR part 463)
Nonferrous forming (40 CFR part 471)
Electrical and electronic  components (40 CFR part 469)

   (c) This part does not apply to:
   (1) Metallic  platemaking  and gravure cylinder
preparation conducted within or for printing  and
publishing facilities; and
   (2) Existing  indirect discharging job shops  and
independent printed  circuit board manufacturers
which are covered by 40 CFR part 413.)

[48 FR 32485. Jury 15. 1983; 48 FR 43682. Sept. 26.
1983; 48 FR 45105. Oct 3. 1983; 51 FR 40421. Nov. 7.
1986]

§433.11  Specialized definitions.

   The definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401
and the chemical analysis methods set forth in 40
CFR  part  136  are both incorporated here by  ref-
erence. In addition, the following definitions apply
to this part:
   (a) The  term "T", as in "Cyanide,  T", shall
mean total.
   (b) The term "A",  as in "Cyanide  A", shall
mean amenable to alkaline chlorination.
   (c) The  term "job shop" shall mean a facility
which owns not more than  50% (annual  area
basis) of the materials undergoing metal finishing.
   (d)  The  term  "independent"   printed  circuit
board manufacturer shall mean a facility which
manufacturers printed circuit boards principally for
sale to other companies.
   (e) The term  "TTO" shall mean total  toxic
organics, which is the  summation  of all quantifi-
able  values greater than .01 milligrams per liter for
the following toxic organics:

Acenaphthene
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Benzene
Bcnzidine
Carbon tetrachloride (tetrachloromethane)
Chlorobenzene
1,2.4-Trichlorobenzene
                                                 1

-------
§433.12
Hexachlorobenzene
1,2,-Dichloroethane
1.1.1-Trtchloroethane
Hexachloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethane
1.1.2-Tricbloroelhane
1,1.2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Chloroethane
Bis (2-chloroethyi) ether
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (mixed)
2-Chloronaphthalene
2.4.6-Trichlorophenol
Parachlorometa cresol
Chloroform (trichloromethine)
2-Chlorophenol
1.2-Dichlorobenzene
13-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
33-Dichlorobenzidinc
1.1-Dichloioethy lene
1 ,2-Trans-dichlaroethy lene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1 ,2-Dichloropropane
13-Dichloropropylene (1.3-dichloropropene)
2,4-DimethyIphcnol
2.4-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-Dffiitrotoluene
1 ,2-Dipheny Ihy drazine
EthylbenzEne
Fluoranthene
4-Chlorophcayl phenyl ether
4-BromophenyI phenyl ether
Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
Methylene chloride (dichloromethane)
Methyl chloride (chloromethane)
Methyl bromide (bromomethane)
Bromoform (tribromcmethane)
Dichlorobromomethane
Chlorodibromomethane
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Isophorone
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
2-Nitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
4.6-Dinitro-o-cresol
N-nhrosodimethylamine
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
PenUchlorophenol
Phenol
Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Diethyl phthalate
Dimethyl phthalate
1,2-Benzanthr scene
  (benzo(a)anthracene)
Benzo(a)pyrene (3,4-benzopyrene)
3,4-Benzofluoranthene (benzo(b)fluoranthene)
11,12-Benzofluoranthene (benzoOOfluoranthene)
Chrysene
Acenaphthylene
Anthracene
1,12-Bauoperylene (benzo(ghi)perylene)
Fluorene
Phenanthrene
1 J.5,6-Dibenzanthncene (diben2o(aji)uithracene)
Indeao(1.23-cd) pyrenc (23-o-phenlene pyrene)
Pyrene
Tetrachloroelhylene
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
Vinyl chloride (chloroethylene)
Aldrin
Dieldnn
Chlordane (technical mixture and metabolites)
4.4-D0T
4,4-DDE (p.p-DDX)
4.4-DDD (p,p-TDE)
Alpha-endosulfan
Beta-endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
  (BHC-hexachloro-
  cyclohexane)
  Alpha-BHC
  Beta-BHC
  Gamma-BHC
  Delta-BHC
  (PC8-porychlorinated biphenyls)
  PCB-1242 (Arochlor 1242)
  PCB-1254 (Arochlor 12S4)
  PCB-1221 (Arochlor 1221)
  PCB-1232 (Arochlor 1232)
  PCB-1248 (Arochlor 1248)
  PCB-1260 (Arochlor 1260)
  PCB-1016 (Arochlor 1016)
  Toxapbene
  24.7,S-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)

[48 FR  32485, Jury IS. 1983; 48  FR 43682. Sept  26,
1983. as amended at 51 FR 40421. Nov. 7. 1986]

§433.12  Monitoring requirements.

   (a) In lieu of requiring monitoring for TTO, the
permitting authority (or, in the case of indirect dis-
chargers, the  control authority) may  allow dis-
chargers to make the following certification state-
ment: "Based on my inquiry of the person  or per-
sons directly responsible for managing compliance
with  the  permit limitation [or pretreaunent stand-
ard] for total toxic organics (TTO),  I  certify that,
to the best of my knowledge  and belief, no dump-
ing   of  concentrated  toxic  organics   into  the
wastewaters  has  occurred  since filing  of the last
discharge monitoring report.  I  further certify that
this  facility  is  implementing  the  toxic organic
management plan submitted to  the permitting  [or
control] authority."  For  direct  dischargers, this
statement  is to be  included as  a "comment"  on
the Discharge Monitoring Report required by  40
CFR 122.44(iX formerly 40 CFR 122.62(i).  For in-
direct dischargers, the statement is to  be included
as a  comment to the periodic reports  required  by

-------
                                                                                     § 433.14
40  CFR 403.12(e).  If monitoring is necessary to
measure compliance with  the TTO standard, the
industrial discharger need  analyse for only those
pollutants which would reasonably be expected to
be present.
  (b) In requesting the certification alternative, a
discharger shall submit a solvent management plan
that specifies to the satisfaction of the permitting
authority (or, in the case  of indirect dischargers,
the control authority) the toxic organic compounds
used; the  method  of disposal used  instead  of
dumping, such as reclamation, contract hauling, or
incineration; and procedures for ensuring that toxic
organics do not routinely spill or leak into the
wastewater. For direct dischargers, the permitting
authority shall incorporate  the plan as a provision
of the permit.
  (c) Self-monitoring for  cyanide  must be  con-
ducted after cyanide treatment and before dilution
with other streams.  Alternatively, samples may be
taken of the final effluent, if the plant limitations
are adjusted based on the dilution ratio of the cya-
nide waste stream flow to the effluent flow.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget
under control number 2040-0074)
[48  FR 32485. July 15. 1983: 48  FR 43682. Sept. 26.
1983. as amended at 49 FR 34823. Sept 4. 1984]

§433.13   Effluent limitations represent-
     ing the degree of effluent reduction
     attainable   by  applying  the  best
     practicable  control technology cur-
     rently available (BPT).
  (a) Except  as provided  in  40  CFR  125.30
through 123.32, any existing point source subject
to this subpart must achieve the following effluent
limitations  representing the degree of effluent re-
duction  attainable by applying the best practicable
control technology currently available (BPT):

          BPT EFFLUBJT LIMITATIONS
Polutant or pollutant property

Chromium (T) 	 	

LeadCH .
Nickel (T)
Silver (T) 	
Zinc (T) 	
Cyanide fT)
TTO 	 _ 	
Oil & Grease _ 	 	
TSS
pH .
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
Miigrame per liter (mg/l)
0.69
2.77
3.38
0.69
3.98
0.43
2.61
1.20
2.13
52
60
(')
0.26
1.71
Z07
0.43
2.38
0.24
1.48
0.65
26
31
m
source subject to those limits  and the pollution
control authority, the following amenable cyanide
limit may apply  in place of the total cyanide limit
specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
Polutant or pollutant property
Cyanide (A) 	

Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver.
age shall not
exceed
Milligrams per liter (mo/I)
0.86 1 0.32
  (c) No user subject to the provisions of this sub-
part shall augment the use  of process wastewater
or otherwise dilute the wastewater as  a partial or
total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve
compliance with this limitation.

§433.14   Effluent limitations represent-
     ing the degree of effluent reduction
     attainable  by  applying  the  best
     available   technology  economically
     achievable (BAT).
  (a) Except  as provided  in  40  CFR  125.30
through 12532, any existing point source  subject
to this subpart must achieve the following effluent
limitations representing the  degree of effluent re-
duction  attainable by  applying the best  available
technology economically achievable (BAT):

          BAT EFFUJBJT LIMITATIONS
Polutant or pollutant property
Cadmium (T) 	 	 	
Copper (T) . 	
Lead (T) 	
Nickel (T) 	
Silver (T)
ZinefT)
Cyanide (T) . 	
TTO

Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age ahall not
exceed
Milligrams per liter (mg/l)
0.69
2.77
3.38
0.69
3.98
0.43
2.61
1.20
2.13
0.26
1.71
2.07
0.43
Z38
0.24
1.48
0.65

                                                   (b)  Alternatively, for industrial facilities with
                                                 cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a
                                                 source subject to those limits and the pollution
                                                 control authority, the following amenable cyanide
                                                 limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit
                                                 specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
  < Within 6.0 to 9.0.

  (b) Alternatively, for industrial  facilities with
cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a
Polutant or pollutant property
Cyanide (A) 	

Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
oxcood
Mligrams per liter (mo/1)
0.66
0.32

-------
§433.15
   (c) No user subject to the provisions of this sub-
part shall augment the use of process wastewater
or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or
total  substitute for adequate treatment  to  achieve
compliance with this limitation.

§433.15  Pretreatment   standards   for
     existing sources (PSES).
   (a) Except  as  provided  in 40 CFR  403.7 and
403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart
that introduces pollutants  into a publicly owned
treatment works  must  comply with 40  CFR part
403 and achieve the following pretreatment stand-
ards for existing sources (PSES):

PSES  FOR  Au  PLANTS EXCEPT  JOB  SHOPS
   AND  INDEPENDENT  PRINTED CIRCUIT  BOARD
   MANUFACTURERS
Poiutant or pollutant property

Chromium (T) 	
Lrad (T) 	
Nickel (T)
Sfeer (T) . _ 	
Zinc (T) 	 	
Cyanide (T) 	
TTO 	 „ 	

Maximum tar
»ny 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
•XCeed
Milligram! per (tor (mo/)
0.69
2.77
3.38
0.69
3.98
0.43
2.61
1.20
2.13
0.26
1.71
2.07
0.43
2.38
0.24
1.48
0.65

  (b) Alternatively,  for industrial facilities with
cyanide  treatment, upon agreement between  a
source subject  to  those limits and the pollution
control authority. The following amenable cyanide
limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit
specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
PoButawit or poiutent property
Cyanide (A) 	
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
QtOOOO
Milligrams per liter (mg/Q
0.86
0.32
  (c) No user introducing wastewater pollutants
into  a publicly owned treatment works under the
provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of
process wastewater as a partial or total substitute
for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with
this standard.
  (d) An existing source submitting a certification
in lieu of monitoring  pursuant to §433.12 (a) and
(b) of this regulation must implement the toxic or-
ganic management  plan approved  by the control
authority.
  (e) An existing source  subject to this subpart
shall comply with a daily maximum pretreatment
standard for TTO of 4.37 mg/1.
  (0 Compliance with the provisions of paragraph
(c), (d), and (e) of this section shall be achieved
as soon as  possible, but not later than June 30,
1984, however metal finishing facilities which are
also covered by part 420 (iron and steel) need not
comply before July  10,  1985. Compliance with the
provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
shall be achieved as soon as possible, but not later
than February IS, 1986.
[48 FR 32485, Jury 15,  1983, as unaided at 48 FR
41410. Sept 15, 1983; 48 FR 43682. Sept. 26. 1983]
§ 433.16  New     source
    standards  (NSPS).
performance
                                                   (a) Any new source subject to this subpart must
                                                 achieve the following performance standards:

                                                                     NSPS
Petulant or pollutant properly
Cadmium (T) 	 	

Copper (T)
Lead (T) 	 _ 	
Nickel (T)
Siver (T) 	
Zinc (T) 	 	
Cyanide (T) _ 	
TTO.. ..
Oil and Create 	
TSS 	 _...
pH 	
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
exceed
Milligrams per liter (mo/1)
0.11
2.77
3.38
0.69
3.98
0.43
261
1.20
2.13
52
60
C1)
0.07
1.71
2.07
0.43
138
0.24
1.48
0.65
26
31
0)
                                                   'WHhine.Oto9.0.

                                                   (b) Alternatively,  for  industrial facilities with
                                                 cyanide treatment,  and upon agreement between a
                                                 source subject  to  those  limits  and the pollution
                                                 control authority, the following amenable cyanide
                                                 limit may apply in place  of the  total cyanide limit
                                                 specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
Poiutant or pollutant property
Cyanide (A) 	 	
Maximum for
any 1 day
Monthly aver-
age shall not
exceed
Milligrams per tier (mg/l)
0.88
0.32
  (c) No user subject to the provisions of this sub-
part  shall augment the use  of process wastewater
or otherwise dilute the wastewater as  a  partial or

-------
                                                                                      §433.17
total substitute  for adequate treatment to achieve
compliance with this limitation.
[48 FR 32485. July 15. 1983; 48 FR  43682. Sept. 26.
1983]

§433.17  Pretreatment   standards   for
     new sources (PSNS).
   (a) Except as provided in  40 CFR 403.7, any
new source subject to this subpart that introduces
pollutants into  a publicly owned treatment works
must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve
the  following  pretreatment  standards  for  new
sources (PSNS):

                    PSNS
Polutant or pollutant property



Lead (T) 	 _ 	
Nickel (T)
Silver (T) 	
Zinc (T)
Cyanide (T) 	 	 _ 	
TTO 	

Maximum
for any 1
day
Monthly av-
erage thai
not exceed
Miigraim per liter (mg/l)
0.11
277
3.38
0.68
3.96
0.43
261
1.20
213
0.07
1.71
207
0.43
236
0.24
1.46
0.6S

  (b) Alternatively,  for  industrial facilities with
cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a
source subject to  these  limits  and the pollution
control authority, the following amenable  cyanide
limit may apply  in place  of the total cyanide limit
specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
Polulant or pollutant property
CvankJe (A) 	
Maximum
for any 1
day
Monthly av-
erage thai
not exceed
Milligrams per liter (mo/I)
0.66
0.32
                                                    (c) No user subject to the provisions of this sub-
                                                 part shall augment the use of process wastewater
                                                 or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or
                                                 total  substitute for adequate  treatment to achieve
                                                 compliance with this limitation.
                                                    (d) An existing source submitting a certification
                                                 in lieu of monitoring pursuant to §433.12 (a) and
                                                 (b) of this  regulation must implement the toxic or-
                                                 ganic management plan  approved by the control
                                                 authority.
                                                 [48 FR 32485. July 15. 1983; 48  FR 43682. Sept. 26.
                                                 1983]

-------
 PART 136—GUIDELINES  ESTABLISH-
   ING  TEST PROCEDURES  FOR THE
   ANALYSIS OF POLLUTANTS

 See.
 136.1  Applicability.
 136.2  Definitions.
 136.3  Identification of test procedures.
 136.4  Application for alternate test procedures.
 136.S  Approval of alternate test procedures.
 APPENDIX  A TO  PART  136—METHODS FOR ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS OF  MUNICIPAL AND INDUS-
    TRIAL  WASTEWATER
 APPENDIX B TO PART 136—DEFINITION AND PROCEDURE
    FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE METHOD DETEC-
    TION Lwrr—REVISION 1.11
 APPENDDC  C TO  PART  136—INDUCTIVELY  COUPLED
    PLASMA—ATOMIC EMISSION SPECTROMETRJC METH-
    OD FOR TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF WATER AND
    WASTES METHOD 200.7
 APPENDDC D TO PART 136—PRECISION AND RECOVERY
    STATEMENTS FOR METHODS FOR MEASURING MET-
    ALS
  AUTHORITY: Sees. 301, 304(10. 307 and 501 («X Pub. L.
 95-217. 91 SUL 1566. et seq. (33 U.S.C. 1251. et seq.)
 (the Federal Water Pollution  Control Act Amendments of
 1972 as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977).

 §136.1   Applicability.
  The procedures prescribed hereto shall, except
 as noted in § 136.3, be used to perform the meas-
 urements indicated whenever the waste constituent
 specified is required to be measured for
  (a) An  application  submitted to the Adminis-
 trator,  or  to a State having an approved  NPDES
 program  for a permit under  section 402  of the
 Clean  Water Act of 1977, as amended (CWA),
 and/or to  reports required to  be submitted under
 NPDES permits  or other requests for quantitative
 or qualitative effluent data under parts 122 to 123
 of Title 40, and,
  (b) Reports required to  be  submitted  by dis-
 charges under the NPDES established by parts 124
 and 123 of this chapter, and,
  (c) Certifications issued by  States pursuant  to
section 401 of the CWA, as amended.
 [38 FR 28758.  Oct.  16. 1973. as amended at 49 FR
43250, Oct 26. 1984]

§136.2   Definitions.
  As used in this part, the term:
  (a) Act  means the Clean  Water Act of 1977,
Pub.  L. 93-217,  91 StaL  1366, et seq. (33 U.S.C.
 1231 et seq.) (The Federal Water Pollution Control
Act  Amendments of  1972 as  amended  by the
Clean Water Act of 1977).
   (b) Administrator means  the  Administrator of
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
   (c) Regional Administrator means  one of the
EPA Regional Administrators.
   (d) Director means the Director of the State
Agency authorized to carry  out an approved Na-
tional Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Pro-
gram under section 402 of the Act
   (e) National Pollutant  Discharge  Elimination
System  (NPDES) means the national  system for
the issuance of permits under section  402 of the
Act and includes any State  or interstate  program
which has been approved by the Administrator, in
whole or in part, pursuant to section  402 of the
Act
   (f) Detection  limit means the  minimum  con-
centration of an analyte (substance) that can  be
measured and reported with a 99% confidence that
the analyte concentration  is  greater than zero  as
determined by the procedure set forth  at appendix
B of this part

[38 FR  28758.  Oct. 16, 1973,  as amended  at 49 FR
43250. OcL 26, 1984]

§136.3  Identification   of   test   proce-
     dures.
   (a) Parameters or pollutants, for which  methods
are approved,  are listed together with  test proce-
dure descriptions and  references in Tables LA, IB,
1C, ID,  and IE. The full text  of the referenced test
procedures  are incorporated by reference into Ta-
bles LA, IB, 1C, ID, and IE. The references and the
sources  from which they are  available are  given in
paragraph (b) of this section.  These test procedures
are incorporated as  they exist on the  day of ap-
proval and a notice  of any  change in these test
procedures will be published  in the FEDERAL REG-
ISTER. The discharge  parameter values for which
reports are required must be  determined by one of
the standard analytical test  procedures incorporated
by reference and described in Tables  LA, IB. 1C,
ID, and IE, or  by any alternate test procedure
which has  been approved by the  Administrator
under the provisions of paragraph (d)  of this sec-
tion and §§ 136.4 and 136.3 of this part  136.
Under certain circumstances  (§ 136.3 (b) or (c)  or
40 CFR 401.13) other test procedures may be used
that may be more advantageous when  such other
test procedures have been  previously approved by
the Regional Administrator of the Region in which
the discharge will occur, and providing the Direc-
tor of the State in which such discharge will occur
does not object to the use of such  alternate test
procedure.

-------
                                                   TABLE IA.—LIST OF APPROVED BIOLOGICAL METHODS

Parameter end unn
Bacterta:
1. Cofiform (fecal) number per
100 mL


mL
3 ColiTonn (total) number per
100 mL


mL
per 100 mL

Aquatic Toxlchy
6 Toxicity acute fresh water
organisms, LCSO, percent
effluent
and marine organisms,
LCSO, percent effluent
6 Toxiciry chronic fresh




and marine organisms,
NOEC or IC25, percent ef-
fluent




MeHWxM
Most Probable Number (MPN), Stub* 	
3 dilution, or Membrane filter (MF)1, single step 	
MPN, 5 tube 3 dilution, Of 	
MF single step1 	 	
MPN 5 tuba 3 dilution or 	 	 .'. 	
MF' single step or two step 	 „..
MPN 5 tube 3 dilution or 	 	
MF1 with enrichment
MPN 5 tube 3 dilution 	 	
MF1 or 	 	

Daphnta Ceriodaphnla, Fathead Minnow Rainbow Trout Brook
Trout or Bannerfish Shiner mortality.





Sheepshead minnow embryo-larval survival and teratogenfclty 	
Menidia beryllina larval and growth 	

Arbacia punctutata fertilization 	 	 	 	



EPA
p 132'
124*
. 1321
124'
114'
108'
114'
111'
139'
136'
. 143'
Sec. 8'
Sec 9'
10000*
10010*

10020*
1003.0*
10040*
1005.0*
10060*
10070*
10080*
1009.0*

18th Ed.
9221CE4

9221CE4

9221 B4
9222B4
9221B4
9222(B+B5c)4
















ASTM
























USGS

B-OQ5O-858



B-0025-8S*



B-0055-85'













                                                                                                                                                                           w
  Notes to Table IA:
  * The method must be specifledwhen results are reported.
  1A 0.45 urn membrane f
growth.
  'USEPA. 197a Microbiological Methods (or Monitoring the Environment Water, and Wastes Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA/600/8-78/017.
  « APHA. 1992. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. American Public Heath Association. 16th Edition. Amer. Publ. Hlth. Assoc., Washington, DC.
  5 USGS. 1989. U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations, Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, Chapter A4, Methods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic Biological
and Microbiological Samples, U.S. Geological Survey, U.S. Department of Interior. Reston, Virginia.
  • Because the MF technique usually yields low and variable recovery from chlorinated wastewaters, the Most Probable Number method win be required to resolve any controversies.
  ' USEPA. 1993. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fourth Edition. Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, U.S.  Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. August 1993, EPAmV4-90/Q27F.

-------
                                                                                  Environment!! Mentoring Systems
  •USEPA. 1994. Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxtefty of Effluent! and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms. Third Edition.
Laboratory, U.S Environmental Protection Agency USEPA. 1894, Cincinnati, Ohio (Jury 1894, EPA/600M-91/002).
  • Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxidty of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Marine and Estuarlne Organisms. Second Edition. Environmental Monitoring Systems Lab-
oratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio (July 1994, EPA/800/4-01/003). These methods do not apply to marine voters of the Pacific Ocean.
TABLE IB.—LIST OF APPROVED INORGANIC TEST PROCEDURES
Parameter, unls and method
1. Addity, as CaCO,, mg/L
Election all Ic endpoint or phenolphrjiateln endpolnt
2. Akafinrty, as CaCO,, mg/L:
EnctJUiiietlic or ColorBTtetnc (JU*uo4t to pH 4.5,
manual or automated.
3. Aluminum— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 Mowed by.
AA direct aspiaton3* 	

Inductively Coupled Plasma/Atomic Emission Spec-
trometryOCP/AES)".

4. Ammonia (as N). mg/L:
Manual, distiPation (at pH 9.5),* Mowed by 	
Nesslerlzation

Electrode . . 	


5. Antimony-Total,' mg/L: Digestion4 followed by:
AA direct aspiration34 	

ICP/AES"
6. Arsenic-Total,4 mg/L:
Digestion4 followed by . 	


ICP/AES " or

7. Barium— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 foDowad by.
AA direct aspiration3*

ICP/AES" 	
DCP » 	
S. Berylhim— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 fotowad by:
AA direct aspiration

ICP/AES 	
DCP. or 	
Reference (method number or page)
EPA'*
305.1
310.1
310.2
2021
202.2
'200.7

350.2
350.2
350.2
350.3
350.1
204.1
204.2
»200.7
206.5
206.3
208.2
«200.7
206.4
208.1
208.2
• 200.7
210.1
210.2
• 200.7
STD methods
18th ed.
2310 B(4a) 	
2320 B

3111 D 	
3113 B
3120 B
3500-AID
4500-NH, B 	
4500-NH]C
4500-NH, E
4500-NHjForO 	
4500-NH, H . .

3111 B
3113 B
3120 B
3114 B4d 	
3113 B 	
3120 B
3500-As C 	
3111 D 	
3113 B 	
3120 B
3111 D 	
3113 B 	
3120 B
ASTM
01087-02
01 087-82


D4190-82(B8) 	

D1426-83(A) . 	
D1428-83(B)

D2972-93(B) 	
D2972-93(C)
D2972-63(A) 	

D4382-61
D3645-83(88)(A) 	
03645-93(88)(B)
04190-82(88) 	
USGS>
M030-85
I-2030-S5
1-3051-85

1-3620-85 	
M523-85
1-3062-85
1-3060-85
1-3084-85
1-3095-85
Other
873.43.»
Note 34.
973.49.'
873.48.»
Note 7.
Note 34.
Note 34.
                                                                                                                        tot
                                                                                                                        p>
                                                                                                                        w

-------
TABLE IB.—LIST OF APPROVED INORGANIC TEST PROCEDURES—Continued
Paianiebi, units end method
Cobrimetric (atumlnon) ..
9. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOOi), mg/L:
Dissolved Oxygen Depletion 	 „ 	
10. Boron"— Total, mg/L
ICP/AES or
DCP 	 „ 	
11. Bromide, mg/L
TKrimeUic 	
12. Cadmium— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 followed by:
AA direct aspiration1*

ICP/AES u
DCP"
Vottameby "or
Cobrimetric (Dithizone)
13. Calcium— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 followed by:
AA direct aspiration 	
ICP/AES . 	
DCP or . . 	

14. Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand
(CBOD,), mg/L":
Dissolved Oxygen Depletion with nitrification Inhibi-
tor.
IS. Chemical oxygen demand (COD), mg/L; Titrimetric,
or.
16. Chloride, mg/L



17. Chlorine— Total residual, mg/L; Titrimetric:
lodometric direct 	
Back titjation ether end- point15 or 	
DPD-FAS 	

Or Electrode

Mowed by:
Reference (method number or page)
EPA"'

405.1
212.3
•200.7
320.1
2131
213.2
•200.7


215.1
•200.7
215.2
410.1
410.2
410.3
410.4
325.3
325.1 or
325.2
330.1
330.3
330.2
330.4
330.5

STO methods
18th ed.
3500-BeD
5210 B 	
4500-BB
3120 B

3111 BorC 	
3113 B
3120 B .. ..


3500-CdD
3111 B 	
3120 B
3500-CaD 	
5210 B
5220 C . .

5220 D 	
4500-CI- B
4500-CI- C 	

4500-CI- E
4500-CI D 	
4500-CI B
4500-CI C
4500-OF
4500-CI G

ASTM


D41 90-82(88) 	
D1246-82(88)(C) 	
D3557-60( A or B)
O3557-eo(D)
D41 90-82(88)
D3557-flO(C)
051 1-63(B) 	

D511-e3(A)
D1252-88(A)

D1252-88(B) 	
0512-89(8)
D512-89(A) 	


01253-86(92)

USGS'
M578-78*
1-3112-85
M12S-85 	
1-31 35-85 or 1-3136-85
1-1 472-65
1-3152-85
1-3560-65
1-3562-85 	
1-3561-85 	
M183-85
M1B4-85 	
1-1 187-85
l-2187-e5

Other
973.44,> p. 17.»
Note 34
p. S44.<*
974.27.» p. 37.»
Note 34.
Note 34.
973.46.' p. 17.»
Notes 13 or 14.
973.51. >
Note 16.
                                                                                               ten
                                                                                               w

-------
AA chelation-extraction or 	
Cobrimetric (Diphenylcarbazide) 	
18. Chromlurn-Total' mg/L; Question' loiowed by:
AA direct aspiration" 	
AA chelation extraction 	

ICP/AES" 	
DCP,»or 	
Cobrlmetric (Dlphenyfcarbazlde)
20. Cobalt— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion' Mowed by:
AA direct aspiration
AAfumaoa 	 .. 	
ICP/AES
OCP 	 	
21. Color platinum eobai units or dominant wavelength,
hue, luminance purity:
Cotorknetric (ADMI) or

Spectiophotometric
22. Copper— Total,' mg/L; Digestion' Wowed by:
AA direct aspiration"

ICP/AES" 	
DCPuor


23. Cyanide— Total, mg/L:
Manual distillation with MgCfe followed by


Automated10 	
24. Cyanide amenable to crilodnatlon.mg/L:
Manual distillation with MgCI> followed by titrimetric
or Spectrophotometric.
25. Fluoride— Total, mg/L:
Manual distillation* followed by 	

Automated
Cotorlmetrlc (SPADNS) 	 : 	

26. Gold— Total' mg/l; Digestion' followed by:
AA direct aspiration

DCP 	
27. Hardness— Total, as CaCO,, mg/L
Titrimetric (EDTA) or Ca phis Mg as their carbon-
ates, by Inductively coupled plasma or AA direct
aspiration. (See Parameters 13 and 33).
28. Hydrogen fon (pH), pH units
218.4

2iai
218.3
2182
•200.7


2191
219.2
»2007

1101
1102
1103
2201
220.2
'200.7





113352
"335.3
3351

3402

340.1
3403
231 1
231 2

130.1
1302

3111 C .
3500-CrD
3111 B
3111 C
3113 B
3120 B

3500-CrD
3111 BorC
311S B 	
3120 B

2120 E
2120 B
2120 C
3111 BorC
3113 B 	
3120 B

3500-CuD
Or E 	
4500-CNC 	
4500-CN D 	
4500-CN E

4500-CN 0 	
4500-f B
4500-FC

4500-F D 	
4500-F E
3111 B



2340 BorC 	


D1687-82(A)
01887-02(6)

D1 987-92(0)

D41 90-62(88)

D3S58-60(A or B)
D3S58-90(C)

04190-62(88) 	



D1688-90(A Of B) . .
D1688-90(C)

D4190-62(88) 	


D2038-91(A)

D2038-91(A)

02036-61 (B)

01179-93(8)

D1179-93(A)





01128-86(92) 	

1-1 232-65
M 230-85
1-3236-65





1-3239-65




1-1 250-65

1-3270-85 or 13271-85 ..







1-3300-85




1-4327-85






M338-85 	

974.27.'







Note 34.





p. 37*





Note 34.





Note 16.







974.27' p. 37»





Nots34.



Note 19.





p. 22»
 Note 34.





 973.52B.'
ten
                             W

-------
TABLE IB.—LIST OF APPROVED INORGANIC TEST PROCEDURES—Continued
Parameter, unBs and method

Automated electrode 	
29. Irklium-Total.' mg/L; Digestion* followed by
AA direct aspiration or 	
AAfUmace 	
30. Iron-Total,' mpA: Digestion' Mowed by:
AA direct aspiration" 	 	
AA furnace 	
ICP/AES M
DCP"or 	 	 _...
Cokxlmetric (Phenanthroline)
31. KjeldaH Nitrogen— Total, (as N), rng/L:
Digestion and distillation followed by
Titration 	 	
Ness lore atton
Electrode

Semi-automated block digester ootorimatric 	
Block Digester, folowed by.
Nessterization 	
Flow Injection gas diffusion 	 „ 	
32. Lead—Total,' mg/L; Digestion' followed by
AA furnace 	
ICP/AES"
OCP" 	

Cobrimetric (Dithizone)
33. Magnesium— Total,' mg/L; Digestion' followed by
AA direct aspiration
ICP/AES 	
OCP or 	

34. Manganese— Total,' rng/L; Digestion' foDowed by
AA direct aspiration**

ICP/AES" 	
DCP"Of
Cobrlmetric (Persutfate) or
(Period ate)
35. Mercury-Total,' mg/L:
Reference (method number or page)
EPA'-»
150.1
235.1
235.2
238.1
236.2
»200.7

351.3
351.3
351.3
351.3
351.1
351.2
351.4


239.1
239.2
'200.7


242.1
» 200.7

243.1
243.2
'200.7



STB methods
18th ed.
4500-Ht B

3111 B
3111 BorC 	
3113 B 	
3120 B
3500-Fe 0 	
4500-NH, BorC
4500-NH) E 	
4500-NH, C
4500-NH, F or O






3111 BorC
3113 B
3120B

3500-PbD
3111 B
3120 B
3SOO-MgD
3111 B 	
3113 B 	
3120 B
3500-Mn D 	


ASTM
D1293-B4(90)(AorB) 	
D1068-flO(A or B) 	
Dioea-eoiq
04190-82(88) 	
D1088-80(D) 	
D3590-89(A)
D3590-89(A) 	
D3590-89(A)


D3590-89(B)
D3590-89(A)



D3559-80(A or B)
D355S-eO(D)
04190-82(88) 	
D3559-eO(q
0511-93(8)

D858-eO(A or B)
O8S8-90(Q
04190-82(88) .



USGS>
M 588-85

1-3381-85 	






M551-78,





1-3399-85

1-3447-85

1-3454-85 	




Other
973.41.>
Note 21.
974.27.'
Note 34.
NoteZZ
973.48).
Note 39.
Note 40.
Note 41.
974.27.'
Note 34.
974.27.»
Note 34.
974.27.'
Note 34.
920.203.'
Note 23.
                                                                                               w
                                                                                               p>

                                                                                               w

-------
Cold vapor, manual or 	

36. Molybdenum— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion* followed by:
AA direct aspiration 	
AA furnace 	
ICP/AES 	
DCP 	 „ 	
37. Nickel— Total,4 mg/L Digestion4 fotowed by:
AA direct aspiration M
AA furnace 	
ICP/AES"
DCP" or 	
Cobrtmetrie (heptoclme) 	
38. Nitrate (as N), mg/L
Cohxbnetrie (Bruclne tuffata), or Nctrate-rttoie N
minus Nitrte N (See parameter* 39 and 40).
30. Nitrate-nitrite (as N), mg/L
Cadmium reduction. Manual or 	
Automated, or 	
Automated hydrazfne 	
40. Nitrite (as N), mg/L. Spectrophotometric
Automated (Diazotization)
41 . Oi and grease— Total recoverable, mg/L;
Gravimetric (extraction) 	
42. Organic carbon— Total (TCC), mg/L:
43. Organic nitrogen (as N), mg/L
Total Kjeldahl N (Parameter 31) minus ammonia N
(Parameter 4)
44. Orthophosphate (as P), mg/L Ascorbic acid method:
Automated or 	

Manual two reagent 	
45. Osmium— Total4, mg/L; Digestion4 Mowed by:
AA direct aspiration or 	

46. Oxygen, dissobed, mg/L:
Winkter (Azide modification), or 	
Electrode 	
47. Palladium-Total.4 mg/L: Digestion4 followed by:

DCP 	
48. Phenols, mg/L
Manual distillation1' .. .
Followed by:
Colorimetric (4AAP) manual or
Automated " 	
49. Phosphorus (elemental), mg/L
245.1
2452
248.1
2482
»2007

2491
249.2
»2007


3521
3533
353.2
3531
3541

413.1
4151
3651
3652
365.3
2521
2522
3602
360.1
2531
2532

4201
4201
4202

3112 B

3111 D
3113 B
3120 B

3111 Bor C
3113 B .
3120 B

3500-NID

4500-NCv E 	
4500-NCv F 	
4500-NCv H
4500-NOj- B

5520 B"
5310 B C or D
4500-P F 	
4500-PE

3111 D

4500-O C 	
4500-OG 	
3111 B






03223-01





D1888-60(AorB)
D1888-eO(C)

04190-82(88)


D3867-00(B)
D3867-eO(A) 	




02579-63 (A or B)

0515-68(A)



D888-62(A) 	
0668-62(8) 	







I-3462-85

I -3490-85



1-3499-85






1-4545-65


M540-65


1-4601-85 	




1-1575-78" 	
1-1578-78'







977.22.»
Note 34.
Note 34.
973.50,' 419 D," p.
  28."
Note 25.
973.47,' p. 14."
973.56.'
973.55'.
973.45B.'


p. S27."
p. S28.i«
Note 34.

Note 27.

Note 27.
un
                               w
                               p>

-------
TABLE IB.—LIST OF APPROVED INORGANIC TEST PROCEDURES—Continued
Parameter, units 
III

-------
ICP/AES 	
OCR
83. Sodium—Total4 mg/L; Digestion4 Mowed by
ICP/AES 	
OCP. of 	

84. Specific conductance, fnterornhostan at 25 °C:
Wheatstone bridge 	
65. Sufete (as SO«), mg/L
Automated cobrimetric (barium chloranilate) 	
Gravimetric 	 	

68. Suffide (ai S), mo/L
Titrlmetrie (iodine), or 	

67. Suffite (as SO,), mg/L:
Titiimetric (todine-iodate)
88. Surfactants, mg/U
Cotofimetric (methytene blue) 	 	
89. Temperature, *C:
70. ThalBum— Total.4 mg/L: Digestion4 followed by:
AA ditect aspiration . .

ICP/AES or
71. Tin— Total,4 mg/L: Digestion4 fotownd by:

ICP/AES 	
72. Titanium— Total,4 mg/U Digestion4 followed by:
AA direct asplraten 	 	

DCP 	 	
73. Turbidity. MTU:
Nephetometnc
74. Vanadium— Total,4 mg/L; Digestion4 followed by:
AAfumaoe 	
ICP/AES 	
DCP or
Cobrbnetrlc (Gallic add)
75. Zinc— Total,' mg/L; Digestion4 followed by:
AA direct aspiration1'

ICP/AES" 	
DCP "or
CoterimeWc (DttHzone) or ...
(Zincon) 	 	
•200.7

2731
•200.7


120.1
375.1
3753
3754
376.1
376.2
3771
4251
170.1
2791
2792
•2007
2821
2822
•200.7
2831
2832

1801
286.1
286.2
•200.7


2891
2892
•200.7



3120 B

3111 B
3120 B

3500 NaD
2510 B 	
4500-SV1 C Of D

4500-S-1 E 	
4500-S-'D
4500-SQr* B
5540 C 	
2550 B 	
3111 B

3120 B
3111 B
3113 B

3111 D


2130B
3111 D

3120 B

350O-VD
3111 BorC

3120 B

3500-Zn E
3500-Zn F 	






01 125-61 (A) 	

0518-00



02330-88










D1B89-88(A)

03373-03

04190-82(88) 	

01891-00 (A or B)


04190-82(88) 	




1-3735-85



M780-85 	


1-3840-85







(-3850-78*





1-3860-85





1-3900-85






Note 34
973 54 '

Note 34

97340'
92554*
426CM




Note 32.








Note 34




Note 34.

974 27 'p 37 •


Note 34

Note 33.
                                                                                                                                                                                vn
                                                                                                                                                                                tf)
                                                                                                                                                                                O)
Table IB Notes:

-------
  1 "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes", Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory-Cincinnati (EMSL-d). EPA-eOV4-79-020, Re-         <*>
vised March 1983 and 1079 where applicable.                                                                                                                                        -»
  } Flshman, M.J., et al, "Methods for Analysis of Inorganic Substances In Water and Ruvlat Sediments." U.S. Department of the Interior, Techniques of Water-Resource Investigations of         £
the U.S. Geological Survey, Denver. CO. Revised 1689, unless otherwise stated.                                                                                                         P
  '"Official Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists," methods manual. 15th ed. (1990).                                                                         «•>
  4 For the determination of total metals the sample Is not filtered before processing. A digestion procedure is required to tdubiltze suspended material and to destroy possble organic-metal
complexes. Two digestion  procedures are given in "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. 1979 and 1983". One (section 4.1.3), is a vigorous digestion using nitric acid. A
less  vigorous digestion using nitric and hydrochloric adds (section 4.1.4) is preferred; however, the analyst should be cautioned that this mild digestion may not suffice for al samples types.
Particularly, I a cdorimetric procedure is to be employed, I Is necessary to ensure that all organo-metallic bonds be broken so that the metal a in a reactive state. In those situations, the
vigorous digestion is to be preferred making certari that at no time does the sample go to dryness. Samples containing  large amounts of organic materials may also benefit by this vigorous
digestion, however, vigorous digestion with concentrated nitric add wll convert antimony and tin to Insoluble oxides and  render them unavailable for analysis, use of ICP/AES as wrt as de-
terminations for certain elements such as antimony, arsenic, the noble metals, mercury, selenium, silver, tin, and titanium require a modified sample digestion procedure and in all cases the
method write-up should be consulted for specific retractions and/or cautions.
  NOTE TO TABLE IB  NOTE 4: If the digestion procedure for direct aspiration AA induded In one of the other approved references Is Afferent than the above, the EPA procedure must be
used.
  Dissolved metals are defined as those constituents which wll pass through • 0.45 micron membrane filter.  Following filtration of the sample, the referenced procedure for total metals must
be followed. Sample digestion of the filtrate for dissolved metals (or digestion of the original sample solution for total metals) may be omitted for AA (direct aspiration or graphite furnace)
and  ICP analyses, provided the sample solution to be analyzed meets the following critera:
     a. has a low COD (<20)
     b. Is visibly transparent with a turbidity measurement of 1 NTU or less
     c. is colorless with no perceptible odor, and
     d. Is of one liquid phase and free of paniculate or suspended matter Mowing acidification.
  'The fun text of Method 200.7, "Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometric Method for Trace Element Analysis of Water and Wastes,"  is given at Appendix C of this Part

  • Manual distillation Is not requked V comparably data on representative effluent samples are on company file to show that this  preliminary distillation step Is not necessary: however,
manual distillation will be required to resolve any controversies.
  ' Ammonia, Automated Electrode Method, Industrial Method Number 379-75 WE,  dated February 19,1976, (Bran & Luebbe (Technlcon) Auto Analyzer  II, Bran & Luebbe Analyzing Tech-
nologies, Inc., Elmsford, NY 10523.
  •The approved method Is that cited In "Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances In Water and Fluvial Sediments", USGS TWRI, Book 5, Chapter A1 (1979).
  •American National Standard on Photographic Processing Effluents, Apr. 2,1975. Available from ANSI, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
  '•"Selected Analytical Methods Approved and Cited by the United States Environmental  Protection Agency', Supplement to the Fifteenth Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination
of Water and Wastewater (1981).
  1'  The use of normal and differential pulse voltage ramps to Increase sensHvKy and resolution Is acceptable.
  "Carbonaceous biochemical oxygen demand (CBODi) must  not be confused with the traditional BOD> test which measures "total BOD". The addition of the nitrification Inhibitor Is  not a
procedural option, but must be included to report the CBODi parameter. A discharger whose permit requires reporting the traditional BOD> may not use a nitrification inhibitor In the proce-
dure for reporting the results. Only when a discharger's permit specifically states CBODj is required can the permittee report data using the nitrification Inhibitor.
  "QIC Chemical Oxygen Demand Method, Oceanography International Corporation, 1978, 512 West Loop, P.O. Box 2980, College  Station, TX 77840.
  "Chemical Oxygen Demand, Method 8000, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979, Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box 389, Lcveland, CO 80537.
  "The back ttration method wBI be used to resolve controversy.
  "Orion Research Instruction Manual, Residual Chlorine Electrode Model 97-70,  1977,  Orion Research Incorporated, 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, MA 02138. The calibration graph
for the Orion residual chlorine method must be derived using a  reagent blank and three standard solutions, containing 0.2, 1.0, and 5.0 ml 0.00281 N potassium bdate/100 ml solution, re-
spectively.
  "The approved method Is that cited In Standard Methods for  the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition 1978.
  "National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement, (Inc.) Technical Bulletin 253, December 1971.
  "Copper, Biocinchoinate Method, Method 8506, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979, Hach Chemical Company,  P.O. Box 389, Lovetand. CO 60537.
  "After the manual distiBatbn Is completed, the autoanalyzer  manifolds in EPA  Methods 335.3 (cyanide) or 420.2 (phenols) are simplified by connecting the re-sample Ine directly to the
sampler. When using the mainfold setup shown in Method 335.3, the  buffer 6.2 should be replaced with the buffer 7.6 found in Method 335.2.
  "Hydrogen  ton (pH) Automated  Electrode Method, Industrial Method Number  378-75WA, October 1976, Bran & Luebbe (Technicon) Autoanalyzer II. Bran & Luebbe Analyzing Tech-
nologies, Inc., Elmsford. NY 10523.
  "Iron, 1.10-Phenanthroline Method. Method 8008.1980, Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box 389, Lcveland, CO 80537.
  "Manganese, Periodate Oxidation Method. Method 8034, Hach Handbook of Wastewater Analysis, 1979,  pages 2-113 and 2-117, Hach Chemical Company, Lovetand. CO 80537.
  "Wershaw, R.L, et al, "Methods tor Analysis of Organic Substances In Water," Techniques of Water-Resources Investigation of the U.S Geological Survey, Book 5,  Chapter A3, (1972
Revised 1987) p. 14.
  "Nitrogen, Nitrite,  Method 6507, Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box 389, Lcveland, CO 80537.
  n Just prior to distillation, adjust the surfurlc-ecid-preserved sarrmle to pH 4 with 1  + 9 NaOH.
  "The approved method is cited in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th  Edition. The colorimetric reaction is conducted at a pH of 10.0±0.2. The ap-
proved  methods are  given on  pp 576-61  of the  14th Edition: Method  510A  for distillation, Method 510B for the manual colorimetric procedure,  or Method 51OC for the manual
spectophotometrie procedure.

-------
  "R. F. Addison «nd R.O. Ackman, "Direct Determination ol Elemental Phosphorus by Gas-Uquid Chrometography,- Journal of Chromatography, vol. 47, No. 3, pp. 421-428.1870.
  "Approved method! for the analysis of fiber in Industrial wastewaters at concentrations of 1 mart, and above are Inadequate where silver exists as an inorganic haHde. Slver halides
such as the bromide and chloride are relatively Insoluble In reagents such as nitric acid but are readily soluble in an aqueous buffer of sodium thiosulfate and sodium hydroxide to pH of 12.
Therefore, for levels of silver above 1 mart., 20 nt of sample should be diluted to 100 ml by adding 40 mi each of 2 M Na,S,O, and NaOH. Standards should be prepared In the same
manner. For levels of slver below 1 mg/L the approved method Is satisfactory.
  "The approved method Is that cited in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 15th Edition.
  >< EPA Methods 335.2 and 335.3 require the NaOH absorber solution final concentration to be adjusted to 0.25 N before cobrimetric determination of total cyanide.
  "Stevens. H.H., Ffcke,  J.F.. and Smoot, Q.F., "Water Temperature-Influential Factors. Field Measurement and Data Presentation", Techniques of Water-Resource* Investigations of the
U S Geological Survey Book 1 Chapter D1 1975
 '"Zinc, Zincon Method,  Method 6009, Hacn Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979, pages 2-231 and 2-333, Hach Chemical Company. Leveland, CO 80537.
  w"Oirect Current Plasma (DCP) Optical Emission Spectrometrlc Method for Trace Elemental Analysis of Water and Wastes. Method AES0029," 1886—Revised 1991, Fawn Instruments,
Inc., 32 Commerce Center, Cherry Hi) Drive. Oanvers, MA 01823.
  "Precision and recovery statements for trie atomic absorption direct aspiration  and graphite furnace niettiuds, and for the spectrophotometrlc  SOOC method for arsenic are provided in
Appendix 0 of this part tided, "Precision and Recovery Statements for Methods for Measuring  Metals".
  "^Closed VesselMlcrowave Digestion of Wastewater Samples for  Determination of Metals", CEM Corporation, P.O. Box 200, Matthews, NC 28106-0200, April 16,1992. AvalaMe from
the CEM Corporation.
  "When determining boron and slica, only plastic. PTFE, or quartz laboratory ware may be used from start until completion of analysis.
  " Only the UiOiloronuoioniethane extinction solvent is approved.
  "Nitrogen,  Total Kjeldahl, Method PAI-DK01 (Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Titrimetric Detection), revised 12/22/94, Perstop Analytical Corporation.
  "Nitrogen,  Total KeUahl, Method PAI-DK02 (Block Digestion, Steam Distillation. Colorimetric Detection), revised 12/22/84, Perstop Analytical Corporation.
  "Nitrogen,  Total l^eldahl. Method PAI-DK03 (Block Digestion, Automated FIA Gas Diffusion), revised 12/22/94. Perstop Analytical Corporation.


                              TABl£ 1C.—LIST OF APPROVED TEST PROCEDURES FOR NON-PESTICID6 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS


1. Acenaphthene 	

3 Acrotein
4 Acrytonrtrile


7. Benzidine 	





13 Benzyl chloride 	
14 Benzyl butyl phthalate

16 Brsp-chtoroethyl) ether
17 Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 	


20 Bromomethane

22. Carbon tetrachtoride 	
23. *Chtoro-3-methvlphenol 	

GC
610
610
603
603
610
602

610
610
610
610
610

606
611
611
606
601
601
601
611
601
604

GC/MS
625,1625
625, 1625
4 604, 1624
4 624, 1624
625,1625
624 1624
'625. 1625
625,1625
625,1625
625 1625
625, 1625
625,1625

625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
624, 1624
624, 1624
624, 1624
625,1625
624, 1624
625,1625

HPLC
610
610

610
610

605
610
610
610
610
610











EPA method number2 '
Standard method 18th Ed.
6410 B. 6440 B
6410 B, 6440 B


6410 B, 6440 B
6210 B 6220 B

6410 B 6440 B
6410 B. 6440 B
6410 B 6440 B
6410 B 6440 B
6410 B, 6440 B

6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B, 6230 B
6210 B, 6230 B
6210 B, 6230 B
6210 B, 6230 B
6410 B
6230 B, 6410 B
6410 B, 6420 B

ASTM
D4657-02
D4657-82


D4657-62


D4857-02
D4657-42
D4657-62
D4657-82
04657-82












Other






Note 3, p.1.





Note3, p.13ft
Note 6, p.
S102.







Note 3, p.130.

                                                                                                                                                                             W
                                                                                                                                                                             O>
                                                                                                                                                                             Id

-------
TABLE 1C.—LIST OF APPROVED TEST PROCEDURES FOR NON-PESTICIDE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS—Continued


24 Chlorobenzene
25. Chtoroethane 	 „ 	

yi Chtarafnrm
28 Chloromethane
29 2-ChloronapMhalene
30 2-Chlorophenol




35 1 2-Dfchlorobenzene
36 1 3-Dfchlorobenzene
37. 1.4-Diehterobenzene 	
38. 3, 3-Ofchloroberttidine 	
39 Dfchlorodifluofomethane
40. 1, 1-Dfchtoroettnne 	
41 1 2-DJchloioethane 	
42 1 1-Dichloroethene
43 trans-1 2-Dichloroethene
44 2 4-Dichbraphenol

46 cis-1 3-Dichloropropene 	
47 trans-1 3-OcNoropropene 	
48 Diethyl phthalata
49 2 4-Dimettiylphenol
SO Dimethyl phthalate 	
51 Di-n-butyl phthalate 	
52 Df-n-octyl phthatate
53 2 3-Dinrtrophenol
54 2 4-Dinitratoluena
55 2 6-DinitratoKiene

57 Ethylbenzena

59 Ruoreno 	

61 Hacachtorobutadlene 	
62. Hexachtaiocydopentadlene 	 - 	
63 Hacachbroettwne 	
64. Idenofl .2.3-od) nvrene 	

GC
601, 602
601
601
601
601
612
604
611
610
610
601
601 602 612
601602612
601, 602, 612

601
601
601
601
601
604
601
601
601
608
604
606
603
608
604
609
609

602
610
610
612
612
612
616
610

GC/MS
624, 1624
624, 1624
624 1624
624, 1624
624, 1624
625, 1625



625,1625
624 1624


624, 625, 1625
625, 1625

624, 1624
624, 1624
624, 1624
624, 1824
625, 1625
624, 1824
624. 1624
624, 1624

625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
625, 1625
625, 1625
625,1625
625,1625

624. 1624
625, 1625
625,1625
625, 1625
625, 1625
• 625, 1625
625,1625
625,1625

HPLC








610
610




605



















610
610




610
EPA method number"
StatnoSPu ffiOtnOQ totn Ed.
6210 B 6220 B
8230 B
6210 B 6230 B
6210 B 6230 B
6210 B, 6230 B
6210 B. 6230 B
6410 B
6410 B 6420 B
6410 B
6410 B, 6440 B
6410 B, 6440 B
8210 B 6230 B
6410 B 6230 B, 6220 B
6410 B 6230 B, 6220 B
6410 B. 6220 B, 6230 B
6410 B
6230 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6420 B, 6410 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6410 B
6420 B, 6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
8420 B, 6410 B
6410 B
6410 B

6220 B, 6210 B
6410 B, 6440 B
6410 B, 6440 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B, 6440 B

ASTM








04857-92
D46S7-92
























04657-92
04657-92




04657-92

Other
Note 3 p. 130.


Note, p.130.




























Note 3. p. 130
Nota6,
P.S102.







(0)
_t
M
pi
w

-------
66. Methykme chloride 	
67. 2-Methyl-4,6-dinltrophenol 	
68. Naphthalene 	

70. 2-Nitrephenol 	
71 4-Nttrophenol
72 N-NSrosodimethyramlne . ... . .
73. N-Nitrosodi-n-propytamine 	 	
74. N-NSrosodiphenylamlne 	
75. 2,2-Oxybls(1-chbropropane) 	
76 PCB-1016 .
77 PCB-1221 	
78 PCB-1232
79 PCB-1242
80 PCB-1248 	
61 PC8-12S4
82. PCB-1280 .
83 Pentachtorophenol 	
84 Phenanthrene 	
85 Phenol
86 Pyrene 	

88 1 1 2 2-Tetrachloroethane
89 Tetrachbroethene

91 1 2 4-Trfchbrobenzene 	
92 1 1 1-Trichloroethane
93 1 1 2-Trehtoroethane 	
94 Trfchtoroethene 	

98 2 4 6-TrfchtofOphenol
97. Vinyl chloride 	
601
604
610
609
604
604
607
807
607
611
608
608
608
60S
608
608
80S
604
610
604
610
601
601
602
612
601
601
601
601
604
601
624, 1624
625,1625
625.1825
625,1825
625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
'825,1625
'625,1625
625,1625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
625,1625
"613
624, 1624
624, 1624
624, 1624
625,1625
624, 1624
824, 1624
624, 1624
624
625,1625
624, 1624


610














610
610










6230 B
6420 B, 6410 B
8410 B, 6440 B
6410 B
6410 B, 6420 B
8410 B, 6420 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B
6410 B, 6630 B
6410 B, 6830 B
6410 B, 6440 B
6420 B, 6410 B
6410 B. 6440 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6230 B, 6210 B
6210 B, 6220 B
6410 B
8210 B. 8230 B
6210 B, 8230 B
6210 B, 8230 B
6210 B, 6230 B
6410 B, 6240 B
6210 B, 8230 B
04657-92
D4875-92
Note 3, p. 130.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3. p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p. 43;
noteS.
Note 3, p.140.
Note 3. p. 130.
Note 3, p.130.
Note 3. p.130.
Note 3, p.130.
Table 1C notes:
1 AU parameters are expressed In micrograms per liter ftig/l).
'The lull text of Methods 601-613, 624, 625, 1824, and 1625, ire given at appendix A, 'Test Procedures tor Analysis of Organic Polutants," of this part 136. The standardized test pro-
cedure to be used to determine the method detection liml (MOL) for these test procedures is given at appendix B, "Definition and Procedure tor the Determination of the Method Detection
Limit" of this part 136.
  '"Methods for Benzidlne: Chlorinated Organic Compounds, Pentachbrophenol and Pesticides in Water and Wastewater," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September, 1978.
  4 Method 624 may be extended to screen samples tor Aorolein and Acrylonitrie. However, when they are known to be present, the preferred method for these two compounds Is Method
603 or Method 1624.
  ' Method 625 may be extended to Include benzldine, hexachlorocyclopentadlene, N-nltrosodimethylamine, and N-nitrosodiphenylamine. However, when they are known to be present,
Methods 605, 607, and 612, or Method 1625, are preferred methods for these compounds.
  '•625, Screening only.
M
O>
W

-------
  • "Selected Analytic*! Methods Approved and Cted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency", Supplement to the FReenth Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination
of Water and Whitewater (1981).
  ' Each Analyst must make an Initial, one-time demonstration of their abUtty to.generata acceptable precision and accuracy with Methods 601-603. 624, 625.1624. and 1625 (See Appen-
dix A of this Part 138) h accordance wth procedures each In section 6.2 of each of these Methods. AddBonaly, each laboratory, on an on-going basis must spike and analyze 10% (5% for
Methods 624 and 625 and 100% for methods 1624 and 1625) of all samples to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality In accordance with sections 8.3 and 6.4 of these Methods.
When the recovery of any parameter fals outside the warning limits, the analytical results for that parameter in the unspiked sample are suspect and cannot be reported to demonstrate reg-
ulatory compBance.
  NOTE These warning limits are promulgated as an "Interim final action with • request for comments."
  •"Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBi in Wastewater Using Empore TM Disk", 3M Corporation Revised 10/28/94.


                                           TABLE ID.—LIST OF APPROVED TEST PROCEDURES FOR PESTICIDES '
tot
.4
M
O>

W
Parameter
1 AUrki 	 	



4 Atraton
5 Atiazhe 	 	


8 o-BHC 	

9 P-BHC 	

10 8-BHC

11 8-BHC (Undane)

12 Captan
13 Carbaryl 	

15 Chlordane 	


17 24-0
18 4 4'-ODO 	

19 44'-DDE 	

20 44'-OOT

21 Demeton-O

23 Oiazinon
24. Dicamba 	
Method
GC
GC/MS
GC
TLC
GC
GC
GC
TLC
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
TLC
GC
GC
GC/MS
TLC
GC
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC
GC
GC
EPA"
608
625






608
»625
608
»825
608
"625
606
625



608
625


608
625
608
625
608
625




Standard methods
18th Ed.
6630 B & C 	 	
8410 B 	






6630B&C 	
6410 B 	 „
6630 C 	
6410 B
6630 C 	
6410 B
6630B&C .
6410 B .
8830 B


6630B&C 	
6410 B

6640 B 	 _ 	
6630 B&C 	
6410 B
6630 B&C 	
6410 B
6630 B&C 	
6410 B




ASTM








03086-90 	

D3086-90 	

03086-90 	

03086-00 	

03086-90


03086-90 	



D3088-90 	

03086-40 	

03086-90 	





Other
Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p 30- note 8.

Note 3 p 83' Note 6 p S68
Note 3 p 94- Note 6 p S16.
Note 3 p 83' Note 6 p S68
Note 3 p 83; Note 6 p S88.
Note 3 p 25- Note 6 p SS1.
Note 3 p 104- Note 6 p S64.
Note 3 p 7' note 8

Note 6.

NoteS

Note 3, p 7- note 4 p 30- note 8

Note 3 p 7
Note 3 p. 94- Note 6 p S60.
Note 4 p 30' Note 6 p S73
Note 3, p. 7; note 8.

Note 3 p 104- Note 6 p SB4
Note 3 p 115' Note 4 p 35
Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p. 30; note 8.

Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p. 30; note 8.

Note 3 p 7' note 4 p 30' note 8

Note 3 p 25' Note 6 p S51
Note 3 p 25- Note 6 p S51.
Note 3, p. 25' Note 4 p 30, Note 6 p S51
Note 3, p. 115.

-------
25 DldUflfflJ itfduu
26 Diohlonui
27. Dicofel 	 	
28 DleUrin
29 Dknathbn
30 DtaJltoton
31. Oiuron 	

33 Endosutan II 	
34 Endosufan Sulfate 	
35. Endrin 	
38 Endrin aldehyde 	
37. Ethbn 	 _ 	

39 Fenuron-TCA 	
40 Heptachlor 	
41 Heptachlor epoxlde 	
42 liodrin 	
43 Unuron 	
44 Mabttiton 	
45 Methtocarb 	
48 Methoxyohtor
47 Mexacatbate 	
48 Mirex


51 Nuburon 	
52 Parathbn methyl
53 Parathfan ethyl . ....
54 PCNB
55 Perthane

57 Prometryn
58 Prepazlne . . ..
59 Propham 	 	

81. Secbumeton 	
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC
TLC
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
TLC
TLC
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC/MS
GC
GC
GC
TLC
GC
TLC
GC
TLC
TLC
TLC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
TLC
TLC
TLC



608
625



808
•825
608
'625
608
625
608
'625
608
625



608
625
608
625





















6830B&C 	

8830B&C 	
6410 B 	



6630 B&C ... .
8410 B 	
6630 B&C 	
6410 B 	
6630 C 	
8410 B 	
6630 B&C 	
8410 B 	





6630B&C 	
6410 B 	
6630B4C 	
6410 B


8630 C 	

6630B&C

6630 B&C



6630 C
6630 C 	
6630B&C









03086-90





03086-90

03088-90 	



O3086-90 . .






03086-90 	

03086-90





03086-90








03086-90






Note 4, p. 30; Note 6, p. S73.
Note 3, p. 7.

Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p. 30; note 8.
Note 4, p. 30; Note 6, p. S73.
Note 3, p. 25; Note 6, p. S51.
Note 3, p. 104; Note 6, p. S84.
Note 3, p. 7; note 8.

Note 3, p. 7) note 8.

NoteS.

Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p.  30; note 8.

NoteS.
Note 4, p. 30; Note 6. p. S73.
Note 3, p. 104; Note 8, p. S64.
Note 3, p. 104; Note 6, p. S64.
Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p. 30; note 8.

Note 3, p. 7; note 4,  p. 30; note 6, p. S73; note
  8.
Note 4. p. 30; Note 6, p. S73.
Note 3. p. 104; Note 6, p. S64.
Note 3, p. 25; Note 4. p. 30; Note 6, p. S51.
Note 3, p. 94; Note 6, p. S60.
Note 3, p. 7; note 4, p. 30; note 6.

Note 3, p. 94; Note 8, p. S60.
Note 3, p. 7.
Note 3. p. 104; Note 8. p. S64.
Note 3. p. 104; Note 6. p. S84.
Note 3, p. 104; Note 6, p. S64.
Note 3, p. 25; Note 4, p. 30.
Note 3, p. 25.
Note 3, p. 7.
Note 3, p. 83; Note 6,
Note 3, p. 83; Note 6,
Note 3. p. 83; Note 6.
Note 3. p. 104;  Note 8 p.
Note 3, p. 94; Note 6,
Note 3, p. 83; Note 8,
.568.
.see.
  S64.
.560.
 S68.
p>
w

-------
                                   TABUE ID.—LIST OF APPROVED TEST PROCEDURES FOR PESTICIDES 1—Continued
Parameter
62. Siduron 	
63. Simazlne 	
64 Stnoane
65. Swep 	
66 2,4 S-T
67. 2.4 5-TP (SDVex)
68. Terbuthybzhe 	
69. Toxaphene 	

70. Trtluraln 	
Method
TLC
GC
GC
TLC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC/MS
GC
EPA"







608
625

Standard methods
18th Ed.


6630B&C

6840 B
6640 B

6830 B 4 C 	
6410 B
6630 B 	
ASTM







03086-00 	


Other
Note 3 p 104' Note 6 p S64
Note 3 p 83' Note 6 p S68
Note 3 7
Note 3 104' Note 6 p S64
Note 3 115' Note 4 p 35
NoteS 115
Note 3 63- Note 6 p 568
Note 3 7- note 4 p 30- note 6

Note 3, p. 7.
                                                                                                                                                                         (0)
                                                                                                                                                                          W
                                                                                                                                                                          O)
  Table ID notes:
  < Pestiddes are toted in this table bya
  1 The ful text of Methods 608 and 62S are given at Appendbt A. 'Test Procedures for Analysis of Organic Pollutants,'
                                             TO tor the convenience of the reader. Additional pesticides may be found under Table 1C, where entries are listed by chemical name.
                                       _     it Appendix A. 'Test Procedures for Analysis of Organic Pollutants," of this Part 136. The standardized test procedure to be used to de-
termine the method detection limit (MDL) for these test procedures Is given at Appendix B. "Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit", of this Part 136.
  '"Methods for BenzWine. Chlorinated Organic Compounds, Pentachlorophenol and Pesticides In Water and Wastewater," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September, 1978. This
EPA publication Includes thin-layer chromatography (TLC) methods.
  • "Methods for Analysis of Organic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments," Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5. Chapter A3 (1887).
  'The method may be extended to Include o-BHC, j-BHC, endosullan I, endosurfan II, and endrin. However, when they are known to exist. Method 608 is the preferred method.
  •"Selected Analytical Methods Approved and Cited by the United States Environmental Protection Agency." Supplement to the Fifteenth Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination
of Water and Wastewater (1981).
  ' Each analyst must make an Initial, one-time, demonstration of their abiBty to generate acceptable precision and accuracy with Methods 608 and 625 (See Appendix A of this Part 136) In
accordance with procedures given in section 8.2 of each of these methods. Additionally, each laboratory, on an-ooing basis, must spike and analyze 10* of all samples analyzed with Meth-
od 608 or 5% of all samples analyzed with Method 625 to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality in accordance with Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of these methods. When the recovery of any
parameter fans outside the warning limits,  the analytical results for that parameter in the unspiked sample are suspect and cannot be reported to demonstrate regulatory compliance. These
quality control requirements also apply to the Standard Methods, ASTM Methods, and other Methods cited.
  NOTE These warning limits are promulgated as an "Interim final action with a request for comments."
  1 "Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs In Wastewater Using Empore™ Disk", 3M Corporation, Revised  10/28/94.


                                              TABLE IE.—LIST OF APPROVED RADIOLOGC  TEST PROCEDURES
Parameter and units
1 Alpha-Total pCI per Her

3 Beta-Total pCI per liter

5 (a) Radium Total pCI per liter
(b)Ra, pClperltor 	
Melhod
Proportional or sdntilation counter
Proportional or scintilation counter



Scintillation counter 	
Reference (method number or page)
EPA'
900 	

900.0 	
Appendix B
803.0 	
903.1 	
Standard meth-
ods 18th Ed.
7110 B
7110B
7110 B
7110B
7500RaB
7500RaC
ASTM
D1 943-90
01943-80
01 890-80
01890-80
02460-90
03454-41
USGSJ
pp. 75 and 78.'
P. 79.
pp. 75 and 78.'
p. 79.
p. 81.
  Table IE notes:
  i Prescribed Procedures for Measurement of Radioactivty In Drinking Water," EPA-600/4-80-032 (1980), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, August 1980.
  'Frshman. M.J. and Brown, Eugene," Selected Methods of the U.S. Geological Survey of Analysis of Wastewators," U.S. Geological Survey, Open-File Report 76-177 (19761.
  •The method found on p. 75 measures only the dissolved portion while the method on p. 78 measures only the suspended portion. Therefore, the two results must be addea to obtain the
"totar.

-------
                                                                                       §136.3
   (b) Hie  full texts  of the methods from the fol-
 lowing references which are cited in Tables IA,
 IB, 1C. ID, and IE are incorporated  by reference
 into this regulation and may be obtained from the
 sources identified. All costs  cited are subject to
 change and must be verified from the indicated
 sources. The full texts of all the test procedures
 cited are available for inspection at the Environ-
 mental Monitoring Systems Laboratory,  Office of
 Research  and Development,  U.S. Environmental
 Protection  Agency, 26 West  Martin  Luther  King
 Dr., Cincinnati,  OH  45268 and the Office of the
 Federal Register, room 8301,  1110 L  Street, NW.,
 Washington, DC 20408.

    REFERENCES, SOURCES, COSTS, AND TABLE
                  CITATIONS:

   (1) The full text of Methods 601-613, 624, 625,
 1624, and  1623  are printed in appendix  A of this
 part 136. The full text for determining the method
 detection limit when using the test procedures is
 given in appendix B of this part 136. The full text
 of Method 200.7 is printed in appendix  C of this
 part 136.  Cited  in: Table IB, Note 5; Table 1C,
 Note 2; and Table ID, Note 2.
   (2) USEPA. 1978. Microbiological  Methods for
 Monitoring the Environment, Water,  and Wastes.
 Environmental Monitoring  and Support Labora-
 tory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cin-
 cinnati. Ohio. EPA/600/8-78/017.  Available from:
 National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port
 Royal  Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161, Publ.
 No. PB-290329/AS. Cost S36.95. Table IA, Note
 3.
   (3) "Methods for  Chemical Analysis  of Water
 and  Wastes,"   U.S.  Environmental   Protection
 Agency, EPA-600/4-79-020,  March  1979,  or
 "Methods  for Chemical  Analysis of Water and
 Wastes," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 EPA-600/4-79-020,  Revised  March 1983. Avail-
 able from: ORD Publications, CERL  U.S. Envi-
 ronmental  Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio
 45268, Table IB, Note 1.
   (4) "Methods  for Benzidine, Chlorinated Or-
 ganic  Compounds, Pentachlorophenol  and  Pes-
 ticides in Water and Waste water," U.S. Environ-
 mental Protection Agency, 1978.  Available from:
 ORD Publications, CERL, U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, Table 1C,
Note 3; Table D. Note 3.
   (5) "Prescribed Procedures  for Measurement of
 Radioactivity in  Drinking Water," U.S. Environ-
mental  Protection Agency,   EPA-600/4-80-032,
 1980. Available  from:  ORD  Publications,  CERI,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
Ohio 45268, Table IE. Note 1.
   (6) American  Public Health Association. 1992.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Wastewater.  18th Edition. Amer.  Publ. Hlth.
Assoc., 1015  15th  Street NW, Washington,  DC
20005. Cost: S160.00. Table IA, Note 4.
   (7) Ibid, 15th Edition, 1980. Table IB, Note 30;
Table ID.
   (8) Ibid, 14th Edition, 1975. Table IB, Notes 17
and 27.
   (9) "Selected Analytical Methods  Approved and
Cited by the United States Environmental Protec-
tion  Agency," Supplement to the  15th Edition of
Standard Methods for the Examination  of Water
and Wastewater,  1981. Available from: American
Public Health  Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street
NW., Washington, DC 20036. Cost available from
publisher.  Table  IB, Note 10; Table 1C, Note 6;
Table ID, Note 6.
   (10) Annual Book  of ASTM Standards, Water
and Environmental  Technology, Section 11,  Vol-
umes 11.01 and 11.02, 1994 in 40 CFR 136.3, Ta-
bles IB, 1C, ID and IE.
   (11)  USCS.  1989. U.S.  Geological Survey
Techniques  of  Water-Resources   Investigations,
Book 5, Laboratory Analysis, Chapter A4, Meth-
ods for Collection and Analysis of Aquatic  Bio-
logical and Microbiological  Samples, U.S.  Geo-
logical Survey, U.S.  Department of the Interior,
Reston, Virginia.  Available  from:  USGS  Books
and  Open-File Reports  Section, Federal Center,
Box   25425,   Denver,  Colorado   80225.   Cost:
$18.00. Table IA,  Note 5.
   (12) "Methods for Determination of Inorganic
Substances in  Water and Fluvial Sediments," by
M.J.  Fishman and Linda C. Friedman, Techniques
of Water-Resources  Investigations of the  U.S. Ge-
ological Survey,  Book 5 Chapter Al  (1989).
Available  from: U.S.  Geological Survey, Denver
Federal Center. Box 25425, Denver, CO 80225.
Cost:  $108.75  (subject to change).  Table IB, Note
2.
   (13) "Methods for Determination of Inorganic
Substances in Water  and  Fluvial  Sediments,"
N.W. Skougstad and others, editors. Techniques of
Water-Resources  Investigations of the U.S.  Geo-
logical Survey, Book 5, Chapter Al (1979). Avail-
able  from:  U.S. Geological Survey, Denver Fed-
eral Center, Box  25425. Denver. CO 80225.  Cost
$10.00 (subject to change). Table IB, Note 8.
   (14) "Methods for the Determination of  Or-
ganic  Substances  in  Water  and  Fluvial  Sedi-
ments," Wershaw,  R.L.,  et al.  Techniques  of
Water-Resources  Investigations of the U.S.  Geo-
logical Survey, Book 5, Chapter A3 (1987). Avail-
able  from:  U.S. Geological Survey, Denver Fed-
eral Center, Box 25425. Denver, CO 80225.  Cost
$0.90 (subject to  change). Table  IB,  Note  24;
Table ID, Note 4.
   (15) "Water Temperature—Influential Factors,
Field  Measurement and  Data Presentation," by
H.H. Stevens, Jr.,  J. Ficke, and G.F.  Smoot, Tech-
niques of Water-Resources Investigations of the
                                              17

-------
 §136.3
U.S.  Geological Survey, Book.  1, Chapter Dl,
1975.  Available from: U.S.  Geological  Survey,
Denver Federal Center, Box 25425, Denver, CO
80225. Cost: SI.60 (subject to change). Table IB,
Note 32.
   (16) "Selected Methods of the U.S. Geological
Survey of Analysis  of Waste waters,"  by  M.J.
Fishman and Eugene Brown; U.S. Geological Sur-
vey Open  File Report 76-77 (1976). Available
from: U.S.  Geological Survey, Branch of Distribu-
tion,  1200  South Eads  Street, Arlington,  VA
2220Z Cost:  $13.50 (subject to change). Table IE,
Note 2.
   (17) "Official Methods of Analysis of the Asso-
ciation of Official  Analytical Chemicals", Meth-
ods manual,  15th Edition (1990). Price:  $240.00.
Available from: The Association of Official Ana-
lytical Chemists,  2200 Wilson  Boulevard, Suite
400. Arlington, VA 22201. Table IB, Note 3.
   (18) "American National Standard on  Photo-
graphic Processing  Effluents,"  April 2, 1975.
Available from: American National Standards In-
stitute, 1430 Broadway, New York.  New York
10018. Table IB, Note 9.
   (19) "An Investigation of Improved Procedures
for Measurement of Mill  Effluent and Receiving
Water Color," NCASI Technical  Bulletin No.  253,
December 1971. Available from:  National Council
of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improve-
ments, Inc., 260 Madison Avenue, New York, NY
10016. Cost  available from  publisher. Table IB,
Note 18.
   (20) Ammonia, Automated Electrode  Method,
Industrial Method Number 379-75WE, dated Feb-
ruary   19.  1976.  Technicon  Auto Analyzer II.
Method and price available from Technicon Indus-
trial Systems. Tarrytown, New York 10591. Table
IB. Note 7.
   (21) Chemical Oxygen Demand, Method 8000,
Hach Handbook of Water  Analysis, 1979. Method
price  available  from Hach Chemical Company,
P.O. Box 389, Loveland,  Colorado 80537. Table
IB, Note 14.
   (22) QIC Chemical Oxygen Demand  Method,
1978. Method and price available from Oceanog-
raphy International Corporation,  512 West Loop.
P.O. Box  2980. College Station, Texas  77840.
Table IB, Note 13.
   (23) ORION Research Instruction Manual, Re-
sidual  Chlorine Electrode Model 97-70, 1977.
Method and price available from ORION Research
Incorporation, 840  Memorial  Drive, Cambridge,
Massachusetts 02138. Table IB, Note 16.
  (24) Bicinchoninate Method for Copper. Method
8506,  Hach  Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979,
Method and price available  from Hach Chemical
Company,   P.O.  Box  300,   Loveland, Colorado
80537. Table IB, Note 19.
  (25) Hydrogen  Ion  (pH) Automated Electrode
Method,  Industrial Method Number 378-75WA.
October 1976. Bran & Luebbe (Technicon) Auto
Analyzer II. Method and price available from Bran
& Luebbe Analyzing Technologies, Inc. Elmsford.
N.Y. 10523. Table IB, Note 21.
  (26)    1,10-Phenanthroline    Method   using
FerroVer Iron Reagent for Water, Hach  Method
8008,  1980.  Method  and price  available  from
Hach  Chemical   Company,   P.O.   Box   389
Loveland, Colorado 80537. Table IB, Note 22.
  (27) Periodate  Oxidation  Method for Man-
ganese, Method 8034,  Hach Handbook for Water
Analysis,  1979. Method and price available from
Hach  Chemical  Company,   P.O.   Box  389,
Loveland, Colorado 80537. Table IB, Note 23.
  (28)    Nitrogen,    Nitrite—Low    Range,
Diazotization  Method for  Water and Wastewater,
Hach Method 8507, 1979.  Method and price avail-
able from  Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box
389, Loveland, Colorado  80537. Table IB, Note
25.
  (29) Zincon Method for Zinc, Method 8009.
Hach Handbook for Water Analysis, 1979.  Method
and  price available  from  Hach Chemical Com-
pany, P.O. Box 389, Loveland, Colorado 80537.
Table IB. Note 33.
  (30) "Direct Determination of Elemental Phos-
phorus by Gas-Liquid Chromatography," by R.F.
Addison and  R.G.  Ackman, Journal  of Chroma-
tography, Volume  47, No.  3. pp. 421-426, 1970.
Available  in most public libraries. Back volumes
of the Journal of Chromatography  are available
from Eisevier/North-HoUand,  Inc., Journal Infor-
mation Centre, 52  Vanderbilt Avenue, New York,
NY  10164. Cost available from publisher. Table
IB, Note 28.
  (31) "Direct Current Plasma  (DCP)  Optical
Emission  Spectrometric Method ' for  Trace Ele-
mental Analysis of Water  and  Wastes",  Method
AES 0029, 1986-Revised 1991. Fison Instruments.
Inc.. 32  Commerce Center,  Cherry Hill  Drive,
Danvers. MA  01923. Table B. Note 34.
  (32) "Closed Vessel Microwave  Digestion of
Wastewater Samples for Determination of Metals.
CEM Corporation, P.O. Box 200. Matthews, North
Carolina 28106-0200,  April 16, 1992. Available
from the CEM Corporation. Table IB,  Note 36.
  (33) "Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs in
Wastewater Using Empore ™ Disk" Test  Method
3M 0222,  Revised 10/28/94. 3M Corporation, 3M
Center Building 220-9E-10, St. Paul, MN  55144-
1000.  Method available from  3M   Corporation.
Table 1C, Note 8 and Table ID, Note  8.
  (34) USEPA 1993. Methods for Measuring the
Acute Toxicity of Effluents to Freshwater and Ma-
rine Organisms. Fourth Edition, December 1993.
Environmental Monitoring Systems  Laboratory,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
                                             18

-------
                                                                                      §136.3
Ohio (EPA/600/4-90/027F).  Available from: Na-
tional  Technical Information Service, 5285  Port
Royal  Road, Springfield,  Virginia 22161.  Publ.
No.  PB-91-1676SO. Cost $31.00. Table IA, Note
17. See changes in the manual, listed in Part V of
this rule.
   (35)  "Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Method  PAI-
DK01   (Block  Digestion,  Steam  Distillation,
Titrimetric Detection)", revised  12/22/94. Avail-
able from  Perstorp Analytical  Corporation,  9445
SW  Ridder  Rd.,  Suite 310,   P.O.  Box  648,
Wilsonville, OK 97070. Table IB, Note 39.
   (36)  "Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Method  PAI-
DK02  (Block Digestion, Steam Distillation, Col-
orimetric Detection)", revised 12/22/94. Available
from Perstorp Analytical Corporation, 9445 SW
Ridder Rd, Suite 310, P.O. Box 648,  Wilsonville,
OK 97070. Table IB, Note 40.
   (37)  "Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl, Method  PAI-
DK03 (Block Digestion, Automated FIA Gas Dif-
fusion)",   revised   12/22/94.   Available   from
Perstorp Analytical Corporation, 9445 SW Ridder
Rd., Suite  310, P.O.  Box 648,  WilsonviUe. OK
97070. Table IB, Note 41.
   (38) USEPA. 1994. Short-term Methods for Es-
timating the Chronic Toxichy of Effluents and Re-
ceiving  Waters to Freshwater Organisms. Third
Edition.  July  1994.  Environmental  Monitoring
Systems Laboratory, U.S.  Environmental  Protec-
tion  Agency,  Cincinnati, Ohio.  (EPA/600/4-91/
002). Available from: National Technical Informa-
tion  Service,  5285 Port Royal  Road,  Springfield,
Virginia 22161, Publ. No. PB-92-139492.  Cost:
S31.00.  Table IA, Note 8.
   (39) USEPA. 1994. Short-term Methods for Es-
timating the Chronic Toxichy of Effluents and Re-
ceiving  Waters to Marine and  Estuarine  Orga-
nisms.  Second Edition, July  1994. Environmental
Monitoring Systems Laboratory,  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,  Ohio. EPA/
600/4-91/003. Available from: National Technical
Information  Service,  5285  Port  Royal  Road,
Springfield,  Virginia  22161,  Publ.  No. PB-92-
139484. Cost: S45.00.  Table LA, Note 9.
  (c) Under  certain circumstances  the  Regional
Administrator or  the  Director in the  Region or
State  where the discharge will occur may deter-
mine  for a particular discharge that additional pa-
rameters or pollutants must  be  reported.  Under
such circumstances, additional test procedures for
analysis of pollutants may be specified by the Re-
gional Administrator, or the Director upon the rec-
ommendation of the Director of the Environmental
Monitoring Systems Laboratory—Cincinnati.
  (d) Under certain circumstances, the Adminis-
trator may approve, upon recommendation by the
Director, Environmental Monitoring Systems Lab-
oratory—Cincinnati, additional alternate test  pro-
cedures  for nationwide use.
  (e) Sample preservation  procedures, container
materials, and maximum  allowable  holding times
for parameters cited in Tables IA. IB, 1C. ID, and
IE are prescribed in  Table II. Any person  may
apply for a variance from the  prescribed preserva-
tion techniques, container  materials, and maximum
holding  times applicable to samples taken from a
specific  discharge. Applications for variances  may
be made by letters to the Regional Administrator
in the Region in which the discharge will  occur.
Sufficient data should be  provided to assure such
variance  does not  adversely affect the integrity of
the sample. Such  data will be forwarded, by the
Regional Administrator, to the Director of the En-
vironmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory—Cin-
cinnati,   Ohio  for  technical  review   and  rec-
ommendations for action  on the variance applica-
tion.  Upon  receipt of the recommendations from
the Director of the Environmental Monitoring Sys-
tems Laboratory, the Regional Administrator  may
grant  a variance applicable  to the specific charge
to the applicant. A decision to approve or deny a
variance will be made  within 90 days of receipt of
the application by the Regional Administrator.
       TABLE II—REQUIRED CONTAINERS, PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES, AND HOLDING TIMES
Parameter No ./name
Table lA-Bacteria Tats:
1-4 CoWorm, fecal and total 	 	
Table IA— Aquatic T«erty Test*
6-10 Toxicity. acute and chronic - 	 _..
Table IB-4norganie Tests:
1 Acidity
7 Akainly
4 Ammonia 	 - 	 	 	 	
8. Biochemical oxygen demmd . 	 	
10. Bonn
11. Bromide 	 _ 	 „ 	 _.
15. Chemical oxygen demand 	 _ 	 -.
18 Chloride 	 _. . 	 _.
17. Chlorine, total residual 	 	
Container1
p,G 	 	
P.G . ...
P.O 	
p. o _ 	
P, O 	
P. G 	
p. G _ 	
P PFTE. or
Quartz.
p. G _ 	
p G
P, G 	
p, G 	
P. G
Preservation"
Cool, 4C, 0.008% NaAO, > ...
Cool, 4C, 0.008% NajSiQi > ...
Cool, 4C» 	 _ 	 _
Cool 4°C . ...
do
Cool, 4-C, HjSO, to pH<2 	
Cool, 4°C
HNOi TO pH<2
None required 	 	 	
Cool, 4«C .. ..
Cool, 4°C, HjSO, to pH<2 	
None required ..„ 	 _..
do
Maximum holding bme<
6 hours.
Shows.
6 hours.
14 day*.
Da
28 day*.
48 hour*.

28 days.
48 hours.
28 days.
Da
Analyze immediately.
                                             19

-------
§136.3
 TABLE II—REQUIRED CONTAINERS, PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES, AND HOLDING TIMES—Continued
Ptrsmotef No./n3rno
21 Color 	 	 	 _ 	 _.
23-24. Cyanide, total and amenable to
clMonnAuon,
25 Fluoride
27 Hardness
28 Hydrogen ion (pH) 	 _
31 43 IQeldahl and organic nlrogan 	
Metals?
18 Chromium VI
35 Mercury . 	 -.
3. 5-8. 12. 13. 19, 20. 22. 26. 29. 30. 32-34.
36. 37. 45, 47. 51. 52. 58-60. 62. 63, 70-72.
74, 75. Metals, except boron, chromium VI
and mercury.
38 Nitrate 	 _ 	
39 Nitrate-nitrite 	 _ 	 _ 	 _
40 Nitrite 	 „ 	
41 Ol and great*
42. Organic Carbon ...„ 	 _ 	
44. Ortnophosphata ..._ 	 _ 	
46 Oxygen, Dfesorved Probe
47. WMder 	 _ 	 _.
48. Phenols
48 Phosphorus (elemental) . 	

53. Residue, total 	 	 	 _ 	 _
54 Residue Filterable
55. Residue Nonfittarable (TSS) ._ 	
56 Residue SettteaMe
57 Residue vobtito
61 Sica
65 Sufata
66 Sufide
67 Sufite

69. Temperature 	 _ 	
73 Turbidity
Table 1C— Organic Tests*
13. 16-20. 22. 24-28, 34-37, 39-43, 45-47.
56, 66, 88. 89, 92-05, 97. Purgeable
Hatocarbons.
6, 57, 60.' PufflOflbiQ •uonutic nyorocevfaons .....
3 4. AcroWn and acrylonitrie 	 	 	 	
23. 30, 44, 40. 53. 67. 70. 71. 83. 85, 96.
Phenols".
7 38 Genuine*11
14 17 48 50-^2. Phthatata esters"
72-74 Nrtroumim*"-"
76-82. PC8s» eoytontoite 	
54. 55, 65, 69. Nttoaromatics and tsophorone»
1. 2. 5. 8-12. 32, 33. 58, 59, 64, 68. 84. 86.
15. 16. 21. 31. 75. Habethers" 	
29 35-37 60-63, 91. Chbritatad hydro-
carbons11.
87 TCDD"
TaMe ID Pesticides Testa:
1-70. Pesticides1' 	
Container1
P, G 	 	
p. Q 	 _.
p
P, G _ 	
p G _ 	
P, G ._ 	
P G
P. G 	
P, G 	
P. G 	
P, G 	
G 	 	 	
pt o 	
P, G 	
G Bottle and
top.
	 do 	

G
P, G 	
p, G 	 	
P G
P G
P, G 	
P G ...
P PFTE. or
Quartz.
p, G 	 	
p, G - 	
P G
P G
P G
P. Q 	 	
P G
G, Tedon-
lined sep-
tum.
— do 	
_....do 	
G. Teflon-
lined cap.
do
do
	 do 	
	 do 	
	 do 	
	 do 	 	
	 do 	 	
	 do 	
do
	 do 	 	
Preservation"
Cool, 4°C
Cool, 4-C, NaOH to pH>12,
0.6g ascorbic acid «.
HNO, to pH<2, HjSO« to pH<2

Cool, 4°C, HjSO. to pH<2 	
Cool, 4°C 	 	 	
HNOj to pH^ 	 	 	
Cool, 4°C 	
Cool, 4°C, HjSO, to pH<2 	
Coot 4«C 	
Cool to 4*C, HCI or H2SO< to
pH<2.
Cool to 4 *C HCI or H.SO4 or
H,PO4, to pH<2.
Fiter immediately, Cool. 4°C


Cool, 4°C HiSQj to pH<2
Cool, 4°C
Cool, 4°C, HjSO< to pH<2 	
Cool 4°C 	 _ 	
do
do
	 do 	 _ 	 	
. . do 	
Coo1. 4°C
	 do 	 _ 	
do
Cool 4*C add zinc acetate
plus sodium hydroxide to
pH>9.
Cool, 4-C

Cool, 4*C
Cool, 4°C. 0.008% Na>S,O>.»
Cool, 4«C. 0.008% NajSiOjS.
HC1 to DH21.
Cool, 4°C 0.008% NaaSiOi9;
Adjust pH to 4-5".
Cool, 4«C, 0.008% Naj&CV
do
Cooi 4°C
Cool, 4*C, store in dark.
0.008% NajSjO,'.
Cool, 4"C 	 	
Cool. 4°C. 0.008% Na,SaO,>
store in dark.
	 do 	 	 - 	
Cool, 4-C. 0.008% Na,S,Oi>
Cool 4°C 	
Cool, 4°C 0 008% NsoSaOj'
Cool. 4°C. pH 5-9" 	
Maximum holdirtg time4
48 hours.
14 days*
6 months.

28 days.
24 hours

48 hours.
28 days.
48 hours.
28 days.
28 days.
48 hours.
Analyze immediately
Bhours.
28 days
48 hours
28 days.
7 days.
7 days
7 days
48 hours.
7 days.
28 days
Do.
Da
7davs.
Analyze rnmediatety
48 hours
Analyze.
48 hours
14 days.
Do.
Do.
7 days until wdivcljofi,
40 days after extrac-
tion.
7 days until extraction "

40 days after extrac-
tion.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do
Do.
                                       20

-------
                                                                                                     §136.4
  TABLE ll—REQUIRED CONTAINERS, PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES, AND HOLDING TIMES—Continued
Parameter No/name
Table IE— Radiological Tests:
1-6. Alpha, beta and radium 	
Container1
P, G 	
Preservation"
HNO, to pH«2 	
Maximum holding time4
6 months.
  Table II Notes
  'Polyethylene (P) or glass (G). For microbiology, plastic sample containers must be made of steriiizable materials (poly-
 propylene or other autodavable pbstic).
   ' Sample preservation should be pel (mined imm
                                          mediately upon sample collection. For composite chemical samples each aliquot
should be preserved at the time of collection. When use of an automated sampler makes it impossible to preserve each aliquot,
then chemical samples may be preserved by maintaining at 4°C until compositing and sample splitting is completed.
  'When any cample  is to be shipped by common earner or sent through the United States Mails, t must comply with the De-
partment of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR part 172). The person offering such material for transpor-
tation is responsible for ensuring such compliance. For the preservation requirements of Table II, the Office of Hazardous Mate-
rials, Materials Transportation Bureau, Department of Transportation has determined that the Hazardous Materials  Regulations
do not apply to the tallowing  materials: Hydrochloric acid (HO) in water solutions at concentrations of 0.04% by weight or less
(pH about 1.96 or greater): Nitric acid (HNO,)  in water solutions at concentrations of 0.15% by weight or less (pH about 1.62 or
greater); Sulfuric acid  (HjSO,) in water solutions at concentrations of 0.35%  by weight or less (pH about 1.15 or greater); and
Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) In water solutions at concentrations of 0.060% by weight or less (pH about 1230 or less).
  4 Samples should be analyzed as soon as possible after collection. The times listed are the maximum times that samples may
be held before analysis and still be considered valid. Samples may be held for longer periods only if the permittee, or monitoring
laboratory, has data on file to chow that for the specific types of samples under study, the analytes are stable  for the  longer time,
and has received a variance from the Regional Administrator under § 136.3(e). Some samples may not be stable for the maxi-
mum time period given in the table. A permittee, or monitoring laboratory, is obligated to hold the sample for a shorter time if
knowledge exists to show that this is necessary to maintain sample stability. See § 136.3(e) for details. The term "analyze imme-
diately" usually means within 15 minutes or  less of sample collection.
  'Should only be used in the presence of residual chlorine.
  •Maximum holding time is 24 hours when sulfide is present Optionally all camples may  be tested with lead acetate paper be-
fore pH adjustments in order to determine if sulfide is present If sulfide is present, it can be removed by the addition  of cadmium
nitrate powder until a negative spot test is obtained. The sample is filtered and then NaOH  is added to pH 12.
  ' Samples should be filtered immediately on-site before adding preservative for dissolved metals.
  •Guidance applies to samples to be analyzed by GC, LC, or GC/MS for specific compounds.
  •Sample receiving no pH adjustment must be analyzed within seven days of sampling.
  '•The pH adjustment is not required if acrolein will not be measured.  Samples for acrotein receiving no pH adjustment must be
analyzed within 3 days of campling.
  "When the extractable analytes of concern fall within a single chemical category, the specified preservative and maximum
holding times should be observed for optimum safeguard of sample integrity. When the analytes of concern fall within two or
more  chemical categories, the sample may be preserved by cooling to 4°C, reducing residual chlorine with 0.008% sodium
thbsuVata, storing  in the dark, and adjusting the pH to 6-8; samples preserved in this manner may be held  for seven days be-
                                                                                        time procedure are noted
                                                                                        (re the analysis of benzi-
fore extraction and for forty days after extraction. Exceptions to this _r..    ,
in footnote S (re the requirement for thiosulfate reduction of residual chlorine), and footnotes 12, 1
dine).
  "If 1,2-diphenylhydrazine is ikely to be present, adjust the pH of the sample to 4.0±0.2 to prevent rearrangement to benzt-
dine.
  "Extracts may be stored up to 7 days before analysis if storage is conducted under an inert (oxidant-free) atmosphere.
  "For the analysis of diphenyMtrosamine, add 0.008% NajSjO, and adjust pH to 7-10 with  NaOH within 24 hours of sanv

  "the pH adjustment may be performed upon recent at the laboratory and may be omitted if the samples are extracted wHhn
72 hours of collection.  For the analysis of aldrin.  add 0.008% Na2S,O,.
  "Sufficient ice should be placed with the samples in the shipping container to ensure that ice is still present when the sam-
ples arrive at the laboratory. However, even if ice is present when the samples arrive, it is necessary to immediately measure the
temperature of the samples and confirm that the 4C temperature maximum has not been exceeded. In the isolated cases where
it can be documented  that this holding temperature can not be met. the permittee can be given the option of on-site testing or
can request a variance. The request lor  a variance should include supportive data which show that the toxiciry of the effluent
samples is not reduced because of the increased holding temperature.
  [38 FR 28758, Oct 16, 1973. as amended at 41 FR
       52781. Dec.  1. 1976; 49 FR 43251. 43258. 43259.
       Oct 26, 1984; JO FR 691. 692. 695. Jan. 4. 1985;
       51 FR 23693.  lime 30, 1986; 52 FR 33543. Sept
       3. 1987; 55 FR  24534. June 15. 1990;  55 FR
       33440. Aug.  15. 1990; 56 FR 50759. Oct 8. 1991;
       57 FR 41833. Sept 11.  1992; 58  FR 4505, Ian.
       31.  1994; 60  FR 17160. Apr. 4. 1995;  60 FR
       39588, 39590. Aug. 2. 1995;  60 FR 44672. Aug.
       28. 1995; 60 FR 53542. 53543. Oct 16, 1995]

§136.4   Application  for  alternate  test
     procedures.

  (a) Any person may apply to  the Regional Ad-
ministrator in the Region  where  the discharge oc-
curs for approval of an alternative  test procedure.
  (b) When the discharge for which an alternative
test procedure is  proposed  occurs  within a State
having  a permit  program  approved pursuant  to
                                                        section  402 of the Act, the applicant shall submit
                                                        his  application   to  the  Regional  Administrator
                                                        through the  Director of the  State agency having
                                                        responsibility  for  issuance   of  NPDES  permits
                                                        within such State.
                                                           (c)  Unless and until printed  application forms
                                                        are made available, an application for an alternate
                                                        test procedure may be made by  letter in triplicate.
                                                        Any application  for an  alternate test procedure
                                                        under this paragraph (c) shall:
                                                           (1)  Provide the name and address of the respon-
                                                        sible person or firm making  the discharge (if not
                                                        the applicant) and the applicable ID number of the
                                                        existing  or pending permit,  issuing  agency,  and
                                                        type of permit for which the alternate test proce-
                                                        dure is requested, and the discharge serial number.
                                                     21

-------
 §136.5
   (2) Identify the pollutant or parameter for which
 approval of an alternate testing procedure is being
 requested.
   (3) Provide justification for using testing proce-
 dures other than those specified in Table I.
   (4) Provide a detailed description  of the pro-
 posed alternate test procedure, together  with ref-
 erences  to published studies of the applicability of
 the alternate test  procedure to the  effluents  in
 question.
   (d) An application  for approval of an alternate
 test procedure for nationwide use may be made  by
 letter in triplicate  to  the Director, Environmental
 Monitoring  and  Support Laboratory,  Cincinnati,
 Ohio 43268.  Any  application for an alternate test
 procedure under this paragraph (d) shall:
   (1) Provide the name and address of the respon-
 sible person or firm making the application.
   (2) Identify the  pollutants) or parameters) for
 which nationwide approval of an alternate testing
 procedure is being  requested.
   (3) Provide a detailed description  of the pro-
 posed alternate procedure, together with references
 to published or other studies confirming the gen-
 eral applicability of the alternate test procedure to
 the pollutants) or parameters) in waste water dis-
 charges  from representative and specified indus-
 trial or other categories.
   (4) Provide comparability' data for the  perform-
 ance of the proposed alternate test procedure com-
 pared to the performance of the approved test pro-
 cedures.
 [38 FR 28760. Oct. 16, 1973, as amended  at 41  FR
 S278S. Dec. 1. 1976]

 S 136.5   Approval of alternate test pro-
     cedures.
   (a) The Regional Administrator of the region  in
 which the discharge  will occur  has final respon-
 sibility for approval of any alternate test procedure
 proposed by the responsible person or firm making
 the discharge.
   (b) Within thirty days  of receipt of an applica-
 tion,  the Director  will forward such application
 proposed by the responsible person or firm making
 the discharge, together with his recommendations,
 to the Regional Administrator. Where the Director
 recommends rejection of the application for sci-
 entific and  technical reasons which  he provides,
the Regional Administrator  shall  deny the applica-
tion, and shall forward a copy of the rejected ap-
plication  and his decision to the Director  of the
 State Permit Program and to the Director  of the
 Environmental Monitoring  and  Support Labora-
tory, Cincinnati.
  (c) Before approving any application for an al-
ternate test procedure proposed by the responsible
person or firm making the discharge, the Regional
 Administrator shall forward a copy of the applica-
 tion to the Director of the Environmental Monitor-
 ing and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati.
   (d) Within ninety  days of receipt by the Re-
 gional Administrator of an application for an alter-
 nate test  procedure, proposed  by the responsible
 person or firm making the discharge, the Regional
 Administrator shall notify the  applicant and the
 appropriate State agency of approval or rejection,
 or shall specify the additional information which is
 required to determine whether to approve the pro-
 posed  test  procedure. Prior  to the expiration of
 such ninety day period, a recommendation provid-
 ing the scientific and other technical basis for ac-
 ceptance or rejection will be forwarded to the Re-
 gional Administrator by the Director of the  Envi-
 ronmental  Monitoring  and  Support  Laboratory,
 Cincinnati.  A copy of  all approval and rejection
 notifications will be forwarded to the Director, En-
 vironmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory,
 Cincinnati, for the purposes of national coordina-
 tion.
   (e) Approval for nationwide  use. (1) Within 60
 days of the receipt by the Director of the Environ-
 mental  Monitoring  Systems   Laboratory—Cin-
 cinnati (EMSL-CI) of an application for an  alter-
 nate test procedure for nationwide use, the Direc-
 tor of EMSL-CI shall notify the applicant in writ-
 ing whether the application is complete. If the ap-
 plication is incomplete, the  applicant shall be in-
 formed  of the  information necessary to make the
 application complete.
   (2) Within 90 days of the receipt of a complete
 package:  EMSL-CI shall perform  any analysis
 necessary  to determine whether the alternate meth-
 od satisfies the applicable  requirements of this
 part;  and   the  Director  of  EMSL-CI shall rec-
 ommend to the Administrator that he/she approve
 or reject the application and shall also notify the
 applicant of such recommendation.
   (3) As expeditiously as practicable,  an alternate
method determined by the Administrator to satisfy
the applicable requirements of  this  part shall  be
proposed by EPA for incorporation in subsection
 136.3 of 40 CFR part 136. EPA shall make avail-
able for review all the  factual  bases for its pro-
posal, including any performance data submitted
by the applicant and any available EPA analysis of
those data.
   (4) Following a  period of public comment, EPA
shall, as expeditiously  as practicable,  publish in
the FEDERAL REGISTER a final decision to approve
or reject the alternate method.
[38 FR 28760. Oct. 16. 1973,  is  amended at 41 FR
52785. Dec. 1. 1976; 55 FR 33440, Aug. 15, 1990]
                                               22

-------
 77>e Pretreatment Training Course
                                                            Enforcement
            Enforcement
   Enforcement Legal Authority


     •40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(vi)(A)
     • Local  Regulations
       -all violations must be actionable
       -remedies must be non-exclusive
       VtoJafloos
   Unauronzed Discharges
    Prohbted Standards
       Permit Linfts
   Mentoring Requirements
   Repotting Requirements
     Pwiiiit Condfons
Compianoe Schedule Deacfres
  Erftxoement Oiders/AcGons
 Enfcicement Actions
    liibnnal Notice
  Nofoe of Violations
  Ainhistralive Fries
  Shew Cause Ordere
   Consent Orders
  Compiarce Orders
Cease and Desist Orders
    CrVi Penalties
  Crrnral Prosecution
Supplement Enforcement
Module 11
                                                Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                           Enforcement
   UnaufioiUBd Discharges
    Prohbted Stsndaids
       Permit Lfrits
   Moretonng Reqinrrants
   Re put big ReojuBments
Compfance Schedule Deadhes
  Ertbroemert OrdersfAcfons
    Hbtmal Note
  Nofce of Violations
  AAnriistrafr^ Fuss
  Show Cause Orders
   Consent Orders
  Comptanos Orders
Cease and Desist Orders
   InJLncfive Refef
    Crvi Penalties
  CrvTWial Prosecution
S^jpbment Enbroemert
          Notice of Violation

        • Initial POTW response
        • Official notice
        • Provides IU opportunity to
          correct deficiency
        • Provides consistency
        Administrative Fines

     • Issued at POTW's discretion
     • Punitive in nature
     • Deterrent for future violations
Module 11
                                               Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
          Enforcement
      Administrative Orders

         •Show cause orders
         •Consent orders
         •Compliance orders

         •Cease and desist
          Civil Litigation

     •Why?
     •Remedies available:
      -Consent decree
      -Injunctions
      -Civil penalties & cost recovery
        Clean Water Act

   Strict Liability - Users are held
        legally responsible for
    noncompliance, regardless of
         intent or negligence
Module 11
Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
           Enforcement
       Criminal Prosecution

      •Acted in violation of the law

      •Criminal intent/negligence

      •Results in fines and/or
       imprisonment

      •Each violation, each day, a
       separate offense
    Supplemental Enforcement

     • Public notice

     •Water service severance

     •Termination of sewer service

     • Performance bond/liability
      insurance

     • Increased monitoring/reporting
   Enforcement Response Plans
           [40 CFR § 403.8(f)(5)]

   • reflect POTWs responsibility to enforce
    pretreatment requirements & standards

   • identify how the POTW will investigate
    noncompliance

   • specifies officials responsible for each type of
    enforcement

   • specifies types of and time frames for taking
    escalating enforcement for anticipated types of
    violations
Module 11
Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
           Enforcement
 Factors to Consider for Appropriate
        Enforcement Response

     • Magnitude and duration of violation
     • Effect on POTW
     • Effect on receiving stream
     • Pattern of past violations/success
       of previous enforcement actions
     • Attitude of Industrial user
    Effective enforcement
    actions
    are
    timely
  Enforcement Data Management
   • Specify reports required from lUs
   • Notify Ills of untimely submittals
   • Review reports received
   • Notify users, within specified timeframes, of
     deficiencies in reports and any noncompliance
     issues
   • Schedule ID responses
   • Track IDs responses
   • Escalate enforcement
Module 11
Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
            Enforcement
    Indicators of an Effective ERP

    • Ensure violators return to compliance
     ASAP

    • Penalize noncompllant users for
     pretreatment violations

    • Deter further noncompliance

    • Recover additional expenses incurred by
     POTW attributable to noncompliance
Module 11
Slide Presentation - Page 6

-------
 The Preireatment Training Course	Enforcement
                                                Enforcement

                                                    Introduction

      As part of its implementation responsibilities, the Control Authority should establish requirements for IU pollution control,
 monitoring, and reporting and should Incorporate these requirements into control mechanisms. Pollution control requirements should
 reflect Federal categorical standards, general pretreatment standards, and local limitations. Each control mechanism should enable
 the Control Authority to monitor and control discharges to its sewer system, implement its pretreatment program, and meet the goals
 of the General Pretreatment Regulations. To administer the pretreatment program efficiently, the Control Authority should have a
 system to determine whether IDs are complying with pretreatment standards and requirements in the control mechanisms and how
 and when to respond to noncompliance by lUs.

      On July 24,1990 (55 PR 30082), the EPA promulgated regulations that require all POTWs to adopt an enforcement response
 plan (ERP) as part of (her approved pretreatment programs. The regulations require POTWs to describe their compliance monitoring
 procedures, and use an escalation of various enforcement responses, as well as timeframes and responsibilities for taking these
 actions. EPA developed a simflar system to plan, administer, and evaluate its NPDES enforcement program.  POTWERPs most likely
 will be based on the same management principles and internal controls that have been used successfully in the NPOES program. To
 assist POTWs in meeting this requrement, EPA, in September 1989, issued its Guidance for Developing Control Authority Enforcement
 Response Plans.

      The principles identified in the next section describe the process for obtaining and evaluating information on IU compliance by:

      •     identifying noncompliance

      •     selecting an appropriate enforcement action

      •     resolving noncompliance in a timely, fair, and consistent manner

These principles establish a framework for managing an enforcement process, while providing the flexibility for each Control Authority
to develop management procedures that best suit its operations and resources.
                                            Enforcement Response Plans

Responsibilities. Procedures, and Timeframes
     Throughout the enforcement process, it is important for all levels of management to be able to assess the effectiveness of the
program and identify progress or deficiencies. Consequently, the Control Authority's enforcement procedures should give management
the information it needs to ensure that the pro jam makes timely decisions and successfully implements its local program.  For internal
management control, an enforcement response plan should provide for

           the identification of the individuals or unit responsible for each element

     •     procedures for collecting and disseminating information (e.g., developing standardized reporting forms, computerizing date,
           notifying (Us of violations, etc.)
Module 11                                                                                         Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Enforcement	The Pretreatment Training Course
      •     a method of tracking program activities at any given time, including issuance of control mechanisms, compliance reviews,
           and enforcement actions

      •     a system of evaluating specific activities in terms of their quality, timeliness, results, and accomplishment of program
           objectives.

 Industrial User Inventory Data
      The foundation of a compliance tracking and enforcement system is a complete and accurate compilation of the pertinent data
 on all industrial dischargers to the POTW. Therefore, the Control Authority must maintain a current inventory of IDs [40 CFR §
 403.8(f)(2)(i)]. This inventory should include the name, location, classification, applicable standards, basis for limits imposed, volume
 of discharge, control mechanism status, compliance dates and other special requirements, for each IU. The industrial waste survey
 should provide most of the information required to develop the inventory, although some supplementary information might be required
 from other sources, such as the permit application or monitoring data.

      A routine schedule and an identified process for updating the inventory of IDs should be implemented, including the specific data
 available concerning each user. Sources of information that might be used in the process include data developed through inspections
 of the facility, a review of water use records and/or building permit applications, and information on changes reported by the IU.
 Responsibility for maintenance of the inventory should be assigned to one specific individual or group (such as the  data management
 staff) and the flow of information within the Control Authority should be organized to ensure that all relevant data are directed to that
 group.

      The date inventory should provide an index of the nature and type of IDs in the Control Authority system. The list can be used
 to plan monitoring, enforcement, and permitting activities. For each ID on the list, a separate backup file should be maintained to
 include descriptions of the facility, monitoring data, inspection reports, summaries of violations and enforcement actions, and other
 detailed, relevant information. This historical information should be maintained to evaluate the performance  of lUs and the success
 of enforcement actions.

 Collect and Dispense Information
      To ensure that its system has the needed information and that the information is current the Control Authority should actively
 manage the flow of information into its system.  For each IU, the Control Authority must determine what data are legally required or
 needed, as well as when and how they can be obtained.

      The Control Authority should specify reporting requirements for the IU in the permit or other control mechanism used. The Control
Authority then must track the submission of reports.  If the information submitted is deficient or late, the IU  should be notified and
required to submit the information within a fixed time period.

      Other sources of information exist that should be consulted routinely to update or add information. The Control Authority may
monitor water and sewage usage, issuance of building permits, violations of other local ordinances, and local  news outlets to identify
changes that have occurred (or are planned for an IU) and may affect its wastewater contribution to the Control Authority. The Control
Authority should plan the receipt processing, and retaining of routine and nonroutine date to ensure they are available when needed
to make the decisions on compliance activities (such as inspections or meetings) and, if necessary, as evidence in enforcement
proceedings.

      The Control Authority must retain aD records of monitoring activities and results for at least 3 years. This period is to be extended
during the course of any unresolved litigation or when requested by the Approval Authority [see 40 CFR § 403.12(o)(3)].

Page 2 • Narrative                                                                                         Module 11

-------
 The Prefreatment Training Course	Enforcement
      In addition to collecting data, the Control Authority needs to dispense certain information. IDs must be notified of applicable
 pretreatment standards and hazardous waste disposal requirements under the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6901). lUs should
 be continually apprised of their compGance status, changes in pretreatment requirements, the results of inspections, and other pertinent
 information. IDs should also be informed of the Control Authority's enforcement strategy and its general responses to noncompliance.

      The Control Authority should also make a concerted effort to inform the public of the progress of its pretreatment program. As
 required by regulation [40 CFR 403.8(f)(2)(vii)], it must publish a list of lUs in significant noncompliance in the newspaper.  In addition,
 it might undertake public education efforts in such areas as proper disposal of household chemicals or used motor oil.

 Conduct Sampling and Inspection of Industrial Users
      The Control Authority should have an inspection plan for scheduling field investigations, which may include site visits, sample
 collection, facility inspections, and flow monitoring.  The Control Authority should use field investigations to verify the compliance status
 determined from (Us self-monitoring activities, including collecting samples, initiating emergency or remedial actions, and gathering
 additional information.  Field investigations may be routine compliance monitoring or special monitoring in response to violations,
 technical problems, or support for permit modifications. The Control Authority must plan routine field investigations and/or collection
 of wastewater samples of each significant IU at least once a year. The Control Authority should develop checklists and procedures
 for these routine visits and ensure the results of each visit are documented and lUs are advised of any deficiencies found during an
 inspection.  Special onsite investigations may require warrants (if entry is refused or limited), specialized sampling equipment, and
 additional resources.  These investigations should be conducted according to established procedures.  Warrants should be obtained
 with advice from legal counsel. The Control Authority should advise the Approval Authority of its routine and special field investigation
 activities each year. The Control and Approval Authorities inspectors should conduct some joint investigations of IDs to promote
 consistency and  technical understanding of the inspection activities.

 Compliance Screening
      The compliance screening process involves reviewing all available information to sort out noncomplying dischargers for
 appropriate enforcement response.  This initial review should assess,  as  appropriate, compliance  with schedules, reporting
 requirements (including "slug* discharge notices), and applicable pretreatment standards. Since this step is designed primarily to
 identify apparent violations and not to determine the appropriate enforcement response, this review can usually be handled by
 nontechnical personnel.  In any case, the person responsible for screening should be clearly specified.

      The  screening process should verify that the reports are  submitted on schedule, cover the proper time  period, include all
information required, and are properly signed and certified. The reviewer should compare the parameters reported, the number of
measurements for each parameter, the method of analysis, the sampling procedures, the  discharge concentration (or mass per day),
and other information supplied by the ID with the requirements in the lU's permit or other control mechanism. Any discrepancy is a
violation that the  ID should be required to correct If a report lacks a required certification or signature, it is incomplete.  All alleged
violations (including those arising from inspections and  private complaints) should be identified by the Control Authority and recorded
in a violation summary specific to each ID. This summary will serve as a log for the compliance history of the ID and the enforcement
responses of the  Control Authority.

      The compliance screening process may also include notifying an ID when certain types of obvious noncompliance are found.
For example, the Control Authority might establish procedures  for routinely notifying the IU when a report is not received. This
notification should include a deadline by which the IU must respond. The Control Authority should have a timeframe for follow-up by
screening personnel to ensure that the IU has complied.
Module 11                                                                                          Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Enforcement	       	The Prefreatment Training Course
      Although al violations must be identified and responded to, as detailed in the Module on Data Management, Control Authorities
 must identify (Us in significant noncompliance and respond swiftly to the violation(s) with an appropriate enforcement action.

 Enforcement Evaluation
      The violations and discrepancies that were identified during the compliance screening process should be reviewed to evaluate
 the type of enforcement response needed.  This review normally should  be conducted by technical personnel, although legal
 consultation may be necessary in some cases. EPA uses an Enforcement Response Guide (ERG) to assist in this evaluation for
 NPDES cases. The guide identifies types of responses that are appropriate based  on  the nature  of the violation (effluent
 instantaneous, average or maximum limit; reporting:  late or deficient; or compliance schedule: begin or complete construction); the
 duration of the violation; the frequency of the violation (isolated or recurring); the potential impact of the violation (such as interference,
 pass through, or POTW worker safety); economic benefit enjoyed by the violator and their attitude.

      Control Authorities are encouraged to develop a similar type of guide for use in managing enforcement actions taken against
 violating IDs. An example of an Enforcement Response Plan that the Control Authority might use has been developed and is included
 the Enforcement Response Plan Guidance. The responses available will vary among Control Authorities depending on legal authority,
 but win normaDy include informal responses such as telephone contacts or written notices of violation, and formal responses such as
 Administrative Orders with or without penalties, judicial actions, and termination of sewer service. The guide should reflect the following
 concepts:

      •     all violations of requirements must be reviewed and responded to by the Control Authority

      •     generally, the Control Authority should notify the ID when a violation is found

      •     for most violations, the Control Authority should receive an explanation and, as appropriate, a plan from the IU  to correct
           the violation within a specified time period

      •     if the violations persist or the explanation and the plan are not adequate, the Control Authority's response should become
           more formal and commitments (or schedules, as appropriate) for compliance should be established in an enforceable
           document

      •     the enforcement response selected should be related to the seriousness of the violation. Enforcement responses should
           be escalated if compliance is not achieved expeditiously after taking the initial action. A serious initial violation requires
           a formal enforcement action.

The Control Authority should set deadlines for the IU to respond to notification of violations and should ensure that unfulfilled due dates
are noted in violation summaries. Frequently, direct contact with the IU may appear to resolve the problem. However, such contacts
and commitments should be confirmed in correspondence between the parties and noted in the violation summary. Otherwise, there
is no permanent record that would be necessary to enforce the commitment

Formal Enforcement and Follow-up
      A decision to seek formal enforcement is generally triggered by a failure to achieve compliance in a specified time period through
less formal means, a review of the violation records, and in some cases, the advice of counsel.  Formal enforcement should be
considered for each violation or group of violations that satisfies the EPA definition of significant noncompliance. The decision to
pursue formal action should be supported by a well-documented record of the violations by the IU and any prior efforts to
obtain compliance on the part of the Control Authority. The Control Authority should review all records to assure that proper
procedures were used to  collect the information and that all contacts with the IU are recorded.  If the IU has received conflicting
information regarding its compliance status, the status should be clarified in writing. The Control Authority should consider a special

Page 4 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 11

-------
 TTie Pretreatment Training Course	Enforcement
 onsite review or inspection to verify the data available, including a review of original analysis records to confirm the accuracy of
 information contained in periodic reports.  The Control Authority may also consider a 'show cause* meeting with the ID before
 commencing formal enforcement action. Verification of data should be completed quickly (usually within 1 or 2 weeks).

      The Control Authority should specifically designate timeframes and responsibilities for initiating each enforcement action or for
 providing the necessary information to legal counsel and should develop its own guidance covering the form and substance of the
 formal enforcement action for use by the staff.  Additionally, the guidance should cover procedures for escalating the action if
 compliance is not achieved expeditiously. The Control Authority needs to coordinate closely with the city solicitor or other counsel in
 developing and processing the action.
                                               Enforcement Mechanisms

      To achieve a maximum degree of compliance by lUs, Control Authorities will need to use a range of enforcement mechanisms.
 The range of enforcement mechanisms available to the Control Authority will depend on the specific legal authorities it has been given
 by city, county, or State legislatures. These mechanisms may range from a simple reminder call to significant criminal penalties. In
 decision making, the Control Authority should recognize that some violations are also violations of Federal (and State) law, and that
 under such circumstances (e.g., significant noncompGance by a major corporation with extensive resources), the Control Authority may
 seek the assistance of the Approval Authority. The purpose of this section is to describe the range  of available enforcement
 mechanisms.  The mechanisms listed  below are examples of activities that are generally available to an approved pretreatment
 program.

      •     Informal notice to IU (i.e., telephone call)

      •     Informal meetings

      •     Warning letter or Notice of Violation

      •     Administrative orders and compliance schedules

      •     Administrative fines

           Civil suit for injunctjve relief and/or civil penalties

      •     Criminal prosecution

           Termination of service (revoke permit).

Each of these categories of enforcement activity will be discussed below.

Informal Notices to Industrial Users
      Informal notice is the least coercive of the enforcement mechanisms and rarely requires specific authority. Informal notice may
consist of a telephone call or 'reminder* letter to an appropriate official (e.g., plant manager or environmental coordinator) of an IU.
Such  a call or tetter may be used to notify an official of a minor violation (e.g., a report submitted a few days late) and to seek an
explanation, to suggest the exercise of more due care, and/or to notify the 'violator' that subsequent violations of the same type may
be dealt with more severely. Such informal notice may be used to correct minor, inadvertent noncompliance and to demonstrate that
the Control Authority will note and follow-up all instances of noncompliance.

Module 11                                                                       "                   Narrative - Page 5

-------
 Enforcement	The Pretreatment Training Course
 Informal Meetings
      If a telephone call does not produce compliance or an adequate explanation of the reason for the noncompliance, a meeting
 between officials of the Control Authority and the ID may produce the desred results. At such a meeting, Control Authority officials might
 emphasize the importance of maintaining compliance. If informal meetings are unsuccessful in obtaining the firm's commitment to
 complying with its pretreatment obligations, the Control Authority might inform the IU representatives of stronger enforcement
 mechanisms that are available. The Control Authority should record all informal contacts, notices, and meetings with representatives
 of (Us in its violation summary.

 Warning Letter or Notice of Violation (MOV)
      The  warning letter or notice of violation is a written notice to the ID that the Control Authority has observed a violation of
 pretreatment standards or requirements and expects the noncompliance to be corrected and explained.  The warning letter, if State
 law provides, can also require specific corrective actions and schedules to which the Control Authority expects the ID to adhere and
 a statement that additional enforcement action  may be pursued if corrective actions are not accomplished as scheduled.  The letter
 should also make it clear that compliance with the requirements of the letter does not excuse previous violations.

      Such warning letters should be sent by certified mail1 with return receipt requested. Copies should be maintained in the IU file.
 Certified mail wffl bring the notice to (he serious attention of appropriate industry officials. Moreover, the return receipt will serve as proof
 that the IU received the notice in the event that more formal enforcement proceedings are necessary.

 Administrative  Orders
      The Control Authority may wish b consider meeting with the IU or issuing an Administrative Order to "show cause* to the IU prior
 to taking formal enforcement action and/or to discontinuing service. Generally, the Control Authority presents facts which it believes
 demonstrate noncompliance  and  the IU is asked to 'show cause* why the Control Authority should not initiate formal action or
 discontinue sewer service.  However, this hearing is not a prerequisite to taking a formal enforcement action or to discontinuing sewer
 service.

      Section 309(a) of the Clean Water Act authorizes EPA to issue orders, without notice or opportunity for prior hearing, requiring
 compliance with standards or other requirements developed under the  authority of the Act To the extent that their legal authorities
 allow, some Control Authorities may issue similar orders. Although the exact nature of these orders will vary among Control Authorities,
they can be used to place an IU on an enforceable schedule to comply with pretreatment standards (e.g., install treatment and operate
 and maintain facilities), including appropriate interim limits. The Enforcement Response Plan Guidance manual contains model orders
which may  be of value. Copies of the guidance may be obtained through Approval Authorities.

 Penalties2
      Penalties and fines are tools that the Control Authority may use to  enforce its local pretreatment program. Administrative fines
 are assessed by Control Authorities against (Us for violations and are  intended to recapture partial or full economic benefit for the
noncompliance. Civil penalties are normally sought by Control Authorities as a result of administrative fines topping out at a level below
that necessary to recapture the benefit gained by the IU for the noncompliance and/or to recover the cost associated with damage
caused by the  noncompliance. Civil penalty amounts are generally limited through State or municipal laws.  However, the General
 Pretreatment Regulations require Control Authorities to have the legal authority to seek or assess civil or criminal penalties of at least
1  The certified mail number should be recorded on the original letter, prior to making copies for internal files.
2  Surcharges are not penalties. Surcharges should generally recover the Control Authority's cost of treatment, but they must not
be used to allow discharges of toxic pollutants that cause interference or pass through

Page 6 - Narrative                                                                                          Module 11

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Enforcement
 $1000 per day for each violation. The Control Authority should consider the range of options available under State law to collect
 penalties.

 Civil Suit for Iniunctive Relief
      Approved pretreatment programs must have authority to file a civil suit against alleged violators of applicable pretreatment
 standards to seek 'mjunctive relief.  In a civil suit for injunctive relief, the Control Authority collects pertinent information sufficient to prove
 the violations at issue and turns the information over to the city solicitor (or appropriate Control Authority counsel) for case filing. The
 city solicitor asks the court to order the discharger to take specific actions (e.g., comply with pretreatment requirements) or to refrain
 from specific actions (e.g., cease a prohibited discharge). The civil suit for injunctive relief may be used when the IU is unlikely to
 successfully execute the steps that the Control Authority believes are necessary to achieve or maintain compliance, when the violation
 is serious enough to warrant court action to deter future similar violations, or when the danger presented by an lU's noncompliance does
 not permit lengthy negotiation of a settlement If the Control Authority is able to show  irreparable harm to the POTW operation, its
 workers, or the receiving stream as a result of an ongoing IU violation, a court may issue a temporary restraining order or preliminary
 injunction restraining the IU from violating standards pending the outcome of the suit  Injunctive court relief may require such actions
 as installation of facilities needed to come into compliance, or cessation of prohibited discharges.

 Criminal Prosecution
      Section 309(c) of the Act authorizes the Federal Government to seek criminal punishment for any person who willfully or
 negligently violates pretreatment standards,  among other standards, or for any person who knowingly makes a false statement
 regarding any report, application, record, or other document required by the General Pretreatment Regulations. Approved pretreatment
 programs may contain similar authority for the Control Authority. State Approval Authorities also have this option.  A Control Authority
 with insufficient authority may seek the assistance of the Approval Authority in this matter.

      Several factors should be considered to determine when violations necessitate criminal prosecution. These factors include the
 willfulness of the violation, negligence of the IU, nature and seriousness of the offense, adequacy of the evidence, and the adequacy
 of penalties and sanctions available through civil or administrative enforcement actions. For criminal cases, there must be proof beyond
 a reasonable doubt that the violation occurred through the'willful or negligent action" of the IU3. Examples of criminal violations include
 falsification of date, tampering with results a equipment, willful or negligent failure to provide notice of slug discharges,  or willful violation
 of a permit All suspected instances of criminal violation should be evaluated.

      Many cases of willful or negligent noncompliance (e.g., late night dumping of toxic substances into the collection system) could
 seriously damage the Control Authority treatment system and the environment Such acts should be punished severely when adequate
 proof exists.

 Termination of Service
     Approved pretreatment programs must have the authority to halt immediately an actual or threatened discharge to the Control
Authority that may represent an endangerment to the public health, the environment, or the POTW [see 40 CFR § 403.8(f)(1)(vi)(B)].
Additionally, the Control Authority must be able to deny or condition new or increased discharges or changes in the nature of pollutants
discharged to the Control Authority by the IU if the discharges do not meet applicable pretreatment standards or will cause the Control
Authority to violate its NPDES permit Use of these remedies can be effective in bringing recalcitrant users into compliance. Without
sewer service, a firm may have to obtain a NPOES permit to discharge wastes directly to the waters of the United States, and thus, be
3 The CWA provides that users are held legally responsible for noncompliance, regardless of intent or negligence. This is commonly
referred to as "strict liability".

Module 11                                                                                           Narrative - Page 7

-------
 Enforcement	  	•	The Pretreertmerrt Training Course
requred b install treatment equipment b achieve drect discharge limitations. Alternatively, the IU must either arrange for its wastewater
to be hauled off or cease operations.
                                        Approval Authority and Public Interventions

      The Approval Authority and EPA (if the Approval Authority is the State) have a responsibility to ensure that the Control Authority
is effectively implementing its approved  pretreatment program,  including timely  and appropriate enforcement of pretreatment
requirements. In this role, the Approval Authority will routinely review the overall performance of the Control Authority in monitoring IDs
and in enforcing regulations where violations are identified. The Approval Authority will evaluate performance based on POTW self-
monitoring data, written enforcement response plans, audits, inspections, and pretreatment program reports. The Approval Authority
will discuss the evaluation with the Control Authority.  If an lU's noncompliance persists after notification by a Control Authority, the
Approval Authority may proceed b enforce directly against the IU  and/or Control Authority, where the Control Authority has not taken
timely action or has failed b impose adequate sanctions. The Control and Approval Authorities may jointly decide what action by the
Approval Authority is preferable in a given situation. Also, EPA retains authority b take its own enforcement action if it deems action
by either the State or the Control Authority  is inappropriate.

      Finally, Section 505 of the Act allows citizens b file suit against a Control Authority that has failed b implement its approved
pretreatment program as required by its NPOES permit A citizen  may sue the Control Authority b obtain judicial enforcement of that
approved program.  Thus, the Control Authority may  be compelled b apply standards to IDs, b enforce violations of pretreatment
standards, or b otherwise implement its approved program in a court order.
                                           Resources to Enforce the Program

      Informal enforcement mechanisms require relatively few resources and, in many cases, can be effective. Formal judicial action,
by contrast can be very resource-intensive. Factors which should be considered in determining appropriate enforcement responses
b noncompliance events are discussed in detail in EPA's Guidance for Developing Control Authority Enforcement Response Plans.
Page 8 - Narrative                                                                                           Module 11

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
   Resources and Funding
           Resources
             + Personnel
             + Equipment
             * Funding
             Personnel
                       t
         • Program Coordinator
         • Permitting
         • Sampling/Inspecting
         • Reviewing reports
         • Enforcing
         • Clerical
          Small Programs
             Pretreatment Program
            Pretreatment Coordinator
           Duties: Sampling, Inspecting,
         Permit Writing, Reviewing, Enforcing
Module 12
Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
7?7e Pretreatment Training Course
    Resources and Funding
          Medium Programs
             I Pretreatment Program |

            | Pretreatment Coordinator |
        [Mostduties]  [Mostduties| |Mostduties|
     |SIU||SIU||SIU| |SIU|[SIU |[CIU| |CIU|[CIU|[CIU|
Larger Programs

| Pretreatment Program
t
]

| Pretreatment Coordinator |

*
Inspecting
Group
t_

* * *
t
t *
Permit Writing Sampling
Group Group
* *

*****

*
Review and
Enforcement Group
|

* * * *
[SIU ||SIU ||SIU |SIU ||SIU ||CIU ||CIU ||CIU ||CIU ||SIU ||SIU ||CIU |



    Personnel Considerations

         • Lines of authority
         • Staff responsibilities
         • Technical expertise
         • Two-person field crews
         • Duplicate  experience
Module 12
Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
   Resources and Funding
             Equipment
      • Sampling equipment
      • Vehicles (with two-way radio)
      • pH and flow meters
      • Safety equipment
      • Analytical equipment
      • Surveillance equipment
      • Computers, file cabinets, etc.
       Funding Alternatives

       • Monitoring fees
       • Permitting fees
       • Program fees
       • Surcharges
       • Pollutant strength charges
       • Penalties/Fines
  Factors Affecting Resources

    • Size of treatment system
    • Number/Type of industries
    • Interjurisdictional  relationships
    • Political considerations
    • Consulting/Laboratory services
Module 12
Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                                                           Resources and Funding
                                        Resources and Funding

                                                   Introduction

      While legal authority, a sound technical understanding, and proper procedures are important to pretreatment program
 implementation and enforcement, adequate resources are necessary to be able to fully administer the program. Therefore, a POTW
 must be able to disseminate program requirements into appropriate resources.  Personnel, equipment and funding are key to
 adequately executing a successful pretreatment program.
                                                    Personnel
     The number of personnel and duties performed can vary depending on the size and complexity of the pretreatment program.
 However, in general, most POTW pretreatment programs are comprised of a Program Coordinator and other staff.

     The Program Coordinator is responsible for ensuring all required activities are performed in accordance with the approved
program. The coordinator may also evaluate status of IU compliance and determine if appropriate actions are being taken, and
coordinate the exchange of information between other local departments (e.g.,
building and water departments)  and state agencies.  As such, the Program
Coordinator should have a  thorough knowledge  and understanding of all
applicable regulations and requirements, as well as proposed regulations, and
how other regulations affect both the POTW and the (Us.
                                                                             '?«treaftnwrt Program |
     Other staff responsibilities may include any of the following:

     •    applications reviews
     •    interpretation of technical information
     •    drafting/writing permits
     •    collection of samples
     •    inspection and surveillance activities
     •    report reviews
     •    initiation of enforcement actions
     •    performing clerical duties (e.g., filing, mass mailings, etc.).

Programs with a few industrial users may have an operator at the POTW
treatment plant performing all required duties (Figure 12-1). Medium size
programs may choose to distribute total responsibility (excluding sampling) for
an IU to one person (Figure 12-2} while  larger programs, to  maintain
consistency, may opt to separate out the different duties to a group of people
(Figure 12-3).
                                                                          Duties: Sampling, Inspecting,
                                                                       Permit Writing, Reviewing, Enforcing
                                                                                  Figure 12-1
                                                                       mm mm  mm mmm
                                                                                    Figure 12-2
Module 12
                                                                                                Narrative - Page 1

-------
 Resources and Funding
                                                                      The Prefreafrnenf Training Course
     QoUp
   Ctaup
          Sarpfcng
           QO|>
                B*K
   f  MM*    TM    M    t
  au
SRI
3U
OU
ou  cu  ou
3U
                                                 SU:
                        Figure 12-3
                                                                  Maintaining  a successful program requires  paying
                                                             attention  to  details to ensure  the  continuity of program
                                                             implementation. There shall be clear and appropriate lines of
                                                             authority such that directions are given that are consistent with
                                                             program procedures.   Staff responsibilities shall  be clearly
                                                             defined to ensure all aspects of the program are appropriately
                                                             implemented. Personnel must keep up-to-date with regulatory
                                                             and technical issues in the fields of pretreatment and pollution
                                                             prevention by reading Federal Register notices and technical
                                                             journals, communicating  with Approval Authority  personnel
                                                             regarding   program changes,   and   attending   technical
                                                             conferences.  Where possible, a minimum of two persons shall
                                                             conduct each inspection, surveillance or sampling activities to
                                                             not only ensure the safety of workers but to have 'two sets of
eyes' to provide confirmation of details. Also where possible, the Control Authority should have at least two persons knowledgeable
oteach aspect of the pretreatment program to avoid loss of knowledge during staff turnovers.

                                                     Equipment

     Discussion of equipment necessary for conducting pretreatment program activities may seem trivial but outside of having
adequate personnel, it is the other commonly overlooked key to program implementation. The most obvious equipment a Control
Authority would need is for conducting sampling activities. This task requires not only automatic samplers and instruments for collecting
grab samples, but collection containers, sample bottles, preservatives, labels, vehicles, pH meters, gloves and other personal protective
equipment, safety vests, manhole pullers, manhole sampler inserts, dye, sewer maps, and air monitoring equipment An ice machine
may even be necessary. Extra equipment should be available for response situations  and for true surveillance activities.  Besides tools
needed for sampling, Control Authority personnel also need office equipment such as computers, computer software, copy machines,
file cabinets, etc.

                                                      Funding
      The pretreatment program may a may not be a line item on the City or POTW budget  Quite often, the program is funded through
the sewer utility general operating fund.  Ideally, revenues should be generated from the (Us based on the effort invested by the Control
Authority to oversee (he Ill's discharge.  Cost allocation schemes provide the most direct means of recovering costs based on program
activities. Collecting fees for each monitoring event, each permit issued (potentially based on volume of flow), or for each SID included
in the program are all means of funding the program based on program activities. Surcharges for excess conventional pollutant
contributions (i.e.. BOD, TSS, O&G)  are also an equitable means of funding, but normally these funds go directly toward POTW
freatment plant operational costs. For those POTWs where the surcharges fund the POTW, a flat charge per water used or wastewater
generated for all lUs is another way to fund the program.  Innovative approaches include toxic pollutant strength charges based on
toxics contributed to the POTW. Note that these cannot be used in place of enforcement of limitations and standards. Also, the
approach must be technically-based and documented (i.e., not arbitrary and capricious).

      Fines and penalties should not be relied upon as primary funding but may also fund program implementation, often providing
for specialized equipment or activities (e.g., pollution prevention assessments).
Page 2 • Narrative
                                                                                          Module 12

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Tra'ning Course	Resources and Funding
                                              Factors Affecting Resources

      Obviously, more resources are likely for larger pretreatment programs. However, the type of SlUs (including facility age) regulated
 also have a significant impact on resources.  Some IDs requ're much less effort to comply with the pretreatment regulations than others,
 e.g., oversight of one problematic production-based CIU subject to two different categorical standards may require as much effort as
 overseeing non-categorical 8-10 SlUs. Availability of information to find Ills as well as cooperation of the IDs will also have an affect
 of resources needed.

      Normally, more resources are needed to establish a program (i.e., the first 2-3 years of implementation) and then the resource
 requirements should drop and stabilize as the program develops. If growth in the service area has plateaued, most likely so will the
 program and the resources required. Outside jurisdictions may affect necessary resources by wanting or demanding to implement
 certain aspects of the program within their jurisdiction.

      Available resources may be dependent upon the attitude of local officials with respect to the environment or to local business.
 Also, required resources may be reduced while necessary funds may increase for subcontracted program implementation activities,
 such as laboratory analysis.
                                                     Conclusion

      Regardless of the factors affecting program resources and funding, the General Pretreatment Regulations require [40 CFR §
403.8(f)(3)] POTWs to have sufficient resources and qualified personnel to carry out their program. It is at the discretion of the Control
Authority, and subject to approval by the Approval Authority, to decide how this will be accomplished.
Module 12                                                                                           Narrative - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pretreatment Program Quiz

                          Pretreatment Program Quiz

 1.   According to the General Pretreatment Regulations, what size POTWs (based on gallons
     per day design flow) must be evaluated to determine the need to develop and implement
     a pretreatment program?	
 2.   A metal finishing firm that discharges to the local POTW, owns 40% of the metal that it
     plates  and has been in business at the same location since  1980.  What categorical
     standard(s) apply?   40 CFR	and Category Name	
 3.   What is the maximum duration allowed for a permit issued by a POTW to a significant
     industrial user?	
 4.   Local limits can be used in place of categorical standards. True  OR  False - Explain
     your answer:	
 5.   According to the 40 CFR Part 403, how often (at a minimum) must a POTW inspect and
     a significant industrial user with an average flow of 1 MGD?	
 6.   Contracts between the POTW and a significant industrial user are an acceptable type of
     individual control mechanism. True OR False
 7.   List four criteria that are used to determine if an industrial user should be considered a
     significant industrial user?
     a.	
     b.   	
     c.	
     d.	
 8.   Are enforcement response plans required or just a good idea?	
9.   All industrial users must be permitted by POTWs with approved Pretreatment Programs.
     True OR False

Module 13                                                                      Page!

-------
 Pretreatment Program Quiz	The Pretreatment Training Course
 10.  All chemical analyses performed to determine compliance with pretreatment standards
     must comply with "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater".
     True OR False
 11.  How many years must POTWs and industries retain their records and test results?
12.  If a significant industrial user has a violation, they must notify the POTW(Control Authority)
     within	after they become aware of the violation. The industry must then
     resample and report the results for the sampling and analysis within	.
13.  As required by the  pretreatment regulations in 40 CFR Part 403, industrial users that
     discharge to POTWs must maintain their pH between 6.0 & 9.0 S.U.. True OR False
14.  In certain instances, Industries may use dilution to achieve pretreatment standards rather
     than treatment or pollution prevention techniques. True OR False
15.  Explain  the  difference  between  regulated,  unregulated,  dilute,  and  nonregulated
     wastestreams:	
16.  Define Interference and Pass Through:
17.  New sources must achieve compliance with categorical standards upon commencement
     of discharge to the POTW while existing sources must achieve compliance in accordance
     with Federal Register specified deadlines.  True OR False
Page 2                                                                        Module 13

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	___^__	Pretreatment Program Quiz

 18.   Circle all of the following requirements that must be included in a control mechanism, as
      specified in 40 CFR Part 403.
      (POTW) official's signature        permit duration                 pollutants to be monitored
      sampling location                Permittee sampling frequency     record keeping requirements
      sample type                    applicable penalties             compliance schedules
      effluent limits                   statement of nontransferability     POTW sampling requirements
      right of entry                    development of a slug control plan  definitions.
 19.   Publishing users in significant noncompliance is optional. True OR False
 20.   What is Bob Dylan's real name?	
                                             Name
Remember... Valuable prizes will be offered both for accuracy and being nice to the instructors.
Module 13                                                                                 PageS

-------
 77?e Pretreatment Training Course
Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
        Pollution Prevention
              (a.k.a. "P2")
          Source reduction of
       environmental risk while
   avoiding cross-media transfers.
   Pollution Prevention Act of 1990
     • Establishes pollution prevention
       as a "National Objective"
     • Establishes pollution prevention
       hierarchy as a "National Policy"
              A+ Prevent
              A  Reduce
              B  Recycle
              C  Treat
              D  Dispose
Module 14
             Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
            P2 Opportunities

              Operating practices
              Inventory control
              Spill/Leak prevention
              Raw materials
              Process modifications
              Cleaning operations
              Surface preparation
              Product modifications
          P2 and Pretreatment

          Clean Water Act
          Inspections
          IU discharge permits
          Local limits
          Enforcement negotiations
          P2 assessments
          Technical assistance/training
        Benefits to the POTW

        Environmental improvements
        Regulatory compliance
        Financial benefits
        Political benefits
Module 14
               Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
       Benefits to the IU ($$$)

        Reduce raw material costs
        Reduce waste management costs
        Reduce health risks
        Increase productivity
        Improve product quality
        Reduce reject product costs
        Improve public relations
      Example: P2 Opportunities
         at Auto Manufacturer

          • Acid/Alkaline wastes
          • Heavy Metal wastes
          • Solvent wastes
          • Waste oils
      Potential P2 Opportunities
                (Technical)
            Acid regeneration
            Reduce dragout
            Automatic valves
            Separate wastewater
            Aqueous cleaners
            Heat exchangers
Module 14
              Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
       Potential P2 Opportunities
              (Non-technical)
      »Improve scheduling for
        cleanup
      • Inventory tracking procedures
        (FIFO)
      » Educate/Train employees
             P2 Incentives
          • Regulatory incentives
          • Permitting/compliance
            incentives
          • Environmental liability
          • Financial incentives
              P2 Barriers
             Technology-based
             Financial
             Organization
             Behavioral
             Regulatory
Module 14
              Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
          Where to Get More
             Information...

       Trade Associations
       Compliance Assistance Centers
       State technical assistance
       Electronic media
          EPA's Steps to P2
           Implementation
    > Identify/Overcome barriers
     • Develop indicators
       • Develop partnership
         • Invest in outside programs
           • Improve outreach/training
          EPA's Steps to P2
     Implementation (continued)
     •  Develop regulations/permits
     •  Incorporate Into enforcement
       settlements
     •  Research P2 technologies/strategies
     •  Look to future for emerging
       technologies
Module 14
              Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Pollution Prevention In the Pretreatment Program


                                            Pollution Prevention

                                                     Introduction

      Many dollars are spent on controlling and managing pollution in the U.S..  Prior to 1990, most existing regulations focused upon
 treatment and disposal and did not emphasize multi-media management of pollution.  The Federal government recognized that
 opportunities for industries to reduce or prevent pollution at the source exist, and that source reduction is more desirable than waste
 management and pollution control. As such, the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 was created, establishing pollution prevention (P2)
 as a National Objective.  The Act established the P2 Hierarchy as national policy, declaring that

      •    Pollution should be prevented or reduced at the source whenever feasible.

      •    Pollution that cannot be prevented should be recycled in an environmentally safe manner, whenever feasible.

      •    Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled should be treated in an environmentally safe manner whenever feasible.

      •    Disposal or other release into the environment should be employed only as a last resort and should be conducted in an
           environmentally safe manner.

 In response to this Act, EPA established the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic Substances (OPPTS) to carry out its functions
 under this Act


                                               Pollution Prevention fP2\

      P2 is indirectly defined in the P2 Act defined as source reduction of environmental risk while avoiding cross media transfers1.
 Source reduction is any practice which reduces the amount of any hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant entering any waste
 stream or otherwise released into the environment (including fugitive emissions)  prior to recycling, treatment or disposal; and reduces
 the hazards to public health and the environment associated with the release of such substances, pollutants, or contaminants.

      Source reduction can be achieved by equipment or technology modifications, process or procedural modifications, reformulation
 or redesign of products, substitution of raw materials, improvements in housekeeping, maintenance, training, or inventory control, and
 any other practices that reduce or eliminate the creation of pollutants through increased efficiency in the use of raw materials, energy,
water, or other resources, or protection of natural resources by conservation.

      Under the Pollution Prevention Act recycling, energy recovery, treatment and disposal are not included within the definition of
 pollution prevention. However, some practices commonly described as 'in-process recycling" may qualify as pollution prevention. Note
that recycling conducted in an envronmentally sound manner shares many of the advantages of prevention for it can reduce the need
for treatment or disposal, and conserve energy and resources.
1 Conventional treatment and disposal can transfer pollutants from one medium to another with no net reduction e.g., a wet scrubber
is used to reduce metal emissions to the air, the scrubber water is pretreated prior to discharge, the metals drop out  into the
pretreatment sludge where they are then landfilled, the landfill leachate, for this scenario, must be treated producing another metallic
sludge, etc.

Module 14                                                                                          Narrative • Page 1

-------
 Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program       	The Pretreatment Training Course
                                                   P2 and POTWs

      Since most POTWs are designed to treat 'domestic pollutants* at domestic levels, preventing the discharge of high strength
wastes or toxic pollutants helps ensure the proper operation of the plant and allows for future growth in the community, all without harm
to the envronment This approach is further supported by the imposition of tighter 40 CFR Part 503 sludge limitations, air regulations
applicable to POTWs, and the  NPDES anti-backsfiding rule.

      Potentially, P2 can expand sludge disposal options, decrease POTW operational and maintenance costs, and reduce capital
expenditures for POTW treatment plant expansions. Further, the Control Authority can become a recognized environmental leader
in the community.
                                            P2 and Pretreatment Programs

      Pretreatment Programs are mandated by the Clean Water Act and therefore, have the authority to require and enforce waste
management practices that allow them to meet the requirements of their NPOES permit and eliminate interference with treatment
facilities, etc.  P2 is not new to the Pretreatment Program, it is an extension of current activities.  Requiring slug control plans and
developing compliance schedules for improved O&M procedures are examples of P2 activities already being performed by Pretreatment
Programs. Other existing pretreatment program implementation tools available to make pollution prevention a more integral part of a
pretreatment program include:

      •     Inspections - pretreatment personnel are usually quite familiar with processes performed at their IDs and have exposure
           to a variety of IDs performing the same or similar processes, and therefore, can easily disseminate (nonconfidential)
           information about actual P2 measures implemented.

      •     Permits - where local regulations provide for such, questions about P2 measures and plans can be made part of the permit
           application process.  Also, a Permittee may be required to undergo  a P2 assessment and /or develop a P2 plan as a
           condition of their permit

      •     Local limits - POTWs near or above maximum allowable headworks loadings may institute POTW wide-P2 Programs to
           reduce specific pollutants.

      •     Enforcement negotiations - a P2 audit may be required as an activity in a consent or compliance order, or implementation
           of P2 measures may be required as part of a settlement

      Some Approval Authorities actually require approved pretreatment program to provide a detailed description of each  Ill's  P2
practices as part of the Control Authority's annual report to the Approval Authority.  Control Authority's should ascertain what is required
and fully institute procedures to comply.
                                               P2 and Industrial Users

     P2 provides economic benefits, enhances process efficiency, avoids regulatory costs, reduces future liabilities, protects worker
health, and improves corporate image both in the business community and with the public. Before implementing a P2 practice, the
benefits of the potential opportunity must be evaluated. Benefits identified may be classified as follows:
Page 2 - Narrative                                                                                         Module 14

-------
 The Pretreulinent Training Course	       Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
      •     Regulatory
                elimination of regulated wastewater discharges, and hence, monitoring requirements
                reduced paperwork requirements for waste hauling and treatment
                compliance with a RCRA required report on waste reduction (i.e., companies generating RCRA wastes are required
                to certify that they have a program to reduce the volume and toxicity of hazardous waste generated)
                compliance with land disposal restrictions and bans

      •     Environmental
                generator liability, both on and off site, may be reduced ("cradle to grave")
                minimization of material emissions to all medias resulting in reduced health risks to workers and the community

      •     Financial
                reduced landfill and treatment costs due to less waste being generated (includes reduced transportation costs as
                well)
                reduced raw material and manufacturing costs (e.g., by preventing spills or leaks, improving equipment maintenance
                and inventory control techniques, reuse, etc. raw materials are handled more efficiently and do not have the chance
                to become waste. With a greater percentage of raw material going into process, raw material use goes down in
                relation to volume of product produced)
                P2 requires that best management practices be implemented.  Hence, a more consistent product should be
                produced more efficiently with fewer offspec products thereby potentially increasing productivity, improving product
                quality, and reducing reject product costs

      •     Compliance and public relations
                P2 may directly result in an ID achieving compliance with local limits and categorical standards
                reducing waste and implementing best management practices can improve public and community relations.

      Although there may  appear to be sufficient benefits for lUs to pursue P2 opportunities, in  reality, the alternatives may be
unadvisable to implement Common barriers and hindrances include the following:

      •     Technology
                the proposed P2 alternative may decrease product quality
                based on current available technology, an IU may be unable to change raw materials

      •     Financial
                incur high costs associated with implementing alternatives (i.e., new equipment or materials, or personnel and
                training)
                loss due to downtime during switch overs and start ups
                foreign competitions may have an economic advantage if they are not obligated to comply with US regulations
                binding contracts with existing waste haulers and TSD facilities may exist

      •     Organizational
                lack of or poor communication between persons possessing the knowledge and ideas for improvements and those
                that can actually implement the changes
                limited personnel or internal resources available to investigate and/or make changes
                "turf wars' - P2 is a multimedia approach requiring IDs cross internal divisions to develop strategies

     •     Behavioral
                alternatives may be considered inconvenient by personnel (e.g., dry sweeping then a wet wash down as opposed
                to just a wet wash down)

     •     Regulatory
                concentrating poDutants for recycling may classify it as a hazardous waste (e.g., silver). As such, an industrial user
                may chose to discharge the poDutants than be subject to regulations regarding the handling, treatment and disposal
                of a hazardous waste.
Module 14                                                                                         Narrative - Page 3

-------
 Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program	The Pretreatment Training Course
                                           EPA's Pollution Prevention Strategy

      The Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 required EPA to develop a plan for incorporating P2 concepts into EPA's ongoing
environmental protection efforts, hence EPA's development of a Pollution Prevention Strategy. The specific objectives of the strategy
are to provide guidance and direction for efforts to incorporate P2 within EPA's existing regulatory and nonregulatory Programs, and
to set forth an initiative that will achieve specific objectives in P2 within a reasonable time frame.

      EPA is continuing to undertake numerous activities to accomplish the goals of the Pollution Prevention Act, including the following:

      •    coordinating development of regulations that will help identify the potential for multi-media prevention strategies and that
           reduce end of pipe compliance costs

      •    examining the use of P2 in enforcement actions and negotiations

      •    investigating the feasibility of overcoming identified regulatory barriers to encourage cost effective(source reduction)
           strategies

      •    working with State and local governments and trade associations to promote P2 among small and medium size business
           that often lack the capital to make changes

      •    developing a network between large and small business to increase technology transfer

      •    developing better information on environmental performance by improving date and developing indicators to measure
           progress

      •    crossing traditional boundaries to work with other Federal agencies (e.g. DOE) having authority over activities affecting the
           environment to incorporate  P2 strategies at federal facilities and established criteria  for evaluating products in the
           governmental procurement program

      •    investing in outside programs, usually States, providing grant funds for the reduction of target chemicals, the agricultural
           and transportation industry, etc.

      •    improving outreach and training programs, to include the Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse(PPIO)

      •    providing scientific and technical knowledge necessary to implement P2 initiatives on a cross media basis, pursuant to he
           Pollution Prevention Research Strategic Plan

      •    looking to the future for emerging technologies and products

           identifying and avoiding environmental problems before they arise by encouraging development of safer substitutes for
           hazardous raw materials or products.
                                                     Assistance

     With the creation of the P2 Act, came an overwhelming abundance of P2 related assistance.  This includes direct technical
assistance, training courses, and a variety of publications.  Specific industry trade associations usually are aware of P2 assistance
Page 4 - Narrative                                                                                          Module 14

-------
 The Pretreatinent Training Course	     Pollution Prevention in the Pretreatment Program
 materials, specific P2 opportunities, and the costs and success of implementing these.  Some of the Compliance Assistance Centers
 in existence that contain P2 information include:

      •    Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse (PPIC) - a free, nonregulatory clearinghouse available to the public which
           focuses on source reduction and recycling for industrial toxic wastes

      •    State Programs - provide technical assistance in conducting P2 assessments, develop guidance manuals on conducting
           P2 assessments, conduct P2 assessments,  provide assistance in developing POTW-wide P2 plans, provide training for
           industry, State and POTW personnel, offer grants for P2 projects

      •    Envirosense - an on-line computer system  of summary information for PPIC documents, includes P2 news, upcoming
           events, mini-exchanges (discrete P2 topic areas, P2 databases, and message center

      •    ICPIC - International  Cleaner  Production  Information Clearinghouse, sponsored by United Nations Environment
           Programme(UNEP), promotes cleaner production through the exchange and transfer of technical, policy, programmatic,
           legislative and financial expertise.

      •    NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology (an office of the Department of Commerce) develops technology
           to improve product quality,  modernize  manufacturing processes,  ensure product reliability, and  facilitate rapid
           commercialization of products based on  new scientific discoveries.  NIST web sites for different industry sectors are
           available.
Module 14                                                                                          Narrative - Page 5

-------
TTie Pretreatment Training Course
     Pretreatment Update
      Pretreatment Update
    Streamlining & Reinvention

     • Streamlining
      -403 Lite (40 CFR § 403.18)
      -403 Heavy (40 CFR Part 403)
     • EPA HQs Projects
     Streamlining - Pretreatment
        Program Modification
    • July 30,1996 - Proposed Regulation
    • Expect final regulation shortly
Module 15
Slide Presentation - Page 1

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
      Pretreatment Update
      Streamlining - Pretreatment
         Program Modification
      Procedures (403 lite) - cont

       • 25 Comments Received
       • Number of modifications deemed
        substantial would be reduced
       • Only one public notice would be
        required for substantial program
        modifications in most cases
    Streamlining - 40 CFR Part 403

      • May 1996 -Issue papers to 90+
       stakeholders

      • 35 sets of comments received

      * WEF/AMSA workshop (Aug '96) &
       report

      • Proposed Regulation by December
       1997
       Streamlining Issues

    • Prohibition against wastes with pH <
      5.0

    • Allow alternative limits; mass for
      concentration standard (§ 403.6(c))

    •Allow alternative limits; concentration
      for standards with mass limit (§
      403.6(c))
Module 15
Slide Presentation - Page 2

-------
 The Pretoatment Training Course
      Pretreatment Update
     Streamlining Issues (cont.)

     • Oversight of SIUs

     * Sampling by SIUs

     • Sampling for pollutants not present

     • Grab and composite sampling
       requirements
     Streamlining Issues (cont.)

       • Removal credits

       • Slug discharge control plans

       • Electronic reporting

       • Best management practices

       • General permits

       • Significant Noncompliance
     EPA HQ Pretreatment Team
    Projects & Planned Guidance

     • Pretreatment Streamlining
      -Lite
      -Heavy
     • Update of Local Limits Guidance
      Manual
     • Training
      -Video Training Course
      —Two-day workshop style
Module 15
Slide Presentation - Page 3

-------
The Pretreatment Training Course
      Pretreatment Update
   EPA HQ Pretreatment Team Projects
        & Planned Guidance (cont)

      • Pretreatment Program Summary
        Guidance

      • Cost Accounting and Budgeting
        Guidance for Local POTW
        Pretreatment Programs

      • Choosing a Contract Laboratory
  EPA HQ Pretreatment Team Projects
       & Planned Guidance (cont)

     • Data Management Guidance for
       Local POTW Pretreatment Programs

     • Guidance Manual for Control of
       Hauled Waste
      EPA HQ Pretreatment Team •
             104(b)(3) Grants

      • Watersheds - Integrating Existing
       Environmental Programs

      • Performance Measures
Module 15
Slide Presentation - Page 4

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course
     Pretreatment Update
      EPA HQ Pretreatment Team •
         104(b)(3) Grants (cont.)

     * Pretreatment Program - Video
      Training Course

     • Code of Management Practices for
      Silver Discharges
     Watershed-Based Trading


      « Trading Policy - January 1996

      • "Draft Framework for Watershed-
       based Trading" - May 1996

       - Chapter 6- Pretreatment Trading

      • Planning Workshops

      • Planning Pilot Projects
     Any Questions???
Module 15
Slide Presentation - Page 5

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                               Pretreatment Update
                         PRETREATMENT  COORDINATORS
                                      (Updated as of 7/17/96)

                                           Region I

                                         Mark Spinale
                                      U.S. EPA- Region 1
                               Municipal Assistance Unit (CMU)
                                    J.F.K. Federal Building
                                      Boston, MA 02203
                                        (617)565-3554
                                      FAX (617) 565-4940
Mr. Mike Harder, Director
Engineering and Enforcement
Department of Environmental Protection
Bureau of Water Management
75 Elm SL 2nd Floor
Hartford, CT 06106
860/424-3701

Mr. Jim Grier,
Pretreatment Coordinator
Department of Environmental Protection
Bureau of Water Management
75 Elm St, 2nd Floor
Hartford, CT 06106
860/424-3839

Mr. Peter Done, Chief*
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Section
MA DepL of Environmental Protection Division of Water
Pollution Control
One Winter Street - 7th Floor
Boston, MA 02108
(617)292-5665

Mr. Gene Romero,*
Environmental Engineer
MA DepL of Environmental Protection Division of Water
Pollution Control
One Winter Street
Boston, MA 02108
(617)556-1134
e-mail "gromero@state.ma.us"
Mr. Brian Kooiker, Chief
Direct Discharge Section
Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation
Permits, Compliance and Protection Division
The Annex Building
103 South Main Street
Waterbury.VT 05676
802/241-3822

Mr. George F. Carlson, Jr.*
Surface Water Quality Bureau
NH Department of Environmental Services
P.O. Box 95
6 Hazen Drive
Concord, NH 03302-0095
603/271-2052; FAX 271-2867

Mr. Ted Hickey,
Supervising Engineer
Permits, Pretreatment & Planning Sect
Rl DepL of Environmental Management
Water Resources Division
291 Promenade Street
Providence, Rl 02908
401/277-6519 exL 7230

Mr. Jim Rogers,*
Environmental Specialist
Division of Water Resource Regulations
ME Department of Environmental Protection
Land & Water Quality Bureau
Statehouse Station 17
Augusta, ME 04333
207/287-7774
Module 15
                    Appendix: List of Contacts • Page 1

-------
 Pretreatinent Update
                   EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                                         Region II

                                        Virginia Wong
                                     U.S. EPA-Region 2
                            Water Permits & Compliance Branch
                                         25th Floor
                                        290 Broadway
                                  New York, NY 10007-1866
                                        (212)637-4241
                                     FAX (212) 637-3771

                            Other Contact Phil Sweeney (212) 637-3765
Ms. MaryJoAiello,
Bureau Chief (CN-029)
Bureau of Pretreatment and Residuals
NJ DepL of Environmental
 Protection
401 E. State Street, 4th Floor
Trenton, NJ 08625
609/633-3823

Jim Murphy,
Principal Environmental Engineer
NJ DepL of Environmental
 Protection
401 E. State Street, 4th Floor
Trenton, NJ 08625
609/633-3823
Ms. Wanda Garcia,*
Permits Section Chief
Environmental Quality Board
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
P.O. Box 11488
Santruce, PR 00910
787/751-1891

Mr. Robert Cronin, Director*
Bureau of Water Compliance Programs
New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation
50 Wolf Road, Room 318
Albany, NY 12233-3505
518/457-5968
Page 2 - Appendix List of Contacts
                                     Module 15

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                               Pretreatment Update
                                           Region III

                                           John Lovell
                                       U.S. EPA -Region 3
                            Office of Municipal Assistance (3WP-24)
                                      841 Chestnut Building
                                     Philadelphia, PA 19107
                                          (215)566-5790
                                       FAX (215) 566-2302

                           Other Contacts:  Steve Copeland (215)566-5792
                                         Martin Matlin  (215) 566-5789
 Mr. James Collier, Chief
 Water Hygiene Branch
 Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs
 2100 Martin Luther King Ave., SE
 Suite 203
 Washington, DC 20020
 202/404-1120

 Mr. Gary F. Kelman, Head
 Pretreatment Section
 Maryland Department of the Environment
 Industrial Discharge Permits Division
 Water Management Administration
 2500 Broening Highway
 Baltimore, MD 21224
 410/631-3630

 Mr. David Montali,
 Pretreatment Coordinator
 Water Resources Section
 Department of Commerce, Labor and Environmental
 Resources
 Division of Natural Resources
 1201 Greenbrier Street
 Charleston, WV 25311
 304/558-4086
Mr. Paul Janiga, *
Environmental Engineer
Delaware Department of Natural Resources and
Environmental Control
Division of Water Resources
Pollution Control Branch
89 Kings Highway
P.O. Box 1401
Dover, DE19903
302/739-5731

Mr. Burton R. Tuxford,
Pretreatment Coordinator
VA DepL of Environmental Quality
Office of Water Permit Support
629 E. Main Street
PO Box 10009
Richmond, VA 23240
804/698-4086; FAX 698-4500
e-mail 'brtuxford@deq.state.va.us'

Mr. Tom Brown,*
Pretreatment Coordinator
PA Department of Environmental Resources
Bureau of Water Quality Management
P.O. Box 625, RD #3
Wilmore Road
Ebbensburg, PA  15931
814/472-1900
Module 15
                    Appendix: List of Contacts - Page 3

-------
 Pretreatment Update
                    EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                                           Region IV

                                        Douglas Lankford
                                       U.S. EPA - Region 4
                              Water Permits & Enforcement Branch
                                          61 Forsyth St
                                     Atlanta, GA 30303-3415
                                          (404) 562-9757
 Mr. Jim Sommerville, Manager
 East Compliance Unit
 GA DepL of Natural Resources
 Environmental Protection Division
 Atlanta Tradeport, Suite 110
 4244 International Parkway
 Atlanta, GA 30354
 404/362-2624;  FAX 362-2691
 e-mail: •jim_sommerville@mail.dnr.state.ga.us'

 Mr. Tom S. Poe
 Division of Water Quality
 NC DepL of Environment Health, and Natural
 Resources
 P.O. Box 29535
 Raleigh, NC 27626-0535
 919/733-5083 exL 522
 FAX 733-9919

 Mr. Michael Montebello, Manager Wastewater
 Management Section
 SC Department of Health and Environmental Services
 2600 Bull Street
 Columbia, SC 29201-1706
 803/734-5268

 Mr. Abe Rowson
 SC Department of Health and Environmental Control
2600 Bull Street
Columbia, SC 29201
803/734-5273

 Mr. Jimmy Coles,
 Pretreatment Coordinator
Water Division
Alabama Department of Environmental Management
 1751 Cong. WL Dickinson Drive
Montgomery, AL 36130
334/271-7936
Mr. Bob Rogers, Supervisor
Pretreatment Section
KY Natural Resources and Environmental Protection
Cabinet
Division of Water/KPDES Branch
14 Reilly Road, Frankfort Office Park
Frankfurt, KY 40601-1189
502/564-3410 x432; FAX 564-5105
e-mail "rogers@mail.nr.state.ky.us'

Mr. J. Earl Mahaffey, Chief
Pretreatment Program
Office of Pollution Control
MS Department of Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 10385
Jackson, MS 39209-0385
601/961-5122; FAX 961-5703

Mr. Chuck Durham
TN Division of Water Pollution Control
6th Floor, L & C Annex
401 Church Street
Nashville, TN 37243-1534
(615)532-0638; FAX 532-0614
e-mail 'cdurham@mail.state.tn.us'

Mr. Robert E. Heilman
Domestic Wastewater Section (MS #3540)
FL Department of Environmental Protection
Twin Towers Office Building
2600 Blair Stone Road
Tallahassee, FL 32399-2400
904/488-4524; FAX 921-6385
e-mail'heilman_r@dep.state.fl.us'
Page 4 - Appendix List of Contacts
                                       Module 15

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                              Pretreatment Update
                                          Region V

                                      Matthew Gluckman
                                   Pretreatment Coordinator
                                      U.S. EPA - Region 5
                              Water Quality Branch (5-WQP-16J)
                                    77 West Jackson Blvd.
                                    Chicago, IL 60604-3507
                                        (312) 886-6089
                                     FAX (312) 886-7804
 Mr. Mark Stump,
 State Pretreatment Coordinator
 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency
 P.O. Box 1049
 1800 Water Mark Drive
 Columbus, OH 43266-1049
 (614)644-2028

 Mr. Charles Randy Case,
 Pretreatment Coordinator
 Wl DepL of Natural Resources
 Wastewater Management WW72
 P.O. Box 7921
 Madison, Wl 53707
 608/261-438-7054

 Mr. Bob Babcock
 Ml DepL of Natural Resources
 Knappes Center, 2nd Floor
 300 Washtenaw Street
 P.O. Box 30028
 Lansing, Ml 48933
 517/373-8566
Mr. Steve Nightengale*
Division of Water Pollution Control
IL Environmental Protection Agency
2200 Churchill Road
P.O. Box 19276
Springfield, IL 96792-9272
217/782-0610

Mr. Randy Dunnette,
Pretreatment Coordinator
MN Pollution Control Agency
520 Lafayette Road
SL Paul, MN 55155-4194
612/296-8006

Mr. Reggie Baker,*
Pretreatment Coordinator
IN Department of Environmental Management
105 South Meridian SL
P.O. Box 6015
Indianapolis, IN  46206-6015
317/233-0473
Module 15
                   Appendix Ust of Contacts - Page 5

-------
 Pmlicaliiient Update
                   EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                                           Region VI

                                           Lee Bohme
                                       U.S. EPA-Region 6
                               NPDES Permits Branch (6WQ-PM)
                             Fountain Place, 12th Floor, Suite 1200
                                       1445 Ross Avenue
                                     Dallas, TX 75202-2733
                                         (214) 665-7532
                                  FAX (214) 665-2191/665-6490

                            Other Contacts:  MikeTillman  (214)665-7531
                                           Al Hernandez  (214) 665-7522
Mr. Allen Gilliam,
Pretreatment Coordinator
AR Department of Pollution Control and Ecology
P.O. Box 8913
8001 National Drive
Little Rock, AR  72219-8913
501/682-0625
e-mail "gilliam@adpce.lrk.ar.us'

Ms. Ann Young,"
Water Resources Specialist
Surface Water Quality Bureau
New Mexico DepL of the Environment
1190 Saint Francis Drive,
Room N-2050
Santa Fe, NM 87502
505/827-2823

Mr. Daniel R. Burke,*
Pretreatment Team Leader
Watershed Management Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
P.O. Box 13087, Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711-3087
512/239-4564
e-mail "dburke@smtpgate.tnrcc.state.tx.us*
Mr. Dave Farrington,*
Pretreatment Coordinator
Water Quality Service
Oklahoma DepL of Environmental Quality
1000 NE 10th
Oklahoma City, OK 73117-1212
405/271-7440
e-mail "dave.farrington@oklaosf.state.ok.us"

Mr. Ronnie Bean, *
Pretreatment Coordinator
Water Pollution Control Division
Louisiana DepL of Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 82215
Baton Rouge, LA 70884-2215
504/765-2779
e-mail *ronnie_b@deq.state.la.us'
Page 6 - Appendix: List of Contacts
                                      Module 15

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                               Pretreatment Update
                                           Region VII

                                       Paul Marshall, P.E.
                                       U.S. EPA - Region 7
                                     726 Minnesota Avenue
                                     Kansas City, KS 66101
                                          (913)551-7419
                                       FAX (913) 551-7765

                             Other Contact:  MikeTurvey  (913)551-7424
 Mr. Steve Williams,
 Environmental Specialist
 Iowa Department of Natural Resources
 Wallace State Office Building
 900 East Grand
 Des Moines, IA 50319
 515/281-8884; FAX 281-8895

 Mr. Richard Kuntz, P.E.,
 Pretreatment Coordinator
 Missouri Department of Natural Resources
 P.O. Box 176
 205 Jefferson Street
 Jefferson City, MO  65102
 573/751-6996
Mr. Rudy Fiedler,
Pretreatment Coordinator
NE Department of Environmental Quality
P.O. Box 98922
State Office Building
Suite 400, The Atrium
Lincoln, NE 68509-8922
402/471-4209; FAX 471-2909

Mr. Steve Gaspers,*
Pretreatment Specialist
Industrial Programs Section
KS Department of Health and Environment
Bureau of Water
Forbes Field, Bldg 283
Topeka,  KS 66620-0001
913/296-5551; FAX 296-5509
Module 15
                    Appendix: LJst of Contacts - Page 7

-------
 Pretreatment Update
                   EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                                          Region VIII

                                        Curt McCormick
                                       U.S. EPA • Region 8
                                    NPDES Branch (8P2-W-P)
                                    99918th Street, suite 500
                                     Denver, CO 80202-2466
                                         (303)312-6377
                                       FAX (303) 312-7084

                            Other Contact   Debra Thomas  (303) 312-6373
Mr. Joe Strasko,*
Permits Officer
MT Department of Health and Environmental Sciences
Water Quality Bureau
Cogswell Bldg., Room A-206
Helena, MT 59620
406/444-2406

Ms. Lillian Gonzalez, *
Pretreatment Coordinator
Colorado Department of Health
4300 Cherry Creek Drive South
Denver, CO 80222-1530
(303) 692-3607; FAX 782-0390
e-mail "lilliangonzalez@state.co.us"

Mr. Gary Bracht, *
Environmental Scientist
North Dakota State Health DepL
P.O. Box 5520
Bismark, ND 58502-5520
701/328-5227

Ms. Carta Wobschall, *
Environmental Scientist
ND State DepL of Health and Consolidated Laboratories
1200 Missouri Avenue
Bismarck, ND 58502
701/328-5221
Mr. Lonnie Steinke,
Natural Resources Engineer
SD Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Joe Foss Bldg.
523 E. Capitol
Pierre, SD 57501
605/773-3351

Ms. Marisa Latady,*
NPDES Coordinator
WY Department of Environmental Quality
Water Quality Division
Herschler Bldg., 4th Floor West
Cheyenne, WY 82002
307/777-7082; FAX 777-5973

Mr. Nathan Guinn,
Pretreatment Coordinator
Utah Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Quality
288 North 1460 West
P.O. Box 144870
Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4870
801/538-6146; FAX 538-6126
Page 8 - Appendix List of Contacts
                                      Module 15

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                               Pretreatment Update
                                          Region  IX

                                           Keith Silva
                                      U.S. EPA-Region 9
                           Permits and Compliance Branch (W-5-2)
                                      75 Hawthorne Street
                                   San Francisco, CA 94105
                                        (415)744-1907
                                      FAX (415) 744-1235
 Mr. Joseph Livak*
 Bureau of Water Pollution Control
 NV Division of Environmental Protection
 Capital Complex
 333 West Nye Lane
 Carson City, NV 89710
 702/687-4670x3143; FAX 687-5856

 Mr. Mark Charles*
 Surface Water Enforcement
 Office of Water Quality
 AZ Department of Environmental Quality
 3033 North Central Avenue
 Phoenix, AZ 85012-2809
 602/207-4567; FAX 207-4467
Mr. Denis Lau, Chief
Clean Water Branch
Hawaii Department of Health
P.O. Box 3378
500 Ala Moana Blvd.
Honolulu, HI 96801-3378
808/586-4309

Mr. James W. Kassel, Chief
Regulation Unit
California State Water Resources Control Board
Division of Water Quality
P.O. Box 100
901 P Street
Sacramento, CA 95814-0100
916/657-0775; FAX 657-2388
Module 15
                    Appendix: List of Contacts • Page 9

-------
Pretreatment Update	EPA's Pretreatment Training Course
                                         Region X

                                       Sharon Wilson
                                    U.S. EPA-Region 10
                 Wastewater Management & Enforcement Branch (OW-130)
                                     1200 Sixth Avenue
                                   Seattle, WA 98101-1128
                                       (206) 553-0325
                                FAX (206) 553-0165/553-1280

Mr. Chuck Hopkins,                                 David J. Knight,
Pretreatment Coordinator                            Pretreatment Coordinator
Water Quality Division                               Washington Department of Ecology
OR Department of Environmental Quality                Water Quality Program
811 SW 6th Avenue                                P. 0. Box 47775
Portland, OR 97204-1390                            0lympia, WA 98504-7775
5Q3/229-6528                                     360/407-6277
                                                e-mail 'dakn461@ecy.wa.gov"
Mr. Raj Kapur,
Pretreatment Program Specialist
Water Quality Division
OR Department of Environmental Quality
811SW 6th Avenue
Portland, OR 97204-1390
503/229-5185
Page 10 - Appendix List of Contacts                                                           Module 15

-------
 EPA's Pretreatment Training Course	 Pretreatment Update
                          OTHER POTENTIAL  CONTACTS
           (States & Territories with no interest in or active Pretreatment programs)
Mr. Ben Nizario, Director *                             Mr. Robert Dolan, *
Environmental Protection Division                       Environmental Engineer
VI Department of Natural Resources                     AK DepL Of Environmental Conservation
Nisky Center, Suite 231                               555 Cordova SL
North 45A Estate Nisky                               Anchorage, AK 99501
Charlotte Amalie                                    907/269-7559
SL Thomas, VI00802
809/774-3320                                      Mr. Gene Rehfield, *
                                                  Environmental Engineer
Mr. Jerry Yoder *                                    AK DepL Of Environmental Conservation
Division of Environmental Quality                        SE Region Office
ID DepL Of Health and Welfare                         410 Willoughby Avenue, #105
State House Mail                                    Juneau, AK 99801-1724
1410 North Hilton                                    907/789-3151
Boise, ID 83720-9000
208/334-5898
*  State Program Not Approved; EPA is Approval Authority.
Module 15                                                            Appendix: List of Contacts - Page 11

-------
 The Pretreatment Training Course	Bibfiography



                                       Bibliography

 Aluminum, Copper, and Nonferrous Metals Forming and Metal Powders Pretreatment Standards Guidance
 Manual (\m)

 Control of Slug Loadings to POTWs - Guidance Manual (1991)

 Environmental Regulations and Technology: The National Pretreatment Program (1986)

 Guidance Manual for the Use of Production-based Pretreatment Standards and the Combined Wastestream
 Fom?u/a(1985)

 Guidance on Evaluation, Resolution, and Documentation of Analytical Problems Associated with Compliance
 Monitoring (1993) Note: This document is particularly relevant to OCPSF analytical concerns.

 Guidance Manual for the Identification of Hazardous Wastes Delivered to Publicly Owned Treatment Works
 by Truck, Rail, or Dedicated Pipe (1987)

 Guidance Manual for POTWProgram Development (1983).  Note: This document included guidance on POTW
 legal authority and multijurisdictional situations. Also, a model sewer use ordinance was included in Appendix
 I and a sample attorney's statement in Appendix K. This information has been superseded by the following
 documents.

 Guidance Manual for Preparation and Review of Removal Credit Applications (1985) Note: this manual was
 developed before several regulatory changes. While the concepts presented may reflect the general technical
 approach to be used  in  developing or reviewing a removal credit application the current  regulatory
 requirements take precedence.

 Guidance Manual for POTWs to Calculate the Economic Benefit of Non-Compliance (1990)

 Guidance Manual for Electroplating and Metal Finishing Pretreatment Standards (1984)

 Guidance for Developing Control Authority Enforcement Response Plans (1989)

 Guidance Manual for Battery Manufacturing Pretreatment Standards (1987)

 Guidance Manual for Preventing Interference at POTWs (September 1987)

 Guidance Manual  for the Development and Implementation of Local Discharge Limitations  Under the
Pretreatment Program (December 1987)

Guidance Manual for Leather Tanning and Finishing Pretreatment Standards (1986)

Guidance to Protect POTW Workers from Toxic and Reactive Gases and Vapors (June 1992)

Guidance Manual for Implementing the Total Toxic Organics (TTO) Pretreatment Standards (1985)

Student Manual                                                        :                   Pagel

-------
Bibliography	TTie Pretreatment Training Course



Guidance Manual for Iron and Steel Manufacturing Pretreatment Standards (1985)

Guidance Manual for Pulp, Paper and Papertoard and Builder's Paper and Board Mills Pretreatment Standards
(1984)

Industrial User Inspection And Sampling Manual For POTWs (1994)

Industrial User Permitting Guidance Manual (September 1989)

Interim Guidance for Performance-Based Reduction ofNPDES Permit Monitoring Frequencies (April 1996)

Model Pretreatment Ordinance (1992)

Multijurisdictjonal Pretreatment Programs - Guidance Manual (1994)

NPDES Compliance Flow Measurement Manual (1981)

NPDES Compliance Inspection Manua/(1994)

NPDES Compliance Inspector Training Modules (1990)

    =£>   Overview
    =£>   Legal Authority
    =4>   Sampling
    =f>   Laboratory
    =£>   Biomonitoring

NPDES Permit Writers Training Manual (1996)

PCME Software User's Manual and Diskettes (1993)

POTW Sludge Sampling and Analysis Guidance Document (1989)

PRELIM 5.0 User's Manual and Diskette (September 1996)

Pretreatment Implementation Review Task Force - Final Report to the Administrator (1985)

Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement (1986).  Note: This document contains  out of date
information. It has been almost entirely replaced by the Industrial User Permitting Guidance Manual, the and
the other manuals listed below.

RCRA Information on Hazardous Wastes for Publicly Owned Treatment Works (1985)

Supplemental Manual on the Development and Implementation of Local Discharge  Limitations Under the
Pretreatment Program: Residential and Commercial Toxic Pollutant Loading and POTW Removal Efficiency
Estimates (May 1991)

Page 2                                                                           Student Manual

-------